Torreya

TORREYA

A MonTHLY JOURNAL OF BoTANICAL Nores anp News

JOHN TORRBY, 1706-1873

EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

BY

NORMAN TAYLOR
LIBRARY
NEW YORK
BOTANICAL
GARDEN.

Volume XI

NEW YORK

IQtI

uN eR
> >

Soe

taper

Page
Page
Page
Page
nopsis.
Page
Page
Page

ERRATA, VOLUME XI

9, 13th line from the bottom, read carolinensis for caroliniana.

10, 5th line from the bottom, capitalize C in Cannon.

12, 6th line from the bottom, read Byrsonima for Brysonema.
95, 11th line from the bottom, read Crotonopsis for Chroto-

95, 10th line from the bottom, after Panicum read § for |j.
95, 12th line from the bottom after Aster read || for §.
96, the first five names in the list should precede the four in

the second column on page 95.
99, 4th line from the top, read 7s for are.

Page
Page
Page
Page
Page

190,
191,
194,
196,

Penausken.

Page
Page
Page
Page

203,
236,
242,
248,

last line, read vegetation for vegegation.

15th line from the top, read Haberer for Harberer.

7th line from the bottom, read east for west.

17th and 21st lines from the top, read Pensauken for

15th line from the bottom, read flowers for plants.

3d line from the bottom, read Dukinfield for Deunkinfield.
14th line from the bottom, read Anthurus for Arcturus.
13th line from the bottom, read R. A. Harper for

R. H. Harper.

i

DATES OF PUBLICATION

No. 1, for January Pages I-22 Issued January 31, I9II
No. 2, February 22500 nr February 14, I911
No. 3 March 51-76 March Pei, UG)
No. 4 April 77-100 April 19, IQII
No. 5, May IOI-124 May 127 LO
No. 6, June 125-144 June I9, IQII
INI@s FH July T45-164 July TQ, IQIT
No. 8, August 165-180 August I4, I9LI
No. 9, September T8I—204 September 12, 1911
No. 10, October 205-224 October 18, 1911
IN@s eit, November 225-248 November 10, 1911
No. 12, December 249-276 December 20, I9QII

iv

Vol. 11 | January, IgiI No. 1

TORREYA

A Monruiy Journat or Boranicat Notes anp News
EDITED FOR

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

BY

NORMAN TAYLOR

JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873

CONTENTS

The Funkias or Day-Lilies: Gzorcr V. NASH....... Beertash Sean ety wok cao SNe I

Additions to the Flora of the Carolinas. II.: W. C. COKER ....c..cccceeceeeeceseeeee “9

Additions to the Tree Flora of the United States. JoHN K- SMALL............. hogy EE

_ Tragopogon pratensis porrifolius. EARL Ej SHERFF.........,...:0s00.seseeseeeeeeee 14

poe Notes : A New Gerardia from New Jersey: FRancis W. PENNELL.....:..... 15

Notes on Some Californian Green Algae: Douctas H. CAMPBELL 17

(PEE. Hough’s Leaf Key to the Trees: RALPH ©, BENEDICT..............s.0002.00 17
Stevens’ Diseases of Economic Plants: FRED J. SEAVER......,...:....... 1Q.~

4 Proceedings of: the Club, ....0...25.ceslnejeccaneess AES Hoes owls dpe aia Sate betes cokes oases Shaw. 21

News Items,.:...........s000000006 Net oi hous plswd vs fy LSE Oman RNa NTC a noe aoe Ding 22

PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB

At 41 Nortu Queen Srreet, LANCASTER, Pa.
‘py Tue Naw Era Printinc Company

’

[Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter. |

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB”

OFFICERS FOR to1t

President
HENRY H, RUSBY, M.D:

Vice- Presidents
EDWARD S. BURGESS, PH.D. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M:D.

Secretary and Treasurer

BERNARD O. DODGE, Ph.B.
Columbia University, New York City

Editor
PHILIP DOWELL, Pu.D.

Associate. Editors

JOHN H. BARNHART, A.M., M.D. TRACY ELLIOT HAZEN, Pu.D.

JEAN BROADHURST, A.M. MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D,
ERNEST D. CLARK, Pu. D. HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D.
ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D: NORMAN TAYLOR picid

ToORREYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent
to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL Cuius, 41 North Queen St., Lan-
caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City.

Matter for publication should be addressed to

NORMAN TAYLOR
New York Botanical Garden

Bronx Park, New York City

reBg= 11}

TORREYA

January, IgII
Wool, 11 No. I

THE HUNIKIAS ‘OR, DAY-LILIES

By GEORGE V. NASH

Many years ago, past the middle of the eighteenth century,
that indefatigable explorer and botanist, Thunberg, visited
Japan. During his travels in that then almost unknown country,
he found a perennial plant which was of frequent occurrence,
both wild and under cultivation. In those days of broadly
drawn generic lines, Thunberg without hesitation referred his
plant to the Linnaean genus Aletris, under the specific name of
japonica. Some years later, in 1784, he transferred this to the
genus Hemerocallis, perhaps a nearer approach to its true relation-
ship as understood today; but it was not until 1807 that the first
intimation was made that the group to which this plant belonged
might be the basis of a new genus, and the name of Saussurea
was very indefinitely proposed for it by Salisbury. The form
in which this proposition was made could not possibly be con-
sidered as publication under the rules of nomenclature of the
present day. In any event, it is not available, as the name
Saussuria had been previously employed by Moench for an
entirely different group of plants. In 1812 Trattinick proposed
the name of Hosta, ignoring the fact that Jacquin fifteen years
earlier had used it for a genus of the Verbenaceae. These
earlier names being disposed of the way is clear for the adop-
tion of the Niobe of Salisbury, published in the same year as Hosta,
and about which the question of priority might have been raised,
had not Trattinick’s name proved a homonym. Salisbury ade-
quately published his name, it being based on Hemerocallis
japonica Ker. In spite of this, however, the name of Funkia,
under which these plants are generally known and which was not
published by Sprengel until 1817, is adopted in the Index Kew-
ensis. This arbitrary usage is perhaps responsible for the wide

[No. 12, Vol. 10, of ToRREYA, comprising pp. 261-292, was issued 23 D rg10.]

1

2

acceptance of this name and the continuation of the error.
That this name must be abandoned and that of Niobe reinstated,
is well supported by the above facts.

The genus divides itself into two rather well-marked groups
which were considered genera by Salisbury, under the names of
Niobe and Bryocles. The former was applied to the plant known
here as Niobe plantaginea, in which the flowers are white and
have the filaments adnate to the tube for part of their length,
while the name of Bryocles was given to what is here called
Niobe coerulea, a group including at the present time several
other species, in which the flowers are smaller, colored, and have
the filaments free. It is said that in Niobe plantaginea there
is present a small bracteole at the base of the pedicel, but I find
this frequently wanting, so attach little value to it as a generic
character. In view of the above, I find it better to adopt the
generally accepted view of the present day, and consider the
two groups as parts of one genus.

The genus may be briefly characterized as follows:

Niobe Salisbury, Trans. Hort. Soc. 1: 335. 1812

Bryocles Salisbury, 1. c.

Hosta Tratt. Arch. Gew. 1: 55. 1812. Not Jacq. 1797.
Funkia Spreng. Anl. Ed. 2, 2'!: 246. 1817.

Libertia Dum. Comm. 9. 1822.

Tufted perennial herbs, forming “arge masses, with petioled
basal leaves, and,a racemose inflorescence borne on a naked or
leafy stem. Perianth varying from white to deep lavender,
tubular-trumpet-form, funnel-form, or campanulate-funnel-form:
segments six, shorter or longer than the tube. Stamens six, de-
clinate, from equalling to a little shorter than the perianth, the
filaments filiform and free or nearly so, or adnate to the tube for
a considerable part of their length: anthers oblong, versatile, in-
trorse. Ovary sessile, oblong, 3-celled. Style filiform, a little
thickened at the stigma. Ovulesnumerous. Capsule narrowly
oblong or almost linear, loculicidally 3-valved. Seeds compressed,
angled, or almost flat.

Species seven or eight, perhaps more, natives of Japan, China,
and eastern Siberia.

The following key will help identify the six species in culti-
vation:

3

Perianth white, 8-10 cm. long, tubular-trumpet-form; stamens adnate to the tube
for a considerable portion of their length. 1. N. plantaginea.
Perianth colored, 3-6 cm. long, stamens free.
Perianth funnel-form, the tube gradually passing into the limb, from white
flushed with lavender to pale lavender.

Flowering stem with leaves or with leaf-like bracts, these gradually

passing into the bracts of the inflorescence; leaf-blades green.
Leaf-blades lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, usually equally narrowed
at both ends, the nerves on each side of the midrib 3-5; perianth

usually less than 5 cm. long. 2. N. japonica.
Leaf-blades broadly ovate, the nerves on each side of the midrib
6-10; perianth usually 5 cm. long or more. 3. N. undulata.

Flowering stem naked, or sometimes with a single bract at the middle;
leaf-blades glaucous.
Scape not or but little exceeding the leaves; petioles usually much

exceeding the blades. 4. N. Sieboldiana.

Scape much exceeding the leaves; petioles usually not exceeding the
blades. 5. N. Fortunet.

Perianth campanulate-funnel-form, the tube abruptly passing into the limb,
blue. 6. N. coerulea.

/ 1. Niobe plantaginea (Lam.). White Day-lily. Plantain Lily

Hemerocallis plantaginea Lam. Niobe cordifolia Salisb. Funkia
subcordata Spreng. Funkia alba Sweet. Funkia grandiflora
Sieb. & Zucc.

A showy perennial, with large plantain-like leaves, and racemes
of white odorous flowers. Leaves numerous, pale green; blades
15-23 cm. long, 8-13 cm. wide, broadly ovate, cordate at the
base, acute at the apex, with 6-8 curved nerves on each side of
the midrib; petiole usually exceeding the blade in length: scape
4-6 dm. tall, with 1 or 2 lanceolate bracts near the middle:
inflorescence racemose, I-2 dm. long: flowers up to about 12,
each in the axil of an ovate bract 3-4 cm. long, on pedicels
I-2 cm. long: perianth about 1 dm. long, white, its lobes ovate
or lanceolate, 3-4 cm. long, but little spreading; stamens
shorter than the perianth: capsule about 2 cm. long.

A native of Japan and China. Lamarck, who described this
plant under the name of Hemerocallis plantaginea in 1789,
thought that it had been growing for a few years in the garden of
the king, to which it had been sent by M. de Guines from China.
This is the first reference found to its cultivation outside of its
native country, so its introduction to gardens may be taken as
occurring somewhere near that date. It is known in Japan as

4

“tamano kandsaki.’”’ The variety grandiflora (Funkia grand1-
flora Sieb. & Zucc.) appears to differ only in the somewhat
larger flowers, and in having the bracts of the raceme larger and
more leaf-like.

From an inspection of the list of synonymy cited above, it
will be seen that this plant has had many names. It has fre-
quently been considered the Hemerocallis japonica of Thunberg’s
Flora Japonica, on account of the flowers of that plant being

- described as white. Thunberg, however, states that in his plant
the filaments are attached to the base of the corolla at the
edge of the ovary, a condition not existing in the plant here
under consideration, in which these parts are adnate to the peri-
anth tube for a considerable portion of its length. Thunberg
may have had a pale-flowered form of the plant considered in
this paper as NV. japonica. The name under which this plant is
commonly known in gardens in this country and in those of
Europe is Funkia subcordata, a name descriptive of the shape of
the leaves, but not more so than is that of plantaginea, here
adopted, which refers to the resemblance of these leaves
to those of the common plantain of Europe, Plantago major, a
resemblance striking indeed.

2. Niobe japonica (Thunb.). Japanese or Lance-leaved Day-lily

Aletris japonica Thunb. Funkia lanctfolia Spreng.

A showy perennial forming large dense masses, with elliptic
to nearly ovate leaf-blades which are narrowed at the base, and
racemes of lavender flowers. Leaves numerous, green: blades
10-15 cm. long, sometimes up to 6 cm. wide, lanceolate or elliptic
to ovate-lanceolate, usually equally narrowed at both ends, rarely
more broadly so at the base, with 3-5, rarely more, curved nerves
on each side of the midrib: scape 4—6 dm. tall, overtopping the
leaves, the scattered and distant leaves gradually passing into
the bracts of the inflorescence: inflorescence racemose: flowers
sometimes up to 20, finally nodding, on pedicels 4-6 mm. long:
perianth pale lavender, 3—5 cm. long, the slender tube, less than
one half the length of the perianth, narrowed into a broad limb,
the segments 1.5—2 cm. long and 8-10 mm. wide, acute: capsule
2.5-3 cm. long, pendulous and appressed to the scape.

A native of Japan. There is a variegated form in cultivation

Or

known as variety albo-marginata (Funkia albomarginata Hook.),
which has the leaves marginedjwith a narrow band of white.
There is another form which is quite distinct, the variety tardi-
flora, in which the pedicels are longer, the lower ones 10-12 mm.
long. It also flowers a little later, so that while the one is in ripe
fruit, this variety is still in flower. It is also more resistant to
frost.

The synonymy of this plant has perhaps been more tangled
than in any other member of the genus, and it was in part the
fault of Thunberg himself. In his Flora Japonica, published
in 1784, he described a Hemerocallis japonica. Previous to this,
in 1780, he had published an Aletris japonica, but in the Flora
Japonica he made no reference to this. As in the later publica-
tion he quotes verbatim in part the description given of his Aletris,
it is quite easy to connect the two. Subsequent to the publica-
tion of Hemerocallis japonica Thunb., Kaempfer’s Icones Selectae
Plantarum appeared, published in 1791, and at plate 11 of this
work appeared another H. japonica, an entirely different plant
from that of Thunberg. In 1794 Thunberg renames his plant,
calling it Hemerocallis lancifolia, and maintains Kaempfer’s name
for a plant, which, years afterward, was called Funkia Sieboldiana
by Hooker. It is difficult to understand why Thunberg did
this, unless it be that he associated this plate with the description
of a plant published by the same author in 1712, but without a
binomial. In the Botanical Magazine, under plate 1433, this
same association is made. The flowers are there said to be
3 inches long, which hardly agrees with the plate cited in which
the flowers are shown to be about 2 inches long—about the
size they are in the plant named Funkia Sieboldiana by Hooker.
This is of course interesting only as a matter of history, for the
oldest specific name of this plant published with a description
is japonica, and this must be adopted.

3. Niobe undulata (Otto & Dietr.). Wavy-margined Day-lily

Funkia undulata Otto & Dietr.

A tall showy plant, with long-petioled broad leaves, and
numerous pale lavender flowers in a long raceme. Stems up

6

to 1.5 m. tall, bearing 3-5 long-petioled leaves which gradu-
ally decrease in size, passing into the bracts of the in-
florescence; basal leaves numerous; petioles often more than
twice as long as the blades, deeply concave, thin-margined, up
to 4.5 dm. long; blades usually 1.5—2 dm. long, up to 13 cm. wide,
undulate on the margins, broadly ovate, acute at the apex,
abruptly narrowed into the margined petiole, with 6-10 nerves
on each side, the nerves depressed above, very prominent beneath,
the upper surface dull, the lower shining: raceme up to 5 dm.
long: flowers numerous, nodding, on recurved pedicels less than
I cm. long; perianth 4.5-5.5 cm. long, funnel-form, pale lav-
ender, the narrowly ovate acute segments about one half as
long as the tube, the stamens and style recurved at the apex,
the former exserted.

A native of Japan. There is a plant, much lower than this,
with smaller more strongly undulate leaf-blades, which are
marked with large masses of white in the center, and a fewer-
flowered raceme. I venture to consider this a variegated form
of the above plant, under the name Niobe undulata variegata.
It is perhaps the most commonly cultivated of all the day lilies,
and is frequently used as an edging for paths. Its flowers
are identical with those of the above in color, form and size,
and they appear at about the same time. The stem is also
leafy as in that plant. This is sometimes considered a form of
Niobe japonica, but that flowers considerably later, and has dif-
ferently shaped leaves with fewer nerves—characters which would
seem to exclude this variegated form.

4. Niobe Sieboldiana (Lodd.). Siebold’s Day-lily

Funkia Sieboldiana Hook. Funkia Sieboldii Lindl. Funkia
sinensis Sieb.

A showy pereninal forming large masses, with large cordate
glaucous leaves, and racemes of pale lilac flowers which protrude
little if any above the leaves. Leaves numerous: petioles 2-3 dm.
long; blades 2-3 dm. long and 15-20 cm. wide, broadly ovate, cor-
date at the base, acute at the apex, glaucous on both surfaces, with
12 or 13 curved nerves on each side of the midrib: scape, including
the raceme, 3-4 dm. tall, barely equalling or little exceeding
the leaves, the lower bracts 4-8 cm. long, finally spreading:
inflorescence racemose; flowers 10-15, on pedicels 10-12 mm. long,

finally nodding: perianth pale lilac or white flushed with the
same color, 5-6 cm. long, the segments about 1.5 cm. long and
6-8 mm. wide: capsule 3-3.5 cm. long.

Native of Japan. Introduced into cultivation at the Botanical
Garden at Leyden, Holland, in 1830.

5. Niobe Fortunei (Baker). Fortune’s Day-lily

Funkia Fortune Baker.

A showy perennial, forming masses, with pale green glaucous
leaves, which are much overtopped by the racemes of pale purple
flowers. Leaves numerous: petioles 5-8 cm. long, shorter than
the blades; blades 10-13 cm. long and 7—9 cm. wide, pale green,
glaucous, cordate at the base, cuspidate at the apex, with 10-12
nerves on each side of the midrib: scape, including the raceme,
4-5 dm. long, much overtopping the leaves: raceme I-1.5 dm.
long, the bracts lanceolate, the lower ones about 2.5 cm. long:
flowers on pedicels 6-8 mm. long: perianth pale purple, about
4 cm. long, the segments lanceolate and about one half as long
as the tube.

Native of Japan. Introduced into cultivation in 1876. This

and N. Sieboldiana are frequently confused.

6. Niobe coerulea (Andr.). Blue Day-lily
Hemerocallis coerulea Andr. Funkia ovata Spreng. Funkia coeru-
lea Sweet.

A showy perennial forming large masses, with large cordate or
ovate leaves, and racemes of blue flowers. Leaves numerous,
green; blades 10-25 cm. long, 8-13 cm. wide, broadly ovate or
sometimes cordate at the base, acute at the apex, the margin
often wavy, with 6-9 curved nerves on each side of the midrib;
petiole up to 30 cm. long: scape 3-6 dm. tall: inflorescence race-
mose, extending much above the leaves, the bracts 2 cm. long or
less: flowers up to 12, on pedicels 5-10 mm. long, finally nodding:
perianth pale or deep blue, 4—5 cm. long, the tube, less than one
half the length of the perianth, abruptly spreading into a broad
ample limb, the segments of which are about 2 cm. long and 8-10
mm. wide, acute: capsule pendulous, 24-36 mm. long.

Native of Japan, northern China, and eastern Siberia. It was
first introduced some time prior to 1797 into England from Japan
by Mr. G. Hibbert, of Clapham, in whose garden it flowered.
It was first cultivated as a hothouse plant, but was later found

to be hardy.

This, as was the case with Niobe plantaginea, was first pub-
lished as a Hemerocallis in 1797. By some this is considered
to be the original Hemerocallis japonica of Thunberg’s Flora
Japonica; but in that the leaves are said to have seven nerves,
making this position hardly tenable, as the leaves in this have
from 13-19. This is usually known under the name of Funkia
ovata Spreng. There are forms of this also with variegated leaves.
The variety albo-marginata has the leaves margined with white.

A word now as to the uses of these plants in horticulture,
to which they lend themselves readily and effectively. By
selecting the species, flowers may be had continuously from June
to the time of frost. The first to flower are Niobe Sieboldiana
and N. Fortunei, closely related species, which are at their prime
in June, with white flowers flushed with lavender. As these are
waning the deeper lavender flowers of Niobe undulata and its
variegated variety make their appearance, late in June or early
in July, accompanied at almost the same time by the blue bell-
shaped flowers of Niobe coerulea. Next to appear are the flowers
of Niobe japonica, and its later-flowering form, the variety tardt-
flora, which carry the flowering period of this interesting genus
up to the time of killing frosts. Accompanying these last, and
perhaps the most stately of them all, is Niobe plantaginea, some-
times known as the plantain lily, from the resemblance of its
leaves to those of that plant. This is quite in contrast with
the other species, the flowers being much larger, of a different
shape, and a pure white, with no trace of coloring. They appear
usually early in September, and continue through the month.

Some of the day lilies are desirable foliage plants, in addition
to the interest of their flowers. For those who like the rich
variegated effect of white and green, perhaps no other plant is
more effective than is Niobe undulata variegata, planted as an
edging to paths or beds. Where a mass of deep green foliage
is desired, Niobe undulata and N. coerulea are desirable; or if a
gray green is wished, Niobe Sieboldiana or its close relative N.
Fortunei should not be forgotten. The plants spread rapidly,
and delight in a deep rich soil, free from soggy conditions, and
are impartial to the bright sun or part shade. Masses of them

planted in the corner of a garden or in recesses in a herbaceous
border are very effective. They may be readily propagated by
division of the old plants, the new ones soon developing into
masses rivaling those from which they were taken. They may
also be readily grown from seed, which some of them produce
freely. It is desirable, however, that the seed be sown soon
after collecting, as it does not keep well.

All of the species in cultivation are perfectly hardy in the
latitude of New York, requiring no protection whatever, making
them especially desirable for a herbaceous border, where per-
manency is a great desideratum.

New York BOTANICAL GARDEN.

AO PUIONS LO THE FLORA OF THE CAROLINAS—ll

By W. C. COKER
Kalmia cuneata Michx.

This species occurs plentifully on the edge of an open savanna
on the south side of Prestwood’s Lake, Hartsville, S. C. It
appears in scattered slumps along the transition line between the
savanna and a typical dense “‘bay’’ formation. The soil it stands
in is a nearly saturated black humus, and is covered in many
places with Sphagnum. Associated with the Kalmia are Zenobia
pulverulenta, Vaccinium australe, Azalea viscosa, Ilex glabra, Ilex
coriacea, Aronia arbutifolia, Myrica cerifera, Myrica caroliniana,
Xolisma foliostflora, Fothergilla carolina, Pieris nitida, etc.

It has been taken previously only from southeastern N. C.
The New York Botanical Garden and the Gray Herbarium have
it only from Bladen Co., N.C. The Biltmore Herbarium has
it also from Cumberland Co. (Hope Mills), and Moore Co.
(Aberdeen), N. C.

Pyxidanthera barbulata Michx.

Forms dense and extensive mats at several places in the
sand hills north of Hartsville, S. C., e. g., on the Camden road
about four miles from town. It grows in very sandy soil associa-
ted with such plants as arbutus (Epigaea repens) and wire grass
(Panicum neuranthum). It was known heretofore only from

10

New Jersey and from southeastern North Carolina. This is one
of the most beautiful and interesting of sandy plants.

Mayaca fluviatilis Aubl. ;

Plentiful in Prestwood’s Lake, Hartsville,S. C. Its range has
heretofore been given as the Gulf States and Tropical America.
The plant grows in delicate, loosely woven masses, quite sub-
merged and, in company with Myriophyllum heterophyllum, Utric-
ularia fibrosa, Utricularia biflora, Potamogeton diversifolius, and
P. heterophyllus.

Helianthemum canadense (L.) Michx.

This is found on sand hills near Kilgore’s branch, Hartsville,
S. C. April 14, 1910. Typically northern in its range, this
plant has not been reported before below North Carolina. It
was collected at Florence, S. C., by L. F. Ward (Herb. N. Y.
Bot. Garden), and the Biltmore herbarium has it from Florence,
S. C., and from near Augusta, Ga.

Pentstemon australis Small.

Dry. poor soil. Chapel Hill, N. C., May 14, 1910. Low,
sandy flats, Hartsville, S. C., May 6, 1910. Heretofore pub-
lished only from the Gulf States and westward, but the Biltmore
herbarium has it from Dade City, Fla., Augusta, Ga., and south-
eastern North Carolina.

Baptisia villosa (Wait.) Ell.

Collected on sand hills across lake, Hartsville, S.C. May 22,
1910, and on sand hills near Kilgore’s branch, Hartsville, S. C.,
April 14, 1910. Heretofore published only from Virginia and
North Carolina of the seaboard states and extending westward
to Arkansas; but Dr. John K. Small has collected it in Walton
Con Mlonida:

Rubus betulifolius Small.

Occurs on south side of Prestwood’s Lake on the cannon place,
April 23, 1910, in flower. Heretofore listed only from Georgia
and Alabama, but in the herbarium of the New York Botanical
Garden there is a sheet by Gibbs from Cooper River, S. C., that is
referred to this species. .

Rubus Enslenu Tratt.

In good soil in woods, Laurel Land, Hartsville, S. C. April
24, 1910. This is the one-flowered plant considered by some a
form of R. procumbens, and I can find no record of its occurrence
in South Carolina. The typical R. procumbens is found in Chapel
Hill, N. C., where it forms dense mats in wet places.

Carex texensis (Torr.) Bailey.

It covers the ground under trees, in the yard of Dr. A. A.
Kluttz, Chapel Hill, N. C. So far it has not been published
from either of the Carolinas, but Homer D. House has collected
it at Clemson College, S. C. It is now known from Southern
Illinois to the Carolinas, Georgia, and westward.

This plant makes a good substitute for grass on lawns that are
damp and densely shaded.

Oenothera Drummondu Hook.

This beautiful evening primrose was collected in very sandy
soil along the trolley way on Sullivan’s Island, S. C., Aug. 28,
1909. It has been collected from this island before (Herbarium
of the New York Botanical Garden) and from Ormond, Florida
(Gray Herbarium) but I cannot find that it has been reported
from South Carolina or Florida, or indeed collected from any
other of the Southern States east of Texas.

CHAPEL HILL, NorRTH CAROLINA.

ANDIDININIOINS INO) INeN8, INNIS, LOR Ol INsls,
UNDE De Si ATES

By JOHN K. SMALL

In several previously published papers* I recorded a number
of trees new to silva of the United States. They were brought
to light through exploration in southern Florida, and are as
follows: Serenoa serrulata, Quercus Rolfsii, Chrysobalanus pello-
carpus, Alvaradoa amorphoides, Suriana maritima, Cicca disticha,
Mangifera indica, Rhus leucantha, Ilex Krugiana, Hibiscus Rosa-

*Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 3: 419-440: Torreya 7: 123-125; Bull. Torrey Club
37% 513-518.

12

sinensis, Tetrazygia bicolor, Sapota Achras, Solanum verbasci-
folium, and Genipa clusiifolia. The following additions were
discovered during more recent exploration in southern Florida.

ANONA PALUSTRIS L.

The ALLIGATOR APPLE grows abundantly in open moist ham-
mocks on Long Key (Everglades) and in similar situations west
of Camp Jackson (Small & Wilson no. 1648). The plants are
easily distinguished from those of Anona glabra, which is common
in southern Florida, by the flowers; these are usually only about
one half the size of those of Anona glabra and have more pointed
sepals and petals. The outer petals, too, are much longer than
the inner ones.

ANONA SQUAMOSA L.

The preceding species, Anona palustris, like Anona glabra, is
native in Florida. On the contrary, the SUGAR APPLE, Anona
squamosa, is most likely an introduced species. While collecting
on Lower Metacumbe Key, Florida, in August, 1907, I found
specimens of this species thoroughly naturalized in hammocks
on different parts of the island. Exploration on other keys long
under cultivation would probably yield further stations for this
species.

CAPPARIS CYNOPHALLOPHORA L.

The BAy-LEAVED CAPER TREE although common in southern
peninsular Florida and on the keys seems to be but rarely en-
countered asa tree. The writer had the good fortune to find it
in January, 1909, growing as a tree on both Soldier Key and Key
Largo. In both localities it reached a height of about twenty-five
feet. Mr. Blodgett found it many years ago on Key West grow-
ing to a height of twenty feet.

BRYSONIMA LUCIDA (Sw.) DC.

The Locust-BERRY, although known to reach the proportions
of a tree in the West Indies, in Florida has heretofore been
known only as a shrub, and usually a rather small shrub. How-
ever, it was found on several of the small keys at the southwestern
extremity of the Everglade Keys growing as a tree in January,

1909, by Mr. Carter and the writer. The maximum height it
attained was about twenty-five feet.

COLUBRINA COLUBRINA (L.) Millsp.

The several collections of the WILD COFFEE, made both on
the keys and the mainland of Florida appear not to have revealed
it in any form but a shrub. Mr. Blodgett records it as a shrub
on Key West reaching a height of twelve feet. During more
recent exploration in the Everglades Mr. Carter and the writer
found it on the main island of the Long Key group as a small
shrub. During the fall of 1904 the writer found it very common
in hammocks about the middle of the homestead country, some
fifteen miles southwest of Cutler. Trees thirty to forty feet
tall and six to eight inches in diameter were not uncommon.

PARITIUM TILIACEUM (L.) Juss.

The Manog, an old world plant established on the Florida
Keys for many years, did not reach the proportions of a tree or
become established on the mainland, except perhaps in cultiva-
tion, until the present century. In 1905 Mr. S. H. Richmond
sent me specimens from trees growing in the shore-hammock
near Cutler. These trees evidently sprung from seeds brought
there by some natural means from the keys. Although this
is the only record we have of the tree occurring on the mainland,
it is to be expected along the shore of the bay at any point between
Cutler and Cape Sable. While in Miami in the summer of 1907
Mr. Richmond gave me additional specimens from the same
station.

LucuMa NERVOSA A. DC.

The Ecc Fruit has evidently been a naturalized member of
our flora for a number of years. This fact was brought to light
after the severe hurricane which swept over southern peninsular
Florida and the upper keys during the fall of 1906. The wind
and flood during this storm swept the forests of Elliott’s Key
clean of the under brush and thus allowed easy access to portions
of the hammocks which were hitherto almost inaccessible. At
different points in the forest we found fine trees which had evi-

14

dently become established there many years ago, while young
trees were springing up from seed produced by the older trees.

HAMELIA PATENS Jacq.

The HaMmeELIA grows in hammocks in the southern two thirds
of peninsular Florida and in the hammocks of the Florida Keys,
but it seems never to have been observed except as a shrub.
However, the writer has found specimens on the Everglade
Keys growing in the dense hammocks between Cocoanut Grove
and Cutler, reaching a height of 20 feet and with a trunk diameter
of fully 6 inches.

New YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN.

TRAGOPOGON PRATENSIS xX PORRIFOLIUS

By EarL E. SHERFF

So far as the writer can find, the presence in the United States
of hybrids between our two well-known species of salsify, Trago-
pogon pratensis L. and T. porrifolius L., has not heretofore been
observed with certainty. Britton and Brown* state that “an
apparent hybrid between . . . [these two species] . . . has been
noticed at New Brunswick, N. J.’’ But more recently, Brittont
omits mention of this ‘‘apparent”’ hybrid and, similarly, Gray’s
New Manualt fails to record it.

That there exists, however, within the two species in question
a potentiality for hybridization, was demonstrated by Linnaeus§
as early as 1759. By removing the pollen of 7. pratensis and
placing upon the stigmas some pollen from T. porrifolius he
secured hybrids with an intermediate color scheme in the flowers.
Instead of the yellow peculiar to T. pratensis or the purple
peculiar to T. porrifolius, the heads of the hybrid exhibited both
red and yellow. These colors were somewhat approximated later
in spontaneous hybrids observed by J. Lange|| in the Danish

*Illustrated Flora, p. 269. 1898. New York.

+Man. of Flora of Northeastern States and Canada. 1905. New York.
tGray’s New Manual. 1908. New York.

§Amoenitates academicae, X., p. 126. 1790. Erlangen.

|\See Focke, Pflanzen Mischlinge, p. 222. 1881. Berlin.

15

islands of Fiinen and Laaland. The outer flowers were ‘‘brown-
violet, the inner yellow.’

During the month of June, 1910, it was the writer’s privilege
to make frequent observations upon both 7. porrifolius and
T. pratensis along the right-of-way of the C. M. & St. P. R. R.
at Elgin, Ill. For a distance of several hundred feet the two
species were abundant, the former occurring in the northern half
of the tract and the latter in the southern half. Where the
two kinds met, there were found not only plants of each species
but also some thirty or more plants quite distinct. In size,
the last plants more nearly resembled 7. porrifolius, which in
that vicinity was considerably the more robust plant. The
flowers possessed, to a remarkable extent, the color pattern ob-
served by Lange in the hybrids of Fiinen and Laaland; the
outer flowers of each head being a reddish ‘“‘brown-violet’”’ and
the inner a yellow color. The involucral bracts were mostly
equal in length to the ray flowers. A remarkable uniformity
prevailed in the flower-colorations, size of the mature plants,
and proportionate length of the bracts. Individual plants were
examined from time to time and in no case were they found to
bear pure yellow or pure purple heads. However ramose the
plant, its several branches produced heads with uniformly the
outer flowers reddish brown-violet and the inner flowers yellow.

It thus becomes obvious that these plants were nothing more
or less than hybrids between the two species that abounded in
either direction. It is the more obvious because they were found
growing only in a small restricted area of about three square rods
where the two pure stocks met.

EVANSTON, ILLINOIS.

SHORTER NOTES

A NEw GERARDIA FROM NEw JERSEY.—Gerardia racemulosa.
—Stem slender, 3-6 dm. tall, striate-angled, smooth, branched.
Branches slender, elongated, ascending. Leaves narrowly linear
to filiform, sparingly scabrous above, those of the stem 1.5-2.5
cm. long, 0.5-1.5 mm. broad, usually curling on drying, with con-
spicuous c usters in the axils. Inflorescences strong’y racemose.

16

Pedicels 3 mm. long. Calyx-tube campanulate, 3 mm. high, its
lobes triangular-subulate to subulate, 0.8—2.0 mm. long. Corolla
rose-purple, about 20 mm. long, its lobes spreading, pubescent
at base of upper lobes, purplish-spotted below within throat.
Capsule ellipsoid-globose, 4—4.5 mm. in diameter.

Type—Parkdale, Camden Co., N. J., F. W. Pennell 2692
Coll. Sept. 27, 1910, in Herb. Acad. Nat. Sci. of Phila.

Moist sphagnous depressions, Pine Barrens of New Jersey;
apparently also of North Carolina.

Specimens seen:

NEw JERSEY—Hornerstown, Monmouth Co., J. H. Grove 318;
Pasadena, Ocean Co., B. Long; Forked River, Ocean Co., B
Long; Egg Harbor, Atlantic Co., J. B. Brinton, A. MacElwee,
CG: Mobr C. i. Pollard, H. H. (Rusby; Parkdale; Camdensi@oy
F. W. Pennell 2692, 2604.

NortH CAROLINA—Wilmington, G. McCarthy 47.

This plant must be considered as an offshoot of Gerardia
purpurea L. (abundant through most of the Atlantic Coastal
Plain), adapted to, and largely replacing that species in the
peculiar environment of the Pine Barren region of New Jersey.
The two forms seem quite distinct, and for their better under-
standing a diagnostic comparison is given. The characterization
of G. purpurea L. represents the normal form of the plant as
occurring about Washington, D. C., on the lower Susquehanna
River in Pennsylvania, in Delaware, and in New Jersey.

Stem rather stout, 4-9 dm. tall, usually sparingly scabrellous;
branches stiff, spreading; leaves linear or broadly linear, those
of the stem 3-5 cm. long, I.5-3.5 mm. broad, not curling on
drying; inflorescences not strongly racemose; calyx-lobes tri-
angular-lanceolate to triangular-subulate; corolla mostly 25-30
mm. long; capsule globose, mostly 6-7 mm. in diameter.

G. purpurea L.

Stem slender, 3-6 dm. tall, smooth; branches slender, elon-
gated, ascending; leaves narrowly linear to fili orm, those of the
stem I.5-2.5 cm. long, 0.5-1.5 mm. broad, usually curling on
drying; inflorescences strongly racemose; calyx-lobes triangular-
subulate to subulate; corolla about 20 mm. long; capsule ellip-

soid-globose, 4—4.5 mm.in diameter............. G. racemulosa.

FRANCIS W. PENNELL«
UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA.

iy

NOTES ON SOME CALIFORNIAN GREEN ALGAE.—An examina-
tion of Collins’ recent work on the green algae (F. S. Collins,
“The Green Algae of North America,’’ Tufts College Studies
2:79-480. pl. 1-18. 1909) showed that two very characteristic
species which have been collected in central California were not
recorded for this state.

The first species is a Spondylomorum, probably S. quaternarium
Ehrenb., the only recognized species of the genus, of which there
seems to be no previous record for America. According to Wille
(Volvocaceae, Engler & Prantl, Die Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien,
17:40. 1890), this species occurs only in Europe and Asia.

In 1896, Dr. W. R. Shaw, then instructor at Stanford Uni-
versity, collected at Pacific Grove, near Monterey, a quantity of
this species. He made a number of slides, three of which are now
in the collection of the University. The specimens agree in all
respects with the figures and descriptions of S. guaternarium, but
are somewhat smaller than the dimensions given by De-Toni in his
Sylloge Algarum, where the size is stated to be 36-75u. The
largest Californian specimens hardly exceed 40u in length. No
further collections of Spondylomorum have come to my attention.

The second alga to be noted is Pithophora oedogonia (Mont.)
Wittrock. This species has been collected several times in Felt
Lake, a small body of water some four miles from Stanford Univer-
sity. The identification was made by Professor W. A. Setchell.

The species of Pithophora are for the most part tropical, but
several species have been reported from stations in the eastern
and central parts of the United States. So far as I know, the
genus has not before been recorded from the Pacific Coast. _

DoucLas H. CAMPBELL.
STANFORD UNIVERSITY, CALIFORNIA.

REVIEWS
Hough’s Leaf Key to the Trees
A little book of interest to teachers that has appeared recently
is Mr. R. B. Hough’s Leaf Key to the Trees.*

*R. B. Hough. Leaf Key to the Trees of the United States and Canada, and a
Botanical Glossary, pp. 1-49. Published by the author, at Lowville, New York,
Sept.. 1910 Price $.75

18

The book is “aimed to include all the generally accepted
native and naturalized trees north of the latitude of the northern
boundary of North Carolina, and east of the Rocky Mountains.”
The key as drawn up is based on the normal typical leaves,
‘‘such as we consider distinctive of the various species and by
which we recognize them,” ... “the average specimens on a
mature tree, not those on very young or excessively vigorous
shoots.’ Fruit characters are also included in connection with
some of the trees ‘‘either as essential or accessory parts of the
key; though many species can readily be traced without referring
to the fruits.’ The book is intended to supplement the more
extensive publications on native trees,—‘‘to enable one to have
in a compact and systematic form an aid in the identification
of trees by a study of their leaves’. The value of this little
book to teachers lies in its availability as an aid for field work for
older secondary students and for college students. Work on
the identification of plants has a disciplinary value much higher
than the amount of time usually devoted to it would seem to
indicate. Trees offer probably by far the best medium for such
work because of their size and usually the corresponding saliency
of their distinctive characters, and also because of the greater
interest attaching to them than to less conspicuous plants. Of
course the value of any particular key for class work will depend
in the end upon its workability in actual service, but those who
are familiar with Mr. Hough’s Handbook will not question his
very high qualifications for the preparation of a practicable key.
As a matter of fact an examination of his treatment of some of the
difficult genera shows that it is as good as would be expected.
The differentiation of the species of oak is particularly good.
One omission there is which detracts somewhat from the ready
usefulness of the key—this is the failure to cite any of the varying
different distributions of the trees. So for the oaks, a resident
of Massachusetts seeking to identify a red oak would have to
decide between four species, one of which is native farther south
but which, at least in leaf characters, the red oak may at times
resemble. For example I have in mind two large oaks with
large flat-saucered acorns growing in the Litchfield hills in

19

northwestern Connecticut, the leaves of which might key out
at Q. digitata, a southern species. If, however, the range of digi-
tata were indicated, its elimination would have been instant.
For many trees, however, this difficulty will not present itself
and the book may be heartily recommended. Its size, about
five by six and one half inches, and its flexible cover make it a
convenient book to carry in the field.
Rap C. BENEDICT.

Stevens’ Diseases of Economic P.ants

A new book entitled Diseases of Economic Plants, by F. L.
Stevens and J. G. Hall,* of the North Carolina Agricultural
Experiment Station, has recently appeared. This work is de-
signed to meet the needs of those students who wish to recognize,
wherever this can be done with any degree of certainty, and
treat diseases of plants without the laborious process of a detailed
microscopic study. Those characters are used in diagnosing
diseases which are evident to the naked eye or through the aid
of the hand lens, and technicalities are avoided so far as possible,
thus making the text a usable one to the agricultural students of
the lower grade. The work is confined mainly to the bacterial
and fungous diseases.

The introductory chapters contain a brief historical sketch
of the development of the science of phytopathology; also statis-
tics regarding the damage caused by fungi, symptoms of disease,
methods of preventing diseases, formulae of the various fungicides
with directions as to the best methods of applying them, and a
discussion of the cost and profit resulting from their use.

The body of the work is devoted to a description of the symp-
toms of the diseases of plants which are of economic importance
with directions as to the best methods of controlling them.
These diseases are classified according to the natural relationship
of the hosts on which they occur and all of the diseases of a given
host are treated under that host regardless of the relationships
of the fungi which cause the diseases. The terms used in desig-

*Stevens, F. L., & Hall, J. G. Diseases of Economic Plants. Pp. ijx-+1-513.
f. 1-214. The Macmillan Co., New York, 1910. Price $2.00.

20)

nating the various diseases are those most commonly used or
where these are lacking or ambiguous a name is made by adding
the termination ‘‘ose’’ to the generic name of the fungus which
causes the disease. The work is thoroughly illustrated, the illus-
trations being of such a nature as to be of material aid in the
diagnosis of the various diseases.

The appendix contains a brief discussion of the differences in
the physiology of the chlorophyl-bearing and chlorophylless
plants with a few of the most striking morphological characters
of the bacteria and fungi. This part of the work is very brief.

One of the points on which the work is to be commended is the
fact that the manuscript of the various parts has been submitted
to the best specialists in the groups treated for corrections and
criticism, thus eliminating many of the errors which might other-
wise appear in a work of this kind and ensuring accuracy as to
details. The book will doubtless meet the need of a large number
of students, especially in our agricultural colleges.

FE. J, SEAVER:

Dr. J. A. Harris (Biometrika, November) presents an exhaus-
tive study ‘On the selective elimination occurring during the
development of the fruits of Staphylea.”’ The author, keeping
in mind the very different problem of the selective elimination
of individuals, has striven to show the morphological and physio-
logical value of the selective elimination of certain types of
organs produced by individuals. Using statistical methods, now
familiar through the work of Francis Galton and Karl Pearson,
he recapitulates (in part), after presenting detailed tables of
21,000 locules and their ovules, thus:

“The ovaries with relatively low numbers of ovules are more
extensively eliminated than those with high numbers.”’, “The:
ovaries which remain after elimination are more radially sym-
metrical than those which are eliminated.” ‘Ovaries with one
or more locules with an ‘odd’ number of ovules are more likely
to be eliminated than those with all the locules bearing an ‘even’
numiber.’’ ‘‘Dimerous ovaries seem less likely, and tetramerous
ovaries more likely to develop to maturity than the normal
trimerous ones.”’

21

So far as the last statement is concerned, the selective elimina-
tion there recorded must be of very recent origin, for tetramerous
ovaries of the bladder-nut are the exception rather than the rule.
And if the elimination continues ever so slowly tetramerous
ovaries of the bladder-nut must eventually become perfectly

normal abnormalities.
Wea:

PROCEEDINGS, OF# THE CLUB

NOVEMBER 8, I9I0

The meeting was called to order at the American Museum
of Natural History at 8:30 P. M., with Dr. E. B. Southwick in
the chair. Forty-six persons were present. The minutes of the
meeting of October 26 were read and approved.

The announced paper of the evening on “‘The Native Trees
of Northeastern United States’? was then presented by Mr.
Norman Taylor. The lecture was illustrated by lantern slides.

Adjourned.
PERcy WILSON,
Secretary.

NEWS ITEMS

The Naples Table Association for promoting Laboratory Re-
search by Women wishes to call attention to the opportunities
for research in zodlogy, botany and physiology provided by the
foundation of this table. The year of the Association begins in
April and all applications for the year 1911-12 should be sent
to the Secretary on or before March first, r91z. The appoint-
ments are made by the Executive Committee.

A prize of $1,000 has been offered periodically by the Associa-
tion for the best thesis written by a woman, on a scientific
subject, embodying new observations and new conclusions based
on an independent laboratory research in biological, chemical or
physical science. The fourth prize will be awarded in April, 1911.
Application blanks, information in regard to the advantages at
Naples for research and collection of material, and circulars giving

22

the conditions of the award of the prize will be furnished by the
Secretary, Mrs. A. D. Mead, 283 Wayland Avenue, Providence,
Rie

At the New York Botanical Garden, Dr. Arthur Hollick has
gone to Washington on a six month’s leave of absence to study
Alaskan fossils, and Dr. J. A. Shafer and Mr. Percy Wilson have
gone to eastern and western Cuba respectively to continue the
botanical exploration of that island. Volume 6, no. 22, of the
BULLETIN, containing descriptions of many new Bolivian plants
by Dr. H. H. Rusby, was issued 30 of November. Volume 3,
part 1 of North American Flora appeared 29 of December. It
contains the order by Hypocreales.

The college entrance examination board at its recent meeting
appointed the following to prepare examination questions in
botany for 1911. W.W. Rowlee, Cornell, chief examiner, M. E.
Kennedy, Mount Holyoke, and Louis Murbach, Detroit, as-
sociates.

In the recently issued second edition of ‘““American Men of
Science,”’ the editor, Prof. J. McKeen Cattell, as the result of an
elaborate statistical study, ranks the five leading institutions in
the following order of botanical eminence: Harvard, New York
Botanical Garden, U.S. Dept. Agriculture, Chicago University,
and Cornell University.

Dr. Charles E. Bessey, professor of botany and dean at the
University of Nebraska, has been elected. president of the 1911
Meeting of the A. A. A. S. to be held at Washington, beginning
December 27, I9II.

The Botanical Society of America has elected professor W. G.
Farlow, of Harvard University, as its president for I9II.

ep
pte ‘

The Torrey Botanical Club

Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six

gratuitous copies of the number of TorreEya in which their papers

appear, will kindly notify the editor when submitting manuscript.

| Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned

to the editor, from The New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen
Street, Lancaster, Pa., who have furnished the following rates :

2pp App 8pp 12pp 16pp 20pp
25 copies $ .75 $1.05 $1.30 $1.80 $2.20 $2.50
50 copies -90 1.20 1.70 2.20 2.50 2.85
100 copies 1.15 1.55 1.95 2.55 2.90 3.20

200 copies 1.70 2.35 2.90 3.75 4.35 4.70
Covers : 25 for 75 cents, additional covers 1 cent each.
Plates for reprints, 40 cents each per 100.

The following Committees haye been appointed for 1911

Finance Committee Field Committee
J. 1. Kane, Chairinan E. B. SoutHwick, Chairman
-H. M. Ricuarps Ww. MANSFIELD
N. Tayior
Budget Committee Program Committee
H. H. Russy, Chairman ' Mrs. E: G. Britton, Chairman
J. H. Barnuarr Miss JEAN BROADHURST
N. L. Britton Tracy E. Hazen
E. S. BuRGESS : F. J. SEAVER
B. O. DopGE

~Puitie DOWELL

Local Flora Committee
N. L. Brerron, Chairman

Phanerogams: Cryptogams:

ie. P, BICKNELL“ * “Mrs. E.. G. Britton
N. L. Britron Poitiep. DOWELL

E. S. Burcess Tracy E. Hazen
CG 5 Curtis M.A. Howe

K, K. MAcKENZIE W. A. MurriLy

E. L. Morris

OTHER PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

(1) BULLETIN

A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established
1870, Vol. 37 published in r91o, contained 630 pages of text
_ and 36 full-page plates. Price $3.00’per annum. For Europe,

14 shillings. Dulau &-Co., 37 Soho Square, London, are, '
agents for England. ;

Of former volumes, only 24~—37 can be supplied entire; cer-
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets.
“Vols, 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars
each; Vols. 28-37 three dollars each. : |

Single copies (30 cents) will be Petes only when not
pees complete volumes.

(2) MEMOIRS
The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregular —
intervals. Volumes 1-13 are now completed ; Nos, 1 and 2 of |
Vol. 14 have been issued. The subscription price is fixed at
$3.00 per volume’ in advance. The numbers can also be pur-.
‘chased singly. A list of titles of the individual papers and oF
prices will be furnished on application. cae

(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthtpleyta and Pteri-
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New —
York, 1888. Price, $1.00.

Correspondence relating to the above publicotons should be

ie addressed to

MR. BERNARD O. DODGE |
Columbia University .
New York City

“

Be Mol. rt February, IgII No. 2

ORREYA

~~ A Monruty Journar or BoranicaL Notes and News

EDITED FOR

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

BY

NORMAN TAYLOR

AS
JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873
CONTENTS

he Nature and Function of the Plant Oxidases: HRINESE ID): + GEAR Kick en Je 23

ediscovery of Tillandsia Swartzii Baker: N. L. BRITTON ........000..... 222... <a 31
Local Flora Notes — VIII: Norman WAV ROR 42245 sSaveeoct aan GR OTe Pa ee 33°

Reviews:

The Plant Life of Maryland : ROLAND M. HARPER.......: Paige aa ae Nae ame 36

Apgar’s Ornamental Shrubs of the United States: GrorcEe V. NASH........... 42

Proceedings of the Glabrae es PUR ai ot ee 44

Oi interestito Peactets ms es ae Sey ati re Ss on lie MA eh goa - 46

PIN CWWA SELON SY che yn icc ds SucTO ste sol Rear Ace Ran Te Meee ieee ale hake Souen nee petaGa see sheen entd Gita 50

PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB

At 41 NortH QUEEN STREET, LANCASTER, PA.
By THe New Era Printinc Company

[Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter. |

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

OFFICERS FOR 1011

President
\. HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D.

Vice- Presidents
EDWARD 5S. BURGESS, PH.D. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M.,M.D

Secretary and Treasurer

BERNARD ©. DODGE, Ph.B.
Columbia University, New York City

Editor
PHILIP DOWELL, PxH.D..

‘ Associate. Editors

JOHN H. BARNHART, A.M. M.D; © TRACY ELLIOT HAZEN, Pu.D.

JEAN BROADHURST, A.M. >. MARSHALL ‘AVERY HOWE, Pu: D,—
ERNEST D. CLARK, Pu. D HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D.

ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D. NORMAN TAYLOR

TorRreEYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing —
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any e
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only
for full volumes, ‘beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent
to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL CLuB, 41 North Queen St., Lan-
caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City.

Matter for publication should be addressed to

NORMAN TAYLOR
New York Botanical Garden

Bronx Park, New York City

TORREYA

February, IgI1
Vol. 11. No. 2

THE NATURE AND FUNCTION OF THE PLANT
OXIDASES*

By ErNeEsT D. CLARK

One of the most noteworthy characteristics of living organisms
is their ability to carry out many deep-seated chemical changes
without the ordinary means of producing such reactions. In
other words, the living cell is a laboratory equipped to provide
the most varied chemical transformations, yet with none of the
relatively crude and violent agents such as high temperatures
and strong chemicals which we are forced to use in the test-tube
experiments of our man-made laboratories. In no case is this
power of the cell more striking than in the oxidative phenomena
of plants and animals; the latter especially are continually oxi-
dizing and transforming large amounts of material for the main-
tenance of their life, and yet these oxidations are accompanied
by few of the physical effects associated with oxidation and
combustion in daily life orin the laboratory. It is not surprising,
then, that the attention of biologists and chemists was early
attracted to the investigation of biological oxidations. Beginning
with Schoenbein in the fourth decade of the last century, and
continuing to the present, numerous have been the theories
advanced in regard to these phenomena. However, before pro-
ceeding with a discussion of the factors involved in the oxidations
of the plant, it is desirable to indicate the means which the cell

* This paper is based on the author’s dissertation entitled ‘‘ The Plant Oxidases,”’
which was published last year in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the

degree of Ph.D. in Columbia University.
{No. 1, Vol. 11, of TORREYA, comprising pp. 1-22, was issued 31 Ja ro1t.]

23

24

has at its disposal for carrying out its chemical reactions with
such wonderful efficiency.

The fermenting action of certain bacteria and yeasts upon sugars
and other substances has long been known and used in the
industries. These yeasts were called organized ferments, while
chemical preparations like pepsin, etc., which exhibit a fermenting
or digesting action, were called unorganized ferments. This dis-
tinction was retained until 1897 when Buchner performed his clas-
sical experiment on yeast, showing that by the action of pressure
applied in a hydraulic press he was able to obtain a liquid
possessing all the fermenting power of living yeast plants even
in the absence of the living organisms. This substance or
property of the expressed liquid Buchner called an ‘‘enzyme.”’
He said that substances of like nature were products of the life-
activities of cells, but were not dependent on the living cell for
the exhibition of their characteristic fermenting action. It is to
ferments or enzymes like this that the cell owes its great chemical
efficiency. Enzymes are members of the class of substances
known as ‘‘catalyzers’’ which, by processes that are not fully
understood, cause reactions to take place with a speed not shown
under ordinary conditions. Generally, catalysts are capable of
causing or assisting in reactions without being themselves de-
stroyed by the processes they propagate.

In discussing the oxidases or oxidizing enzymes a somewhat
critical attitude is necessary in the face of many conflicting and
even contradictory results. To take an example, several of the
so-called oxidizing enzymes have been shown to be not enzymes
but heat-withstanding inorganic or organic catalyzers. At the
present time our knowledge of these substances is being increased
almost daily, with the result that we are now in a sort of tran-
sitional period, the literature of the whole subject being filled
with assertions and denials on the part of equally able investi-
gators. The tendency at present seems to be to consider as
enzymes those apparently complex organic substances of non-
diffusable nature and of high catalytic power, which are produced
during the life processes of plants and animals; but when in-
vestigation reveals definitely their exact chemical nature, such

25

as the ‘‘laccase”’ of alfalfa, which Euler and Bolin! have recently
proved to be calcium salts of simple organic acids, then they are
referred to as organic catalysts. Bearing this in mind, the writer
will use the terms oxidizing enzyme and oxidase interchangeably
for convenience and with no implication that they are enzymes
according to the strictest definition, or that future investigation
may not prove the action of all the classes of oxidizing enzymes
to be due to the same substance or property.

In regard to the réle and the nature of many of the oxidases,
we are still ignorant in spite of the study that has been devoted
to them. In the case of enzymes like pepsin, trypsin, and lipase,
investigation has produced considerable advances in our knowl-
edge of them, but this cannot be said of the oxidases. In fact,
there are doubts in some cases whether certain of the oxidases
are enzymes at all, because a number of them have been proved
to be comparatively simple organic or inorganic substances.
However, such oxidases as peroxidase and tyrosinase still hold
their places in the category of enzymes. In classifying the
oxidases several arrangements have been suggested, many of
which led only to confusion. After 1903, a more accurate classi-
fication was proposed, for it was then that Bach and Chodat?
showed that the so-called oxidases of Bertrand are really com-
posed of three separate parts as indicated below:

I. Oxygenase; a preformed organic peroxide resulting from
auto-oxidation.

2. Peroxidase; a true enzyme which activates the oxygenase
or added H2Ok, etc."

3. Catalase; a substance decomposing H2O2 into H:O0 + Or.
Since 1903, a great deal of work has been done which shows that
this conception of the so-called oxidases is founded on fact.

1Euler and Bolin. Zur Kenntniss biologische wichtiger Oxydationen:

(a) I. (Same title as the series, Zur Kenntniss, etc.), Zts. Physiol. Chem. 57: 80.
1908.

(b) II. Ueber die Reindarstellung der Medicago laccase, Zts. Physiol. Chem.
ee LOO:

2Bach and Chodat. Zerlegung der sogenannte Oxydasen in Oxygenasen und
Peroxydasen—V. Ber. Chem. Gesell. 36: 606. 1903.

26 :

In the last edition of Oppenheimer’s ‘‘ Die Fermente’” he has
adopted the following classification of the plant oxidases, which
will be used in this paper:

1. Laccase; phenolase, etc.

2. Tyrosinase, melanin-forming enzymes.

3. ‘‘Oxidases.”’

(a) Oxygenase.
(b) Peroxidase.
4. Catalase.

LACCASE

Schoenbein’s interest in the problems of oxidation led him to
investigate the cause of the coloration of certain mushrooms, and
in 1856! he published his results. In Boletus luridus he found
a substance soluble in alcohol that showed the same bluing from
injury of the fungus or on treatment with oxidizing agents in the
test-tube, that characterizes the bluing of the guaiac tincture;
moreover, the same substances decolorize this blued extract as
in the case of the blued guaiac tincture. Schoenbein saw the
importance of the fact that spontaneous bluing only took place
in the fungus ztself, and concluded therefore that there was a
substance present in the fungus with power to greatly increase
the oxidizing power of the atmospheric oxygen. In Agaricus san-
guinareus he was also able to find the same sort of spontaneously
coloring substance that he noted in Boletus luridus. He con-
cluded that, besides the chromogenic substance of these fungi,
there is a substance present that can ozonize (activate) atmo-
spheric oxygen; he called such an activating substance a “Sauer-

‘

stofferreger,’’ or literally an “‘oxygen-exciter.’’

The first really careful work on oxidizing ferments was done by
Yoshida® who, in 1883, investigated the chemistry of lacquer.

3Oppenheimer. Die Fermente und ihre Wirkungen, “ Die Oxydasen,”’ chap. 7,
PP. 337-391, Spezielle Teil, 3d ed. 1909. Also for an excellent treatment of
oxidases in general see:

Kastle. The Oxidases. Bull. 59, Hyg. Lab. U. S. Pub. Health and Mar. Hosp.
Serv. Washington, 1910.

4Schoenbein. Ueber die Selbstblauung einige Pilze, ete. Jour. Prakt. Chem.
67: 496. 1856.

5 Yoshida. Chemistry of Lacquer. Jour. Chem. Soc. 43: 472. 1883.

or

27

The lacquer-work of the Japanese has long been a famous and
beautiful product of that country. The milky latex of the tree
Rhus vernicifera, rapidly oxidizes in a moist atmosphere to a
black lustrous varnish which is not attacked by any chemical
except concentrated nitric acid. In the latex Yoshida found a sub-
stance having the composition Cy4H gO, which he called urushic
acid; besides this, he found a small amount of a nitrogenous
constituent, ‘‘a peculiar diastatic matter,’’ which rapidly caused
the urushic acid to oxidize to the black oxyurushic acid (Cy,H;s0s).
This peculiar diastatic matter of Yoshida lost its power to oxidize
urushic acid after being heated to 63°; so Yoshida thought it a
substance of enzymatic nature, which acted as an oxygen carrier
in these oxidations.

Some years later, Bertrand® studied the lacquer formation more
carefully. He called the substance an oxidizing ferment, which
he believed brought about the oxidation of the mother-substance
of the black lacquer. He found that the ferment was destroyed
by boiling, and also that it was present in gum arabic and gum
senegal, as well as in the latex of species of Rhus. He named this
’ and tested numerous plants for it, finding it
present in many cases. Bertrand used the tincture of guaiacum
as a test for laccase.

In 1895, Bertrand with Bourquelot’ tested a great many of the
higher fungi for laccase, using guaiacum as a reagent. They
found that laccase was widely distributed in these plants as well
as in those containing chlorophyll. They also investigated those
fungi which become colored when injured, and they believed the
phenomenon was caused by a ferment identical with laccase. Ber-
trand® has shown that the oxidizing power of laccase is in some

ferment ‘‘laccase’

way connected with the manganese present; for, by repeated pre-
cipitation with alcohol, he divided his laccase preparation into three

6 Bertrand. (a) Sur la latex de Varbre a laque. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci.
118: 1215. 1894. (b) Recherches sur le suc laiteux de l’arbre a laque du Tonkin.
Bull. Soc. Chim. [3], 11: 717. 1894.

7Bertrand and Bourquelot. Laccase dans les champignons. Compt. Rend.
Soc. Biol. 47: 579. 1895.

8 Bertrand. Sur l’action oxydante des sels manganeux et sur la constitution
chimique des oxydases. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 124: 1355. 18097.

28

fractions of different manganese contents, which with hydroqui-
none solutions showed activities proportional to their percentages
of manganese. Bearing this in mind, other investigators have
used mixtures of protein substances and manganese salts to
prepare artificial oxidases giving many of the reactions of the
natural preparations. It should be noted, however, that Bach
and other investigators have prepared oxidases from various -
plants which, although active, did not contain manganese or
iron.

During the last year, Euler and Bolin? have shown that the
laccase prepared from alfalfa (Medicago sativa) is not an enzyme
according to the commonly accepted usage of the word. They
found that heating did not destroy the activity of the oxidase,
and that the protein thus precipitated could be filtered off without
lowering the activity in the least. This so-called laccase proved
to be mostly calcium glycollate, with traces of the calcium salts
of citric, malic, and mesoxalic acids.

If, as Bach and Chodat say, laccase consists of organic perox-
ides activated by the enzyme peroxidase, then it is the peroxidase
part which confers upon laccase what specificity it has. How-
ever, laccase is not a specific enzyme in the narrow sense because,
besides the laccol of Rhus spp., it will oxidize guaiacol, hydro-
quinone, guaiac tincture, phenolphthalin, and many phenols and
cyclic amino derivatives; still, it is not able to oxidize tyrosin or
any of the tyrosin derivatives upon which tyrosinase exerts a truly
specific action. So then, laccase is a specific enzyme, in that it
acts only upon substances containing a certain grouping in their
structure. The fact that laccase acts upon guaiac tincture and
upon many other reagents usually employed to detect peroxidases,
etc., makes one skeptical in regard to the nearly universal occur-
rence of laccase claimed for it by the earlier investigators.

TYROSINASE

After Bertrand and Bourquelot had shown that the bluing of
Boletus cyanescens upon injury was due to the effect of laccase
acting with the atmospheric oxygen upon the ‘“‘boletol”’ in the

9 Loe. cit.

29

fungus, they turned their attention to the case of Russula spp.,
especially R. nigricans, the color change of which upon injury is
from pink or reddish to black. In different researches they
showed that laccase could not produce the same effect, and
further, that it was an oxidation of a definite chemical substance
in the fungus. Bertrand” next showed that the crystalline chro-
mogen in Russula spp. was tyrosin and that it was also present
in beets, potatoes, etc.; accordingly he named the enzyme which
caused this change “‘tyrosinase,’’ and said that laccase and tyro-
sinase were two representatives of the group of ‘‘oxidases.”’
About this’ time it was found that rosettes of tyrosin crystals
were present in the tissues of the fungus Russula nigricans.

At first it was thought that tyrosinase was as wide-spread an
enzyme as laccase, but later results show this to be unlikely.
Lehman and Sano" examined bacteria and higher plants for
tyrosinase. A few species of bacteria showed the presence of
tyrosinase, but in no case could it be separated from the living
bacterial cells. Among the higher plants tyrosinase is present
in wheat, barley, potatoes, Papaver orientale, Rhus spp., etc.
Thus we see, this enzyme is probably concerned in the formation
of the black wound-covering over injured areas on potatoes.

The action of tyrosinase results in a yellowish pink coloration,
then reddish, then brown, and finally black. This reddish black
oxidation or condensation product is called melanin and is closely
related to the natural animal pigments in dark hair, etc., and
also in the so-called melanotic tumors. This action of tyrosinase
and the resulting melanin have attracted a great deal of attention.
The first investigators said that the action of the tyrosinase was
simply the oxidation of tyrosin to melanin, and that the produc-
tion of a black coloration in a plant was due to the action of its
tyrosinase on tyrosin. However, it soon became clear that the
matter was not so simple as at first thought. Certain experiments
seem to show that the early change of tyrosin to a pink color

10Bertrand. Sur une nouvelle oxydase ou ferment soluble oxydant d’origine
végétale. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 122: 1215. 18096. Also Bull. Soc. Chim.
[3], 15: 793. 18096.

ULehman and Sano. Ueber das Vorkommen von Oxydations-fermenten bei
Bakterien und héheren Pflanzen. Arch. f. Hyg. 67: 99. 1908.

30

may be caused by an another enzyme and then it is upon this
intermediate product that tyrosinase acts, finally giving the
black melanin. The earlier workers considered that tyrosinase
was a specific enzyme acting only on tyrosin, but in the course
of time it has become evident that tyrosinase is specific in the
same sense as laccase; namely, it acts upon a group of compounds
closely related im structure.

Just as it is possible to obtain anti-toxins, research has shown
that we may obtain anti-enzymes. In this place we are con-
cerned only with the anti-oxidases, which have been produced
in the usual manner, that is, by the repeated injection of small
though increasing amounts of the enzyme preparation into a
rabbit or other animal, and the withdrawal of some of the blood
after immunity has been established to that particular enzyme.
The blood serum from such immune animals prevents or retards
the natural oxidizing action of the enzyme under investigation.
Gessard” obtained anti-tyrosinase and anti-laccase that com-
pletely inhibited the oxidizing power of the corresponding plant
enzyme preparations. We shall see later that anti-oxidases may
play an important part in the physiology of the plant.

Generally speaking, tyrosinase seems to be the nearest to the
true enzyme of any of the oxidases with which we are acquainted.
It is most specific in its action, most sensitive to exterior con-
ditions, and up to the present, has not been replaced by any
artificial enzyme in the oxidation of tyrosin to a melanin. It
is usually associated with laccase in plants, but the presence of
laccase does not indicate the appearance of tyrosinase, while on
the other hand, the latter is almost invariably accompanied by
laccase.

As in the case of laccase, Bach™ claims that the tyrosinase is
really composed of two parts, oxygenase and the peroxidase.
He found that by the use of alcohol precipitations he was able
to reduce the activity of the tyrosinase of the potato, as previ-

12Gessard. (a) Anti-laccase. Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. 139: 644. 1904. (0)
Sur la tyrosinase. Ann. Inst. Pasteur 15: 593. I901.

13 Bach. Ueber die Wirkungsweise der Tyrosinase. Ber. Chem. Gesell. 41: 221.
1908.

ol

ously noted by Bertrand; but curiously enough, the addition of
hydrogen peroxide to the enzyme solution restored it to its
usual activity. This and many similar experiments led Bach
to believe that tyrosinase contains the oxygenase and peroxidase
complements.* Our final conclusion must be then, that tyrosi-
nase may have the usual oxidase complements (oxygenase plus
peroxidase) and that its peroxidase may be specific just as the
peroxidase of laccase is specific in its action upon substances
having a certain constitution.
(To be continued)

LABORATORY OF BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY, OF COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY,
COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS AND SURGEONS, NEW YORK.

REDISCOVERY OF TILLANDSIA SWARTZII BAKER
By N. L. Britton

In “Journal of Botany,” 26: 12, published in 1888, and in
“Handbook of Bromeliaceae,”’ 191, 1889, Mr. J. G. Baker de-
scribed this species, based on a specimen collected many years ago
by Swartz in the island of Jamaica and supposed by him to be
Tillandsia paniculata L. Professor Carl Mez, in his Monograph
of the family Bromeliaceae (DC. Mon. Phan. 9: 884), published
in 1896, states that he has seen this specimen, but regards it as
doubtful, perhaps referable to the Liliaceae.

The type specimen is preserved in the herbarium of the British
Museum of Natural History, and while there in the spring of
1910, I examined it and was inclined to agree with Professor Mez.
But, on returning to New York immediately afterward, I found
in a parcel of choice Jamaica plants collected early the same year
by Mr. William Harris, fine specimens, which I recognized as
of the same species, and on sending one of these to Mr. Edmund
Baker at the British Museum, he confirmed my identification
by a comparison with the type. Mr. Harris found the plant
growing on rocks in the Rio Minho Valley, March 3, 1910 (No.
10,855), more than one hundred years after its collection in

14 Recently he found that the salts of manganese, etc., could apparently replace
the peroxidase part. In this connection see: Ber. Chem. Gesell. 43: 366. 1910.

Tillandsia Swartzii

Jamaica by Swartz, and, presumably, it has not been seen in a
living state by any botanist during this long period, a striking
illustration of the extremely local distribution of some West
Indian species.

It would appear that the plant was correctly referred to the
Bromeliaceae at its original description; as Mr. Baker remarks,
it is allied, at least in habit, to Tillandsia utriculata L., though
he places the two in different subgenera. In floral structure it
differs from both his subgenera Platystachys and Cyathophora
by having a pair of scales at the base of each corolla-segment,
and in this feature agrees with his subgenus Vriesia, a group
regarded by Professor Mez as of generic rank.

As shown by the specimens collected by Mr. Harris, the inflo-
rescence is about 1.3 meters high, floriferous from about the
middle, the lower panicle-branches up to 3 dm. long, the lower
bracts of the scape lanceolate, 1-1.5 dm. long, long-acuminate;
the basal leaves are narrowly lanceolate, 6-8 dm. long, 4-6 cm.
wide and very long-acuminate, glabrous and finely many-nerved;
the flowers are sessile and quite widely separated on the slender
branches of the inflorescence, their bracts ovate-lanceolate,
acutish, about 1 cm. long; the linear sepals are 2 cm. long, and
the thin parallel-veined petals 3 cm. long, linear-lanceolate and
acuminate, about one-fourth longer than the stamens.

The capsule was described by Mr. J. G. Baker as at least
twice as long as the calyx.

NEw YorRK BOTANICAL GARDEN.

LOCALE DEORN NOME Sv Las

By NORMAN TAYLOR

Species Specimens wanted from
CRUCIFERAE
Arabis hirsuta (L.) Scop. Northern N. J. and N. Y.
Cardamine pratensis L. N. J. or elsewhere in the range.t

* Continued from Bull. Torrey Club 37: 559-562. N 1910.
+ The local flora range as prescribed by the Club’s Preliminary Catalogue of 1888
is as follows: All of the state of Connecticut; Long Island; in New York the

34

Species Specomens wanted from

Cardamine rotundifolia Michx. Western N. J. and eastern Pa.

Cardamine purpurea (Torr.) Northern N. Y. and Pa.
Britton.

Dentaria maxima Nutt. Northern N. Y., N. J., and Pa.

Dentaria anomala Eames. Anywhere in the range.

Dentaria diphylla Michx. INS Je

Dentaria incisifolia Eames. Anywhere in the range.

Dentaria heterophylla Nutt. INGE

Draba caroliniana Walt. Anywhere in the range.

Lepidium apetalum Willd. Anywhere in the range.

Lepidium medium L. ING AZo aime IN. Jf:

Lepidium graminifolium L. Anywhere in the range.

Roripa americana (A. Gray) Northern N. Y. and Pa.
Britton.
Roripa hispida (Desv.) Britton. N. Y. and Pa.

Lunaria annua L. Anywhere in the range.

Arabis patens Sullivant. Eastern Pa.

Brassica japonica Siebold. Anywhere in the range.
SARRACENIACEAE

Sarracenia purpurea L. Westchester, Orange, and

Rockland counties, N. Y.,
and from Somerset Co., N. J.

DROSERACEAE

Drosera filiformis Raf. Middlesex, Mercer, and
Camden counties, N. J.

PODOSTEMONACEAE

Podostemon Ceratophyllum Anywhere in the range.
Michx.

counties bordering the Hudson River up to and including Columbia and Greene,
also Sullivan and Delaware counties; all of New Jersey; and Pike, Wayne, Monroe,
Lackawanna, Luzerne, Northampton, Lehigh, Carbon, Bucks, Berks, Schuylkill.
Montgomery, Philadelphia, Delaware and Chester counties in Pennsylvania. :

Species

Specimens wanted from

CRASSULACEAE

Tillaea aquatica L.
Sempervivum tectorum L.
Rhodiola rosea L.. (Sedum).

Sedum ternatum Michx.

Anywhere in the range.

N. J. and N. Y.

Any stations not in Britton’s
Manual.

Anywhere in the range.

PARNASSIACEAE

Parnassia caroliniana Michx.

Anywhere in the coastal plain.

SAXIFRAGACEAE

Micranthes (Saxtfraga) micran-
thidifolia (Haw.) Small.

Micranthes (Saxifraga) penn-
sylvanica (L.) Haw.

Tiarella cordifolia L.

Heuchera Curtis T. & G.

Heuchera pubescens Pursh.

Mitella nuda L.

Chrysosplenium americanum
Schwein.

Eastern Pa.
Northern N. J.

Eastern Pa.

Anywhere in the range.
Mountains of Pa.

Northern N. Y.

We leveentral Ne Je, and Pa-

HyDRANGEACEAE
Hydrangea arborescens L. New Jersey.
ITEACEAE
Ttea virginica L. Ocean and Monmouth

counties, N. J.

HAMAMELIDACEAE

Hamamelis virginiana L.

In or near the pine-barrens of

IN-alerand ver:

ALTINGIACEAE

Liquidambar Styraciflua L.

In or north of the highlands of

the Hudson.

36

Species Specimens wanted from
GROSSULARIACEAE
Ribes lacustre (Pers.) Poir. = Northern N. Y.

Ribes glandulosum Grauer. (R. Pa. & N.Y.
prostratum L’ Her.)*
Ribes americanum Mill. (R. Northern N. Y. and N. J.
floridum L’Her.)
Rives triste Pall. (R. rubrum L.) N. J. and N. Y.
Grossularia jhuirtella (Michx.) N. J. and Pa.
Spach. (R. huronense Rydb.)
Grossularia (Ribes) Cynosbatt Northern N. J., N. Y., and Pa.
(L.) Mill.
PLATANACEAE
Platanus occidentalis L. Ulster, Greene, and Delaware

counties, N. Y.
NEw YorK BOTANICAL GARDEN.

REVIEWS

The Plant Life of Maryland +

There are very few states in the Union whose vegetation has
been described with any pretense of thoroughness, and in Mary-
land not even a catalogue of the vascular plants of the whole
state had been published before; probably chiefly because the
state contains very few rare and perhaps no endemic species,
and therefore offers little attraction to the average systematic
botanist. Maryland is the northernmost state, south of the
glaciated region, which extends all the way from the coast to
the mountains (and incidentally probably the only one which
contains both Taxus minor and Taxodium, or Pinus Taeda and

* The names used are those maintained in North American Flora 22; 193-209.
1908. The ones in brackets are those in Britton’s manual.

+ The Plant Life of Maryland. By Forrest Shreve, M. A. Chrysler, Frederick
H. Blodgett and F. W. Besley. Special publication Maryland Weather Service,
new series, Vol. 3, 533 pp-, 39 plates (including 1 map), 15 text-figures (including
I2 maps). Baltimore, 1910.

Abstracts or reviews of it have already appeared in Science II. 32: 837-868.

Dec. 16, 1910; Forestry Quarterly 8: 484-486. t1o11; and Scottish Geograph-
ical Magazine 27: 1-6. f. 1-4. Jan., I9QII.

37

Lanx). Although comparatively small in area, it includes parts
of such distinct physiographic provinces as the coastal plain,
the Piedmont region, and the Alleghany mountains, the last
reaching altitudes within the state of over 3000 feet; and the
present work throws much light on the local distribution of the
plants characteristic of each of these areas, or of two or more of
them, and is an important contribution to existing knowledge of
the vegetation of eastern North America.

After being delayed considerably beyond the expected time
of appearance, as is very often the case with important scientific
works, this handsome royal octavo volume, embodying the re-
sults of field work which was done mostly in the years 1904-6,
was finally given to the public about the middle of last summer,
the exact date not being known.

In mechanical make-up the book is fully up to the standard of
other recent scientific publications of the state of Maryland,
which means that it is practically faultless. The type is large
and neat, and the 74 half-tone illustrations of vegetation are well
chosen and skillfully executed in nearly every case, the principal
exception being that one or two of them are a few degrees out
of plumb.*

The principal author and one of the others having been absent
from the state and largely engrossed with other matters during
the printing, it fell to the lot of Mr. E. W. Berry as editor to
bring the several contributions into harmony with each other
as far as possible, and to attend to numerous other essential
details; a kind of work which can hardly be appreciated by the
reader, as it attracts attention only when poorly done.t

Besides the preface, indexes, and other necessary appendages,
the book is divided into Part 1, Introduction, 42 pages; Part 2,

* This is a defect often observed in the best magazines, both popular and scien-
tific, and even in text-books; but there would seem to be little excuse for it, as it
lies within the power of author, editor, and engraver, each and severally, to remedy
it before it is too late.

+ The reviewer notes with gratification the editor’s independence of an auto-
cratic band of geographical orthographers located about forty miles from him, in
spelling the names of the three counties which have possessive endings according
to local and official usage, and not according to arbitrary rules.

38

Floristic plant geography, 30 pages; Part 3, Ecological plant
geography, 192 pages; Part 4, Relation of natural vegetation
to crops, 9 pages; Part 5, Agricultural features, 53 pages; Part 6,
Forests and their products, 17 pages; and Part 7, List of plants,
I14 pages. In all of these parts a three-fold division of the
state on physiographic grounds (and not climatic, as one might
be led to expect from the auspices under which the book ap-
peared) into coastal zone (coastal plain), midland zone (meta-
morphic or crystalline rocks), and mountain zone (Alleghany
plateau) is recognized. The coastal zone is further subdivided
by Chesapeake Bay into two perceptibly different parts, and the
midland zone into lower and upper (or foot-hills and ridges),
corresponding with the Piedmont region and Blue Ridge of the
states farther south.

Part 1, by Dr. Shreve, outlines the scope of the work, making
a sharp distinction between floristic and ecological plant geog-
raphy (a point which deserves more attention than has been
given to it in the past), and then discusses the climatology,
topography, mineralogy, and soils of the state.

Part 2, also by Dr. Shreve, opens with a brief sketch of the
history of botanical exploration in Maryland, up to the time
when the present authors took the field. Then follow lists of
plants which are supposed to be confined to a single zone or to
two adjacent zones, plants which reach their northern limits on
or near the Delaware peninsula, strand plants, salt-marsh plants,
pine-barren plants which seem to skip Maryland, etc. If the
systematic list (part 7) represents fully the authors’ knowledge
of the local distribution of plants within the state, then some
of the zonal lists might have been considerably modified or
extended. But discrepancies of this kind are almost inevitable
in such a large book, in which considerable time must elapse
between the writing of the various parts. Kearney’s table of
the northern limits of ‘‘austroriparian’’ plants, although men-
tioned approvingly in a footnote on page 93, was apparently
not utilized to the utmost in preparing the list of plants whose
northern limits pass through Maryland. The list of “pine-
barren”’ plants which are not known between New Jersey and

Virginia is somewhat misleading in that it includes at least half
a dozen species which in the southern states are known only in
the mountains, and not in the coastal plain, and one or two whose
occurrence northeast of Maryland is doubtful. (It is interesting
to note that nearly half of the 44 spermatophytes listed as pine-
barren plants are monocotyledons, and the proportion would be
still larger if the corrections just indicated had been made.)
This part closes with an instructive discussion of the factors
by which vegetation provinces are differentiated, and a bibliog-
raphy of works relating to the flora of Maryland and the District
of Columbia.

In Part 3, the longest and most important of all, the vegetation
of each of the five subdivisions of the state is classified by habitat;
Dr. Shreve taking the easternmost, middle and westernmost,
Dr. Chrysler the ‘‘Western Shore”’ (that part of the coastal
plain west of the Bay), and Dr. Blodgett the upper midland zone.

In the habitat lists prepared by Dr. Shreve, the species, in-
stead of being arranged in taxonomic, alphabetical, or merely
haphazard order, as was customary up to four or five years ago
(and is yet, to a considerable extent), are divided into trees,
shrubs, and herbs (bryophytes and thallophytes being left out
of consideration), and arranged in approximate order of abun-
dance (as stated in a rather inconspicuous way in a footnote on
page 110). Unfortunately in such lists the trees are mentioned
only by their. common names, and these are run into paragraphs
instead of being arranged in columns like those of the herbs,
which makes this part less valuable for purposes of reference
than it should be. In order to find from the index all that is
said in the book about any particular species of tree its common
name has to be constantly borne in mind. The names of the
herbs are sometimes run into paragraphs too, but in most cases
they are arranged in single columns, thus wasting considerable
space which might easily have been filled with condensed informa-
tion about the structure and adaptations, or even the geographical
distribution, of each species. If smaller and more closely set
type or double columns had been used for the herbs each habitat
list would have been confined to one or two pages, and thus

40

more easily comprehended at a single glance. These details
however were probably not left entirely to the judgment of the
authors.

In Dr. Chrysler’s part some definite ratios of abundance are
given for the trees in certain habitats, but the herbs in most of
his lists seem to be arranged in Engler & Prantl sequence, with
no indication of relative abundance. Dr. Blodgett had to deal
with a rather complex region, in which he found it expedient
to describe almost every ridge and valley separately, and to mix
trees, shrubs, and herbs together in his habitat lists, as if in the
same order in which they were observed in the short time avail-
able for field work in that region.

The chapter on agricultural features (Part 5), by I Dr. Blodgett,
although it seems a little out of place in a volume devoted
primarily to phytogeography, is a valuable original contribution
to economic geography. After the history of settlement and
agricultural development of the state there follows a discussion
of the influence of soils on civilization, and then notes on the
distribution of several of the principal crops, illustrated by maps.

Mr. Besley’s remarks on forests (Part 6) are rather brief, but
it would be hard to cover the ground any better than he did
with the same number of words, and the forest industries of
Maryland are probably not important enough at the present time
to justify a more exhaustive treatment.

In preparing the list of plants collected and observed, Dr.
Shreve did not waste any time ransacking old herbaria with a
view of citing every specimen ever collected in Maryland, but
included only plants which had been seen by him or his associates
or by local botanists still living in the state. The list therefore
makes no claim to completeness, but is primarily a taxonomic
index to the plants which are classified by habitat in Part 3.

The nomenclature follows Britton & Brown’s Illustrated Flora
(1896-1898), and all specific names are decapitalized, as has
been customary in Washington since 1893, but not so much else-
where. Numerous arbitrary “‘common’”’ names which are never
seen outside of botanical literature have been inserted in the
catalogue, but this practice is not carried to the extreme that it

4]

was in some quarters a decade or two ago, for many of the less
familiar species are left without such names. Ranges and
bibliographic citations or other references to literature are
omitted, which is entirely justifiable in such an unpretentious
catalogue and in a region so well covered by descriptive
_ manuals.

The information given about the distribution of the several
species within the state is not as complete as an interested reader
might wish, only about two lines (besides the name) being devoted
to each, on the average, and usually not more than one county
being mentioned. For over one-fourth of the species the cata-
logue gives no indication whatever of habitat, and a still larger

ae

number are treated in very general terms, like ““swamps,”’ “‘dry
open situations,” etc., which are not readily correlated with the
habitats described in detail in Part 3. It would not be fair,
however, to compare such a list with those numerous local floras
in which a taxonomic catalogue is the most important feature.

Throughout the catalogue, as well as in other parts of the
book, weeds are not distinguished very sharply from native
plants, which is unfortunate, though not at all unusual. Weeds
are more easily recognized than some persons who have not
given the matter much thought may imagine, and a reform in
this respect is urgently needed in all our phytogeographical
literature.

An extremely conservative course has been followed with re-
gard to the numerous recently described (and perhaps ill-defined ?).
species of Panicum, Sisyrinchium, Rubus, Crataegus, Viola, etc.,
the five genera just named having only 56 species among them
in the book.

The catalogue comprises 60 pteridophytes, 13 gymnosperms,
384 monocotyledons, and 980 dicotyledons, or 1437 species and
varieties of vascular plants. About 28.2 per cent. of the angio-
sperms (counting both native and introduced species, for they
are not separated) are monocotyledons, which seems to show
that the vegetation of Maryland is on the whole considerably
nearer the climax condition that that of New Jersey, and farther
from it than that of Pennsylvania.

42

In the general index the only persons mentioned are those
whose names occur on the first 20 pages. About 75 others,
many of whom are shown in the text to have made important
contributions to the knowledge of the Maryland flora, are omitted.
This perhaps should not be charged up to the authors, however.
The botanical index seems to be complete, except for the plants
mentioned on pages 86, 87, and 385 (and these are the ones
excluded from the state flora), and in the footnotes on page 164
and in the catalogue.*

With the few exceptions here noted, the Plant Life of Maryland
is a model of its kind, and it easily ranks among the foremost
of existing local phytogeographical works. It is to be hoped
that botanists in other states, especially those whose vegetation
has not yet been systematically described, will soon follow the
splendid example set by Dr. Shreve and his associates.

ROLAND M. HARPER.

Apgar’s Ornamental Shrubs of the United States

In criticising a book we must look at it from the standpoint
of the author. The late Mr. Apgar has fully informed us in the
preface that his aim has been to produce a work that will reach
“that large public who wish to know by name the attractive
shrubs cultivated in parks and private grounds, but who are
actually afraid of anything called botany.’ Viewed from this
frank avowal of its purpose, the little book before us will fill
the need of a large number of people who have not an extended
knowledge of botany and its terms. What terms the author
has found it necessary to use have been fully explained in the
first part of the work and in the glossary at the end. The
primary classification is based upon the form and position of the
leaves, when these are present; or in their absence keys are
provided for deciduous-leaved shrubs, and for thorny or spiny

* Although the present work is not a good illustration of the point, it might
not be out of place to remark here that indexing is too often regarded as a mere
mechanical process, requiring no intelligence or discretion, and delegated by the
author to persons who have no interest in his work.

yt Apgar, A. C. Ornamental Shrubs of the United States (Hardy, Cultivated).
Pp. 1-352. pl. 1-4. f. 1-621. American Book Co. Price $1.50.

45

plants. Flowers and fruits are assigned a secondary place. Part
II is devoted to the ‘‘General Opening Key”’ and the “ Keys to
the Genera,’’ with instructions as to their use. In Part III are
the descriptions of the shrubs, and here a valuable help is offered
in the numerous illustrations, made by the author himself, in
which he has indicated what are considered the essential char-
acters.

The little work must not be viewed from the scientific stand-
point, for the author makes no claim along this line. Considered
from the point of view of the author, and of that large class who
desire merely to know the names of shrubs, this little volume
will be of great use.

GEORGE V. NASH.

A recent investigation of the sargasso sea was undertaken by
Dr. John J. Stevenson. He says (Science, December 9, 1910)
that the ‘‘indefinite descriptions of the area and mass of seaweed,
as well as the extraordinary statements made by some authors
in discussing the origin of coal, induced the writer to make an
examination of the conditions for himself. The matter is easy,
because the steamship route between Barbadoes and the Azores
crosses the area diagonally and passes very near the center.”
His own observations, and the information gained from officers
who had crossed the sargasso sea many times, lead him to think
that ‘‘much depends on the time of year, for weed appears to
accumulate while the trades are mild and to be broken up later
in the season when the strength of the winds increases. In any
case, however, the weed occupies only a small part of the area,
the patches being separated by wide spaces of clear water, almost
free from weed. Many of the bunches show unmistakably that
they had been attached to rock; and the plants have traveled
far, since in a large proportion of bunches only a part is living,
the dead parts being of a brownish color.’”’ It is evidently un-
usual to find a patch exceeding a half acre in extent. In passing
through the Bahamas the seaweed is found to be ‘
abundant than along either of the lines followed across the sar-
gasso. The weed is evidently the same, being in circular bunches

“much more

44

up to 18 inches diameter arranged in strips according with the
direction of the wind, though occasionally in bands or even in
patches 8 by to feet. The patches are near the large islands.”’

Mr. Stevenson feels that “At best, the quantity of weed seen
at any locality is wholly insignificant. Midway in the sargasso
sea, the bunches seen in a width of a mile would form, if brought
into contact, a strip not more than 65 feet wide. This, where
the weed is most abundant. But the bunches are very loose,
the plant material, as was estimated, occupying less than one
fifth of the space, so that if the bunches were brought together so
that the plant parts would be in contact, each square mile would
yield a strip not more than 13 feet wide and 3 or 4 inches thick,
or barely 2,500 cubic yards to the square mile. . . . The accumula-
tion of decayed vegetable material from seaweeds must be com-
paratively unimportant under the sargasso sea; and what there
is would be merely foreign matter in mineral deposits.”’

J. B.

PROCERDINGS, Of THb CLUB
NOVEMBER 30, IQI1O

This meeting was held at the New York Botanical Garden.
Nineteen persons were present. Vice-president Barnhart occu-
pied the chair.

The minutes of the meeting of November 8 were read and
approved. Dr. W. D. Hoyt, of Rutgers College, New Brunswick,
N. J., was proposed for membership.

The first paper of the announced scientific program was by
Dr N. £. Britton om the Flora ot Pinan del Rio, Guibas Dr
Britton gave an account of his recent botanical explorations in
this province of Cuba in company with Mrs. Britton, Professor
F. S$. Earle, and Professor C. Stuart Gager. After a sketch of
the earlier botanical explorations of Cuba by Charles Wright
and others, the general floral features of the province of Pinar
del Rio were described and many specimens were exhibited. An
account of this work is published in the Journal of the New York
Botanical Garden for October.

45

The second paper on ‘‘Thistle Hybrids from the Rocky Moun-
tains’’ was by Dr. P. A. Rydberg. The speaker exhibited speci-
mens of nineteen supposed hybrids in the genus Carduus, to-
gether with their putative parents. The evidences of hybridity
were drawn from intermediate morphological characters, sup-
ported in most cases by close association in nature with the
supposed parents. Descriptions of these Carduus hybrids were
published in the Bulletin for November.

Adjournment followed.
MARSHALL A. Howe,

Secretary pro tem.

DECEMBER 13, I9IO

The meeting was called to order at the American Museum of
Natural History at 8:30 p.M. Tuesday, December 13, Ig10,
with President Rusby in the chair. One hundred people were
present.

After the reading and approval of the minutes of November 30,
1910, Dr. W. D. Hoyt, Rutgers College, New Brunswick, N. J.,
and Miss Jessie P. Rose, Crystal, Oregon, were elected to
membership.

The resignations of Prof. Henry Kraemer, Dr. Raymond H.
Pond, and Mrs. L. Schéney were read and accepted.

The scientific program consisted of an illustrated lecture by
Dr. Marshall A. Howe on ‘‘A Visit to the Panama Canal Zone.”

The visit described by the speaker occurred in December, 1909,
and January, 1910, and was undertaken under the auspices of
the New York Botanical Garden, with the special object of
studying and comparing the marine floras of the Atlantic and
Pacific oceans, here within less than fifty miles of each other.

The marine algae proving unexpectedly scarce, especially on
the Pacific side of the Isthmus, there was considerable oppor-
tunity for taking photographs of general botanical interest and the
lantern-slides shown illustrated chiefly some of the more striking
features of the land flora of the Canal Zone, such as the numerous
native palms, the vegetation of the extensive fresh-water swamps
between Colon and Gatun, the swampy forests bordering the

46

Chagres River, and the flora of the rocky islands of Panama Bay,
A report covering some of these features of the lecture was
published in the Journal of the New York Botanical Garden for
February, 1910.

The speaker justified a somewhat extended discussion of the
Panama Canal and its history by the general interest in the
subject both here and on the Isthmus. Among the photographs
shown were several of the Atlantic and Pacific entrances to the
Canal, the Gatun locks, a flood on the Chagres River, the Culebra
Cut, the Ancon Hospital, and the Taboga Sanitarium. The
success of modern sanitary methods in combatting yellow fever
and malaria was especially dwelt upon. The speaker alluded
also to incidents of interest in the romantic early history of the
Isthmus and in the building of the Panama Railroad. Photo-
graphs of the ruins of Old Panama, located about five miles
east of the present city, were also shown.

Adjournment followed.
SERENO STETSON,

Secretary pro tem.

OF INTEREST TO TEACHERS*

COLLEGE BotANy NOTES

An interesting set of sheets giving some of the directions for
freshman and sophomore botany has been provided us by Pro-
fessor Clements of the University of Minnesota. Drawings form
quite a prominent part of the work as might be expected. It is
directed that the drawings be drawn to scale—a thing which is
more important than most of us realize. The following recom-
mendation is also made: “‘As a rule, write the answers to the
questions first, and make the drawings afterward.” The pro-
cedure is often exactly the opposite, with the result that the
drawing shows but indifferently the characteristics of the plant
parts under consideration. Structure and function are too often
too widely separated—in time at least—even in general courses
in botany. In the work on plant cells and tissues given below

* Conducted by Miss Jean Broadhurst, Teachers College, Columbia University.

47

one can see clearly that very different drawings would be made
before and after answering the questions.

1. Cell and protoplasm (Lat., cella, room: Gr., protos, first
plasma form).

(a) Mount a leaf of the water weed, Philotria. Note the
structure of the cell, the position of the green
bodies, chloroplasts, and especially the movement
of the protoplasm. Compare various cells.

(6) Mount a stamen of the spiderwort, Tvadescantia,
taking care not to crush it. Note the structure
of the stamen-hair, and especially the streams of
protoplasm and the nucleus.

Answer the following questions definitely but briefly:
(1) Explain the different shapes of the cells. (2) What
indicates that the wall is elastic? (3) Do the streams of
protoplasm change their shape, position, or direction?
(4) What forms the ‘“‘banks”’ of the streams? (5) Find
the rate of flow. (6) Does the protoplasm pass from one
cell to the next? (7) How and why does it line the cell
wall? (8) Explain the position and shape of the nucleus.
(9) Does the nucleus move? If it does, explain how.
(10) Do the streams center at it? Do they flow into it
or over it? (11) What fills the bulk of the cell? Draw
to scale a cell of Philotria, showing the wall and chloro-
plasts; draw a cell of the stamen-hair, showing wall,
streams of protoplasm, nucleus, etc.

Almost all of the work is carried on in the field and green-
house. Lectures and books are replaced by independent labora-
tory (in the widest sense) work by the students. It means
time, patience, and real teaching power on the part of the in-
structors if the students are to solve for themselves the problems
of physiology and work out the structural adaptation to function.
It is also felt at the University of Minnesota that the students
are more interested by and in work of this type than by the
usual method of lectures, and text and reference books.

48

The beneficial effects of soil,bacteria have lately received much
emphasis. The Outlook notes popularly the recent investigation
of injurious soil bacteria—(October 29, 1910) at the experiment
station at Rothamsted, England. ‘‘It occurred to the experi-
menters at Rothamsted that perhaps there exist similarly in
the soil, not only the “‘good”’ microbes that can be reinforced
at will, but ‘““bad”’ organisms that, as in the human system, are
at warfare with the benefactors. And this was demonstrated
to be a fact. Perhaps, then, they thought, we can not only
reinforce the helpful organisms by addition from without, but
treat the soil with something that will kill or minimize the effect
of those undesirable. Isolating the organisms and experimenting
with them, it was soon found that various antiseptics, in liquid
and in vapor form, will kill or paralyze the undesirable organisms,
and hence, if applied to soils, materially increase their yield,
even without a reinforcement of the army of their natural enemies,
the ammonia-forming bacteria; and at length it was discovered
that heat alone will answer every purpose. Partial sterilization
of the soil by heat, while destroying some of the desirable bacteria,
totally destroys those that prey upon them. Cans of earth from
the same field heated to about the temperature of boiling water
yield enormous growths of leaf and seed compared with identical
samples unheated. Here is the sign-post that points to a most
fascinating path of research. Perhaps some way will be found
to apply this discovery practically. Experiment will not rest
here, although it seems at first thought impossible to heat the
soil over any large area; yet in greenhouses it might pay, where
the area under cultivation is relatively small and the crop rela-
tively very valuable. A lady of our acquaintance found it im- ~°
possible to grow certain flowers in a pot; the seeds germinated,
but the plants failed to mature. Thinking that there might be
some worm or grub in the soil that attacked the seeds or the
roots, and that heat might kill it, and as fresh soil was not easy
to secure in the city, she put the pot in the oven and baked the
contents. Afterwards there was no trouble when the seeds were
again planted. She had unconsciously confirmed the Rotham-
sted experiment, destroying the harmful bacteria. Professor

49

Hall, the writer of the article which is the subject of this review,
concludes as follows, after admitting the difficulty of applying
this remedy on a large scale: ‘“‘Sooner or later, our trials will
reach a cheap and practical issue. But if we do succeed, we
shall have added one more to the number of new discoveries
which are as old as time: Virgil in his Georgies describes the
advantages to be obtained by mixing the surface soil with weeds
and rubbish and burning it gently, and the practice is still
followed among the native cultivators in India.” This, Mr. Hall

é

concludes means a warfare “‘against an invisible population, of
which the very existence was unsuspected a generation ago.”
And the results are due to the killing of “unsuspected groups of
large organisms of the protozoan class, which feed upon living
bacteria,’’ and heating or treatment by antiseptics relieves the
bacteria which partially escape the treatment from their attack,
allowing them to increase to an enormous degree, with a corre-
sponding rise in ammonia production—and therefore of fertility.

— Science, September 16, 1909.

The October Journal of the New York Botanical Garden contains
an article by George V. Nash on ‘‘Winter Decorative Shrubs.”’
Over thirty such shrubs are listed with brief descriptions. School
grounds are usually planted with summer decorative shrubs,
and are consequently not at their best during the greater part
of the school year. It is possible to use winter shrubs in such a
way as to add to the summer display, and yet leave a well-
balanced and pleasing scheme during the winter.

A recent paper by Alma G. Stokey on Lycopodium pithyoides
notes the fact that in this species the sporangia are cauline
rather than folia, through continued inequality in the rate of
growth which causes it eventually to take a “‘ position on the stem
entirely distinct from the leaf.”

The Japanese are going to replace the cherry trees presented
to Mrs. Taft by Japan to adorn the Potomac Drive at Wash-
ington, and which had to be destroyed on arrival because they
were infected by insects.

50

NEWS ITEMS

We learn from the Ottawa Evening Journal of January 19
details of the remarkable expedition of Mr. J. M. Macoun,
naturalist of the Geological Survey of Canada. He left Halifax
on July 2d, reached Churchill on the twenty-fifth and after
botanizing for a month in that vicinity started north. Sailing
up Hudson Bay, in the steamer “Jeannie” the party reached
Wager Inlet, which is almost on the Artic Circle, and here on
the evening of September 5th the vessel was wrecked in a storm.
The party rigged up two small boats, rescued from the “ Jeannie,”’
and succeeded in reaching Fullerton, about 150 miles south-
ward, in two and a half days. From Fullerton to Churchill it
is 450 miles and they made this part of the return trip in a whaler.
Finding it impossible to stop at Churchill on account of scarcity
of food the party traveled 800 miles overland by snow shoes and
sledges to Gimli in Manitoba, a small town on the southerly end
of Lake Winnipeg. Here they were within reach of civilization.
The botanical specimens were all saved and will prove of much
interest as ‘‘before no botanist had been on the west coast of
Hudson Bay between Churchill and Repulse Bay.’ At the
latter place all the species areearctic. No lives were lost and no
one was seriously injured.

The American Fern Society has elected the following officers
for 1911: President, Philip Dowell; Vice-president, Miss Nellie
Mirick; Treasurer, H. G. Rugg; and Secretary, L. S. Hopkins.

In honor of Prof. L. R. Jones, formerly of the University of
Vermont, and now professor of plant pathology at the University
of Wisconsin, a 450-acre reserve in Vermont has been named the
““L. R. Jones State Forest.’’

During February and March several hundred orchids will be
in flower at the New York Botanical Garden. The collection
includes many interesting and rare species from all parts of the
world.

The editor of TorreEyA has accepted the position of Curator
of Plants at the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, the appointment to
take effect March 16, 1911.

“we

The Torrey Botanical Club

Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six
gratuitous copies of the number of TorreyAin which their papers
appear, will kindly notify the editor when submitting manuscript.

Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned
to the editor, from The New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen
Street, Lancaster, Pa., who have furnished the following rates :

2pp App 8pp 12pp 16pp 20pp
25 copies $ .75 $1.05 $1.30 $1.80 $2.20 $2.50
50 copies -90 1.20 1.70 2.20 2.50 2.85
100 copies 1.15 1.55 1.95 2.55 2.90 3.20

200 copies 1.70 2.35 2.90 3.75 4.35 4.70
Covers: 25 for 75 cents, additional covers 1 cent each.
Plates for reprints, 40 cents each per 100.

The following Committees have been appointed for 1911

Finance Committee Field Committee
J. 1. Kane, Chairman E. B: Soutuwick, Chairman
_H. M. Ricuarps Wm. MANSFIELD
N. TAyLor

Budget Committee Program Committee
H. H. Russy, Chairman Mrs. E. G. Britton, Chairman
J. H. Barnuart Miss JEAN BROADHURST
N. L. Britton yes TRACY EW HAZEN
E. S. BurGEss PF. J;-SEAVER
B. O. Dover :

Puitie DowELL

Local Flora Com mittee

N. L. Brirron, Chairman

Phanerogams: Cryptogams:
E.-P. BicKNELL Mrs. E. G. Brirron
N. L. Britrron PHitie DOWELL

E. S. BurGess Tracy E) Hazen
C2C Curtis -.- M. A. Howe

K, K. Mackenzie W. A. Morrityi

E. L. Morris

OTHER PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

‘TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

(1) BULLETIN

u monthly journal .devoted to general boeay, established
1870. Vol. 37 published in 1910, contained 630 pages of text
and 36 full-page plates. “ Price $3.00 per annum. For Europe,
14 shillings. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, are,
agents for England. !
Of former volumes, only 24-37 can be Supphed entire ; cer-
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire aoe
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets.
Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published pues of two dollars
each ; Vols. 28-37 three dollars each, )
See copies (30 cents), will be furnished only shen not |
breaking complete volumes. Coan }

a. MEMOIRS
The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at seve ulay

intervals. Volumes 1— 13 are now completed: Nos. 1 and 2 of —

Vol. 14 have been issued. The) subscription price is fixed at
$3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers can also be pur-
chased singly. A list of titles of the individual papers and of
prices will be furnished on application, Be a
(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri-

_ dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles ety New
York, 1888. Price, $1.00. |

Correspondence relating to the above publications should be
addressed to |
: MR. BERNARD 0. DODGE

Galisaibie Wave ay

New York City

we

MMOL TY: se: ~ March, 1911 No. 3

ORREYA

A -Monruty JourNaL or BoTaANIcAL Nores AND News

EDITED FOR

THE: TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

BY

NORMAN TAYLOR

sn JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873
: CONTENTS
: The Clogging of Dein. Tile by Roots, G. E, STONE-..., PE ks ee, 51
The Nature and Fongtion of the Plant Oxidases : PRNESTD), “CLARE ae. ok. 55
May Method of Making Leaf Prints: EDwArp W. BERRY............0.. Ba faass Syinde= aah “62
-_A New Plum from the Lake Region of Florida: “ROWLAND M, HARPER............. 64%
Proceedings of the Club... .i.....c:..csers.seecens tees sarc t aaeanraret END A or Say Rad cates 68.
Of Interest to Teachers...... an ees ects SE Rip ee Se Ae POR ance ee mae ne ole aria eezo™
PAN CWS TECHIS 5 Soo ole ies seein vextem eee ts Re NAR aan, Cast ete Peek 8 HE ees 75

PUBLISHED ‘FOR THE CLUB
» AT 41 Nortu Queen STREET, LANCASTER, PA.
BY THE New Era PrRinrinc Company

Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa: » as second-class’ matter. Jie

‘THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

OFFICERS FOR 1911

President
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D.

> Vice- Presidents
EDWARD S. BURGESS, PH.D. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D

Secretary and Treasurer

BERNARD O. DODGE, Ph.B.
Columbia University, New York City |

Liditor
_ PHILIP DOWELL, Pu.D.

Associate Editors

JOHN H. BARNHART, A.M., M.D. TRACY ELLIOT HAZEN, Pu.D.

JEAN BROADHURST, A.M. ~ MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Px.D,
ERNEST D. CLARK, Pu.D. HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D.

ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D. NORMAN TAYLOR

Torreya is furnished to subscribers in the United States and
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent
to TREASURER, TORREY Botanical Cius, 41 North Queen St., Lan-
caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City. —

_ Matter for publication should be addressed to

NORMAN TAYLOR
Central Museum,
Eastern Parkway, Brooklyn, N. Y.

TORREY A

March, IgI1I
Vol. 11 No. 3

THe CLOGGING OF DRAIN TILE BY ROOTS
By G. E. STONE

Quite frequently trouble is experienced from roots of various
trees entering drain tile, sewers, etc., and this often causes much
vexation, labor and expense. The Carolina poplar, which is
often planted as a shade tree in cities, frequently becomes a
nuisance in consequence of its peculiar habit of working its roots
through the joints of tile used for sewerage, etc. It is a com-
paratively easy matter for roots to gain entrance into the un-
cemented joints of tile, and even when tile is cemented they often
manage to crowd in and fill the tile with a mass of roots which
eventually clog the tile and render it useless. Instances are
even known of roots penetrating sewers constructed of brick
and cement. The roots of other trees besides Carolina poplars
are known to be offenders in this respect. Willows, elms and
others are responsible for considerable clogging of tile, and grass

roots will in a comparatively short time put out of commission

the most effective drain. There are also many instances of even
fungi and algae clogging up small drains. The writer some years
ago had called to his attention a case of Oscillatoria constantly
clogging tile, much to the annoyance of the landowner; and, is
also familiar with a case where the drain tile underlying the steam
conduit of a central heating and distributing plant was con-
tinually being clogged by root growth. The joints of the six-
inch Akron tile underlying the steam heating pipes were not
cemented and were four or five feet below the surface. In two
or three years after the tile were laid some of them had become
clogged with elm tree roots. This clogging prevented the water
from flowing through the tile and caused a dam, as it were,
resulting in the water flowing back into the conduit and flooding

[No 2, Vol. 11, of TORREYA, comprising pp. 23-50, was issued 14 F 1o11.]

51

52

the steam pipes which greatly interfered with their efficiency.
It is necessary, of course, to leave the joints of Akron tile open .
when used for the purpose of draining the conduit trench since
these pipes must take off the water from the trench and prevent
it from coming into contact with the steam pipes in the conduit.
As long as the joints remain open it is with great difficulty that
the roots of trees, etc., are kept from growing in the tile, and
sooner or later it is made ineffective.

Tree roots will penetrate tile protected with carefully cemented
joints and become a nuisance, as is shown by the following in-
stance. In the city of Newark, N. J., the Shade Tree Commis-
sion have been requested by the Department of Sewers and
Drainage to omit the planting of Carolina poplars on streets
since the roots of these trees proved to be a nuisance to drains.
Mr. Edward S. Rankin,* Engineer of Sewers and Drainage of the
city of Newark, writes as follows:

‘Replying to your letter of the twentieth inst., we find that
the roots go through the joints of tile pipe even when carefully
cemented and the trouble seems to be increasing. In 1909 we had
15 stoppages caused by roots; for the first 11 months of 1910, 23,
of which 5 occurred in the month of November. These stoppages
were all in house connections, and in addition to these we have
also had a number of cases in our main pipe sewers. The roots
after penetrating the pipe seem to spread out and practically fill
the whole pipe. I have no way of knowing how long a time it
takes for these roots to grow. To the best of my knowledge we
have had no trouble with any of our brick sewers. The trouble
seems to have been caused in all cases by poplar trees.”’

There recently came to our attention a notable case of a large
drain tile being clogged by the roots of a pear tree. This tile
was 12 inches in diameter and was laid about seven years ago to
take the seepage waters from a reservoir located in the town of
Belmont, Mass. The pipe passed near a pear orchard, and there
was a constant flow of water through it summer and winter,
although it was never full. At the time the tile was laid the
joints were not cemented, and of course there was an opportunity

* See also Municipal Journal and Engineer, vol. 30, no. 1, January 4, I9QIl.

5d

for roots of various kinds, if so disposed, to penetrate the joints
of the pipe and secure an abundant supply of water. During
November, 1909, about seven years after the drain pipe was
installed, it became necessary to dig up a large part of it on
account of its inefficiency and replaceit. It was found on digging
up this tile that it was badly congested by a profuse root growth.
A careful examination of the location showed that this growth

Fic. 1.—Showing pear tree root taken from drain tile.

of roots originated from a single off-shoot of a pear tree located
some seven feet away. This enormous mass of pear roots was
removed from the tile and carefully laid aside and at our request
was presented to our museum, with full data concerning it.
The roots were found to measure 61 feet in length. Only a
single root entered the tile, it having a diameter of about five-
eighths of an inch inside the tile, but where it entered the tile it
was somewhat flattened out. The root, on entering the tile,
subdivided into innumerable rootlets, and these were again di-
vided into countless smaller roots. At the time the tile was

54

dug up and the roots removed the drain had been in operation
seven years, although a cross-section of the root and an examina-
tion of the annular rings where it entered the tile, showed that
it was only five years old. It required, therefore, only five years
for this mass of roots to clog up a 12-inch tile.

The maximum diameter of this mass of roots in the dry state
is six or seven inches, but when alive and flourishing in the tile
its diameter exceeded this. The roots as they reached the
laboratory had a decidedly bad odor, showing that if no sewage
was present in the tile there was certainly a considerable amount
of organic matter in the seepage derived from the soil or some
other source which proved of value as plant food. Soon after
the specimens arrived at this laboratory they were spread out
on the floor and measured. This was done by laying out on the
floor sections five feet in length. The number of roots in each
five-foot section was counted. These were multiplied by the
length of the section and the whole tabulated (see table). The
total length of these roots was 8,498 feet, as shown in the table,
which is equal to 1.61 miles. Adding to this the numerous small
roots which range from a few to several inches in length and which
were not considered in our section count, the total length was
estimated to be over two miles.

This enormous development from a single root cf a pear tree
is greatly in excess of what would take place if the roots were

TABLE SHOWING THE GROWTH OF PEAR TREE ROOTS IN DRAIN TILE

No. of Section. Length of Section. Moues Rots ux ate eee m
it 5 ft. 34 170 ft.
2 5 4I 205
3 5 73 365
4 5 153 765
5 5 199 995
6 5 313 1565
7 5 373 1865
8 5 447 2235
9 5) 141 795
a0) 5 53 2605
iit 5 31 155
12 5 36 180
13 I 28 28
Total ope 1922 8498

55

in the soil, since the conditions of the drain tile stimulate root
development very materially. However, the root system of any
tree or shrub is far in excess in length and area of what the lay-
man imagines. The profuse growth of roots in water is also
seen in cases where old wells become filled with root growth,
but the pear tree root in question is one of the best examples
which has ever come to our notice of root development in drain
tile.

MASSACHUSETTS AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION,
AMHERST, MASSACHUSETTS.

ie NATURE SAND hUNCHION OF THE, PLANT
OXIDASES

By Ernest D. CLARK]

(Continued from February Torreya)

PEROXIDASE

Besides the laccase and tyrosinase which we have been con-
sidering, there are other oxidizing enzymes which are not specific
like the two mentioned. They act only in the presence of hydro-
gen peroxide, and therefore are called peroxidases. These en-
zymes have also been called ‘indirect oxidases’’ in distinction
from those substances (Bach’s oxygenases) which show their
activity without the addition of peroxide as in the case of tyro-
sinase, etc. In 1903, Bach and Chodat™ discovered that by
fractional precipitation of aqueous extracts of Lactarius vellereus,
they were able to obtain two precipitates of very different prop-
erties. The fraction insoluble in 40 per cent. alcohol proved to
be a direct oxidase, while the other fraction, soluble in 40 per
cent. alcohol, but insoluble’in 95 per cent. alcohol, had no direct
oxidizing properties. With hydrogen peroxide and other perox-
ides, however, the second fraction showed strikingly peroxidase
properties. Moreover, the peroxidase fraction, when allowed to
act with the direct oxidase fraction, showed all the properties of

15 Bach and Chodat. Title of series is: Untersuchungen iiber die Rolle der Per-
oxyde in der Chemie der lebenden Zellen; V. Zerlegung der sogenannte Oxydasen
in Oxygenasen und Peroxydasen. Ber. Chem. Gesell. 36: 606. 1903.

56

the original oxidizing substance as present in the plant. This
research was the beginning of.a series of notable contributions to
our knowledge of the oxidizing enzymes. In another paper,
_ these authors state that peroxidase is present in nearly every plant.
They were able to prepare a pure peroxidase from the horse-
radish root, which exhibited great stability towards heat. In
further comparative studies they showed that peroxidase great y
augments the power of the natural oxidases, especially that oxy-
genase from the same source as the peroxidase itself. All of
these observations led Bach and Chodat to separate oxidases into
two parts, the organic peroxide part, which they called ‘“‘oxyge-
nase’’ and the activator of oxygenase and other peroxides, to
which alone they gave the name “ peroxidase.” |

Kastle and Loevenhart" in 1901 published a very important
paper which has not always received due attention from the
European chemists engaged in this work. These authors found
that the substance bluing guaiacum directly is easily precipitated
by alcohol and is destroyed by small amounts of hydrocyanic
acid, hydroxyl amine and phenyl hydrazine. It seemed peculiar
to them that these substances should be so harmful, but that
sodium hyposulphite, silver nitrate and mercuric chloride, sub-
stances usually fatal to enzymes, should exert little effect on the
constituent of the potato which blues guaiacum directly. In
general, those substances which prevented the direct bluing of
guaiac tincture by the potato juice also prevented similar action
upon guaiacum by the organic and inorganic peroxides with
which they experimented. All of these experiments caused them
to believe that this direct bluing was not due to enzymes at all,
but to organic peroxides which were formed when the juice is
exposed to the air, according to Engler’s theories of auto-oxida-
tion. Thus we see, the idea that oxidases are made up of an
organic peroxide part activated by the enzyme peroxidase receives
further confirmation from this work of Kastle and Loevenhart.

In a valuable paper by Kastle!” on “The Stability of the

16Kastle and Loevenhart. On the Nature of Certain Oxidizing Ferments.
Amer. Chem. Jour. 26: 539. Igot. :

7 Kastle. On the Stability of the Oxidases, etc. Bull. 26, Hyg. Lab. U.S.
Pub. Health and Mar. Hosp. Serv. Washington, 1906.

57

d

Oxidases,’’ it appears that oxygenases of certain fungi are ex-
tremely resistant to the influence of both heat and long standing.
In the case of the oxygenase from Lepiota americana, it was
necessary to heat for several minutes to a’ temperature of about
85° in order to destroy the power of the extract to blue
guaiacum directly. Still more striking is the case of the glycerin
extracts of certain Lactarius spp., which after standing from 1905
to 1909 were found to be still active towards ,both guaiacum
and tyrosin. It is interesting to note that of the many species
of the higher fungi which Kastle tested, only one, Amanita
verna, did not show any response for the oxidases. This p'ant
is so poisonous that it has been called the ‘“‘destroying angel.”’
From all the experimental work of the different investigators
it seems probable that peroxidase is an enzyme rather than a
simple catalyzer. Little is really known of the nature of peroxi-
dase. Bach'® has prepared a powerful peroxidase which gave
no tests for proteins, nor did it contain iron or manganese.
On the other hand, Van der Haar™ claims his Hedera oxidase
was a glucoprotein. Resistance to heat seems to be a peculiarity
of peroxidase. Heating to boiling is necessary to destroy peroxi-
dase, while oxygenase is destroyed at a much lower temperature.
Bach and Chodat noted this fact and also that upon standing
after boiling, the peroxidase regained its activity. Woods” first
discovered, this phenomenon while studying the peroxidase of
the tobacco leaf, and concluded that in these cases we are dealing
with a zymogen or a substance which regenerates the peroxidase
upon standing. Aso” also found that there were zymogens more
stable towards heat than peroxidase itself, which slowly yielded
more of the latter after the destruction of the initial supply. A
second heating permanently destroys the peroxidase; the stronger
the solution of the enzyme, the more resistant it is towards heat.

18 Bach. Zur Theorie der Oxydasenwirkung: I. Mangan und eisenfreie Oxydasen.
Ber. Chem. Gesell. 43: 364. IgI0.

19Van der Haar. Untersuchungen in Pflanzenoxydasen: II. Die Hederaper-
oxydase, ein Glucoproteide. Ber. Chem. Gesell. 43: 1321. 1910.

20Woods. The Mosaic Disease of Tobacco. Report No. 18 [p. 17], U. S. Dept.
Agric. 1902.

21Aso. Which Compound Can Liberate Iodine from Potassium Iodide? Bei-
hefte z. Botan. Centralblt. 15: 208. 1903.

58

The writer has also noted cases of the regeneration of the peroxi-
dase after its apparent destruction by heat, especially in the
case of the oxidase of the sweet-potato. Hasselbring and Als-
berg” have recently found that only in the presence of coagulable
protein are the oxidases easily destroyed by heat.

With the exception of catalase there is probably no enzyme
more common among plants and animals than peroxidase.
There is hardly a plant or any part of its organs that does not
blue tincture of guaiacum in the presence of hydrogen peroxide,
thus proving the presence of peroxidases. The oxidases also
play an important part in many industrial processes. The curing
of tobacco, the production of the bouquet of wines, and the
formation of commercial indigo from Indigofera antl in India, all
seem to be somewhat dependent upon the oxidases. Green tea
is produced when the freshly picked leaves are immediately
spread on hot plates which, of course, destroys the oxidases,
while the slow curing with consequent activity of the oxidases
yields the black tea of commerce. The aroma of the vanilla-
bean and the fragrance of the English meadow-sweet (Ulmaria
Ulmaria) have also been attributed to oxidase action. Leptomin
is really a peroxidase but Raciborski,”’ finding the indirect oxidase
localized in the leptome (phloem) of plants, considered it a
new enzyme, and one distinct from the direct ox dase. With
guaiacum and hydrogen peroxide the strongest bluing is localized
in the phloem through which the sieve-tubes pass, the latter
acting as carriers of the food materials of the plant. This so-
called leptomin is present in largest amount in the phloem of the
latex plants. These illustrations will serve to show the distri-
bution and importance of the oxidases in plants.

CATALASE

It has long been known that finely divided metals, blood,
plant juices and fluids from the animal body cause the rapid
decomposition of hydrogen peroxide. But this fact did not

22 Hasselbring and Alsberg. Studies upon Oxidases [an abstract]. Science
Ul, Bus OBZ. WOUO-

*3 Raciborski. Ein Inhalts-korper des Leptoms. Ber. Botan. Gesell. 16: 52.
T8098.

Or
te)

attract special attention at first because it was generally thought
that the power to decompose hydrogen peroxide was a property
common to all ferments (enzymes). However, beginning in 1888
with Bergengriin, different investigators discovered that the
power to decompose hydrogen peroxide into oxygen and water
could exist independently of the ordinary activities of such
enzymes as the oxidases, diastase, emulsin, etc. Gottstein stated
that the power of cells to break up hydrogen peroxide is due to
their nucleic acid content and not to any enzyme, and further-
more, this power is shown after the death of the cell as well as
during life. In 1901, Loew~ found, in his studies on the enzymes
of the tobacco leaf, that these leaves often caused a very active
evolytion of gas from hydrogen peroxide, but yielded none of the
tests for oxidases, protein digesting enzymes, and other enzymes.
This led him to study the matter more fully, with the result that
by precipitation of the leaf extracts with ammonium sulphate and
subsequent purification by alcohol precipitation, he obtained
preparations that were extremely active in decomposing hydrogen
peroxide, but which had no other property agreeing with the
other classes of enzymes, such as the starch digesting action of
diastase, etc. He named this substance ‘‘catalase’’ and con-
sidered that it was a new enzyme. Loew then made a more
careful study of catalase and found that it apparently existed
in two forms, a-catalase, which is insoluble in water, and the
B-catalase, solublein water. Ina study of its distribution, Loew
found that catalase is of practically universal occurrence in both
plants and animals, a conclusion fully substantiated by the work
of all later investigators. Recent observations made by Apple-
man” seem to show that catalase may be separated into a water-
soluble and -insoluble portion as was previously claimed by Loew.

Euler* investigated the catalase of the fungus Boletus scaber
in a painstaking manner. This catalase proved to be more
sensitive to acids than animal preparations, but like them, there
seemed to be some connection between the fat content of the

*%4TLoew. Catalase, a New Enzyme of General Occurrence. Report No. 68,
U. S. Dept. Agric. toot.

2 Appleman. Some Observations on Catalase. Bot. Gazette 50: 182. 1910.

**Euler. Zur Kenntniss der Katalase. Hofmeister’s Beitrage, 7: 1. 1908.

60

fungi and the amount of their catalase. Like the other investi-
gators, he found that in dilute solutions and with a relative
excess of the enzyme solution, the reaction followed the equation
for reactions of the first order, thus tending to show that active
oxygen was formed. In some cases he found that the physico-
chemical constant k’ equalled 0.0107 at 15°, this value for k’ being
identical with that found by Bredig and his collaborators for a
colloidal platinum solution containing 0.006 gram of the metal per
liter. The enzyme solution used by Euler in this determination con-
tained 0.004 gram of enzyme preparation per liter. This enzyme
was associated with globulin, but, taking the molecular weight as
1000, while that of platinum is 195, then 0.006/195 N equals the
concentration of platinum and 0.004/1000 N equals the concentra-
tion of enzyme. This will give one an approximate idea of the
tremendous catalytic activity of both of these substances. Not
only do colloidal metal solutions and the vegetable catalases
act in the same quantitative manner, but they also show the
same sensitiveness to chemicals.

It seems likely that there is an antagonistic action between
peroxidase and catalase. Shaffer?” found that if uric acid were
allowed to stand for several days with hydrogen peroxide solu-
tion, it was oxidizéd, but in the presence of catalase and hydrogen
peroxide, there was no oxidation of the uric acid. This led
Shaffer to believe that the spontaneous decomposition of the
hydrogen peroxide results in the formation of traces of active
oxygen, while that set free under the influence of catalase is
wholly in the molecular (inactive) state. The main point of
Shaffer’s publication is that the oxygen set free by catalase is
not in a nascent state and therefore catalase may have a certain
protective power in the oxidation processes carried on by the cell.
Herliztka®® agreed with Shaffer that catalase has a protective
action in the presence of peroxides or peroxidases. He also made
quantitative studies on the oxidation of guaiacum by peroxidase
and found a retarding action in the oxidation whenever catalase

27 Shaffer. Some Observations on the Enzyme Catalase. Am. Jour. Physiol.
I4: 209. 1905.

28 Herliztka. Richerche sulla catalasi; Sull’antagonismo tra catalasi e peros-
sidasi. Rendic. Accad. Lincei. Atti. V. 162: 493. 1906.

61

was present. Bach showed that in a mixture of catalase and
peroxidase the latter did not have an appreciable effect upon the
action of the catalase. As we shall see in discussing the réle of
catalase in the cell, it is possible that it acts as a brake on the
processes carried on by the oxidases.

In the catalytic decomposition of hydrogen peroxide into
water and oxygen there has long been a controversy in regard
to the nature of the oxygen evolved; that is, whether it is in the
active state or in the inactive molecular condition. Now, in the
case of catalase we know from the results of Shaffer and others,
that no active oxygen is formed in the process, because guaiacum
is not blued, and none of the reactionsof nascent oxygen are shown;
and furthermore, as Shaffer pointed out, if catalase produced
active oxygen in the living cell, the protoplasm would probably be
killed at once by this extremely active and destructive agent.
How are we to harmonize those of the physico-chemical measure-
ments with the results of Shaffer, Liebermann and others?
From the physico-chemical data, the oxygen is in an atomic
state, while from tests on the reaction mixture, it is apparently
in a molecular state! We may say that the greater weight of
evidence seems to favor the idea that the oxygen is in the inactive
state and not capable of oxidizing directly.

In concluding this short discussion of catalase, we are forced
to admit that our knowledge of this subject is very imperfect,
and Cohnheim” voiced the thoughts of many investigators when
he said: “It may well be that catalase is not an enzyme at all,
but that the catalytic decomposition of hydrogen peroxide is a
function of the large surfaces exposed by colloidal molecules,
whether of organized matter or of metals in colloidal solution,
the ‘inorganic ferments’ of Bredig.’”°

LABORATORY OF BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY OF COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY,
COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS AND SURGEONS, NEW YorRK.
(To be continued)

*Cohnheim. Lecture at the New York University and Bellevue Hospital
Medical College, New York City, December 10, 1909.

® Bredig. Die Anorganische Fermente, 19or.

62

A METHOD OF MAKING LEAF PRINTS

By EpwArpD W. BERRY

The following method of making prints of leaves while not
new has much to recommend it and seems worthy of having
attention called to it in print. It has proven by far the most
satisfactory which I have utilized during a life-long interest in
leaf study. I do not know the original discoverer, nor does it
matter particularly. The process was described in the Scientific
American a decade ago and more recently Julia E. Rogers* in
‘““A New Method of Knowing our Tree Neighbors” gives an
illustrated account of how it is done, crediting her information
to W. W. Gillette, of Richmond, Virginia. The process was
deemed of sufficient utility to form the subject of one of the
Cornell Home Nature Study leaflets some years ago and finally
it has been utilized abroad for a number of years for the purpose
of furnishing cheap and accurate reproductions in paleobotanical
works of existing leaves with which the fossil leaf species were
compared.

The necessary outfit is cheap and simple and consists of a
small quantity of printers’ ink, a smooth surface eight to ten
inches square on which to distribute it, a piece of glass or slate
will answer, or astone slab can be purchased from any printers’
supply house for a small sum. Two rollers are needed—one
an inking roller such as is used by printers in “pulling” small
proofs. This is known technically as a “brayer’’ and various
sizes can be purchased at prices ranging from fifty cents upward.
I find that a fifty-cent one answers my purposes very well. The
other roller is one such as is used in photographic work either of
rubber or faced with rubber and costing from thirty-five cents
upward. A small bottle of benzine for cleaning purposes is also
useful. The process is as follows: A small quantity of ink, a
teaspoonful or less, is placed on the slab and rolled to a thin film
with the proof roller. Then the leaf is laid on the slab and care-
fully rolled with the same roller until a thin film of the ink
uniformly coats both sides. The leaf is then placed between

* Country Life in America 18: 66, 88. Igto.

63

two sheets of paper and rolled with the photographie roller,
care being taken that the pressure be uniform and the paper
be not allowed to slip or wrinkle. The result is an accurate
and artistic print of both surfaces of the leaf, which should be
allowed to become thoroughly dry before handling as the thick

Fic. 1.—1 and 2. Quercus Chapmani. 3 and 4. Quercus myrtifolia.

ink offsets and rubs for several hours. These prints when well
done can be used for the making of line or half-tone cuts or the
same process could be used in making transfers for lithographic

64

purposes. The various advantages of this process are obvious.
As a means of interesting both young and old in becoming
acquainted with the trees of their neighborhood this method
has no equal and need not be dwelt upon in the present connec-
tion. As an aid to paleobotanical work it is also extremely
useful. It is not necessary to dry the leaves as fresh ones
answer equally well, although dried leaves from the herbarium
give equally good prints if they are reasonably flat and not too
brittle. The prints show both surfaces as the result of a single
operation and the varying appearance of the vascular system
on the two surfaces is especially valuable for comparison with
fossil leaf impressions. From fifty to one hundred can be made
within an hour and with a little practise the results are uniformly
excellent. The accompanying illustrations are chosen to show
this feature although these particular prints are much less artistic
than dozens of other leaf species which might have been selected.
The upper figures show the upper and under print of a leaf of
Quercus Chapmani while the lower figures show the corresponding
surfaces of a leaf of Quercus myrtifolia, both oaks of our extreme
southern states.

JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY,
BALTIMORE, MARYLAND.

A NEW PLUM FROM THE LAKE REGION OF”
FLORIDA

By RoLAnD M. HARPER

The lake region of Florida,* which was scarcely known to
botanists before the researches of Mr. George V. Nash in 1894,7
has yielded a rich harvest of plants new to science, probably
at least 75 species, about half of which are not at present known
outside of this region. By far the greater number of these were
discovered in the central part of Lake County by Mr. Nash in
the year named, and many of them were described by him.

* The boundaries and most striking characteristics of this region have been
indicated by the writer in Ann. Rep. Fla. Geol. Surv. 3: 223-224. pl. 16. IgIt.
+See Bull. Torrey Club 22: 141-161. 1895.

65

During the present century very little collecting has been
done in this region, but its botanical possibilities are by no
means exhausted.

In the southern part of Lake County, especially just west of
Lake Apopka, is an area of several square miles characterized by
high sandy hills, sometimes known as mountains,* which Mr.
Nash never saw. Like most other parts of the lake region, this
area is dotted with small lakes, and contains no streams or
valleys, and rocks are conspicuous by their absence. The hills
under consideration differ from other hills of the region chiefly
in being higher and steeper, the summits of some of them being
perhaps 150 feet above the lakes at their bases. They are
believed by some people to be the highest elevations in Florida,
but their altitudes above sea-level have probably never been
accurately determined. The vegetation of these hills is uniformly
of the “high pine land”’ type described by Mr. Nash in the paper
cited, with the addition of a few species more characteristic of
the ‘‘scrub,’’ such as Ceratiola and Selaginella, and a few very
local species such as Polygala Lewtonii and the shrub presently
to be described. The forests have scarcely been touched by
civilization, the greater part of them not even having experienced
the ravages of the turpentine industry.

On Feb. 19, 1909, just before dark, I first saw these hills from
a train on the Tavares & Gulf R. R., which winds about their
bases close to Lake Apopka for several miles, and is probably
the crookedest railroad in Florida. The next day I walked
southward on this railroad from Tavares, the county-seat of
Lake County, and reached the northern edge of the hills about
ten miles from Tavares and five or six from West Apopka.
Almost immediately upon entering the hill country my attention
was attracted to some low diffusely branched plum bushes,
some of them in full bloom and leafless, and others a little more
advanced, with very young leaves and fruit. The bushes were
not more than two feet tall, on the average, and about the same
in diameter, with branches exceedingly numerous, decidedly

*The most comprehensive description of these hills that I know of, and the one
which first called my attention to them, is in Tenth Census U.S. 6: 237. 1884.

66

zigzag — somewhat as in Malapoenna geniculata — and inclined
to be spinescent, as in several other species of plums. The
flowers were a centimeter or less in diameter, very short-pedi-
celled, and arranged in few-flowered sessile umbels, much like
those of Prunus angustifolia.

At this time I had no collecting apparatus with me, and was
not going to be back in Tavares for several hours, so that there ©
was no way of preserving any specimens which would be recog-
nizable; and nearly two months elapsed before I had another
opportunity to visit this interesting region. On the morning of
April 17 I approached the same group of hills from the southwest
side, leaving the same railroad at Minneola; and on some of the
highest hills about half way between Minneola and West Apopka
(which are about four miles apart in a straight line and ten miles
by rail) I found my new plum again in abundance. (I had had
glimpses of it two days before from a train between Killarney
and Minneola.). The leaves were of course full-grown by this
time, and the largest had blades about 2.5 cm. long and petioles
about a third of that length. Some were very much smaller,
but the average dimensions were probably about three-fourths
of the maximum. All were oblong, about twice as long as wide,
minutely mucronate at the apex, with finely crenate-serrate
margins, and most of them were aggregated on very short peg-
like branchlets in the manner of many other woody plants of the
Rosaceae and allied families. The drupes, although still green,
must have been full-grown or very nearly so, and they were prac-
tically indistinguishable from those of Prunus angustifolia at the
same season. They were about 22 mm. long and 18 mm. in
diameter, on stout pedicels about 3 mm. long.

At this time I photographed one of the largest bushes, which
was about four feet tall and well loaded with fruit, and made
several herbarium specimens from it. Wishing to ascertain the
size, color, taste, etc., of the ripe fruit, I revisited the place on
the twentieth of the following month, but was too late for it
that season. A diligent search failed to reveal a single fruit or
even a shriveled remnant of one, not even on the same bush
which had furnished my specimens a few weeks before. On May

67

18, 1910, I came across several specimens of the same plant on
somewhat similar high sandy hills about 35 miles farther south,
near Haines City, Polk County, but was again too late for
fruit.

This peculiar little Prunus seems to have its nearest relative—
in the eastern United States at least—in P. angustifolia Marsh.
(P. Chicasa Mx.), a large shrub or small tree whose favorite
habitat is old fields and fence-rows in regions where agriculture
has been practiced for a generation or two at least. The native
home of P. angustifolia, if it has any, is not definitely known, but
is supposed to be somewhere west of the Mississippi River.*
The new species differs from P. angustifolia in being much
smaller in almost every way except its fruit, in its diffuse
habit and crooked branches, its short pedicels, and especially in
being confined to a very limited area of very poor soil, which
may not be cultivated for several decades to come.

The description given above, although incomplete in several
particulars, and not arranged in conventional order, will be
amply sufficient to enable any one to recognize the plant in the
field. Several more seasons may elapse before I have a chance
to collect flowers and ripe fruit, and it seems best to give the
plant a name without further delay, so that it can be mentioned
in descriptions of Florida vegetation. I therefore propose to
call it Prunus geniculata. Specimens collected at the time and
place above mentioned have been distributed as no. 31 of my
Florida plants, and have been pronounced undescribed by all
systematists who have examined them.

I have recently been informed that there is in the Gray Her-
barium a flowering specimen of the same species, collected in
March, 1889, by Otto Vesterlund near Killarney, which is on
the southwest side of Lake Apopka, where the Tavares & Gulf
R. R. crosses the ‘‘Orange Belt’’ division of the Atlantic Coast
Line, a few miles southeast of West Apopka.

*For notes on its supposed origin, present habitat, etc., see Michaux, FI. Bor.
Am. 1: 284-285. 1803; Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 332. 1814; Nuttall, Genera 1:
302. 1818; Elliott, Bot. S.C. & Ga. 1: 542. 1821; Sargent, Tenth Census U.
S. 9: 66. 1884; Silva N. A. 4: 25-26. 1892; Mohr, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 6:
551. 1901; Harper, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 17: 115, 228. 1906; Bull. Torrey
Club 35: 350. 1908.

68

PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB
JANUARY I0, IQII

The first meeting of the Club for 1911 was held at the American
Museum of Natural History, beginning at 8:25 P.M., President .
Rusby in the chair. There were nineteen persons present. Dr.
C. A. Darling, of the department of botany, Columbia Univer-
sity, was nominated for membership.

This being the annual meeting, reports were presented by the
various officers.

The report of the Treasurer was presented and upon motion
referred to an auditing committee.

The Secretary reported that fifteen meetings had been held
during the year with a total attendance of 467, as against 411
in 1909, and an average attendance of thirty-one, as against
twenty-seven last year. Twelve persons have been elected to
membership, and eight resignations received and accepted. Six
illustrated lectures were delivered during the season at which
the combined attandance was 319, as against 251 at seven meet-
ings last year.

The Editor reported that the Bulletin for the year 1910 con-
tains 630 pages and 36 plates, and that the expense of its publica-
tion was less than the amount allowed for it by the Budget
Committee. He also reported that only one paper had been
published in the Memoirs, this being a paper by Dr. O. Butler
on The Californian Vine Disease. The Editor declined to be
considered for reélection. His detailed report is appended.

The Editor of TorrEYA presented a special report for that
periodical. The volume of TorrEyA for 1910 contaifie@, 292
pages.

The chairman of the Field Committee reported that twenty-
three meetings were advertised during the year, one of which
was an afternoon lecture at the New York Botanical Garden.
Eight meetings were not held on account of stormy weather or
from other causes. At the fourteen field meetings actually held
there was a total of 103 persons present, making an average
attendance of a little more than seven at each meeting.

69

As chairman of the Local Flora Committee, Dr. N. L. Britton
gave a brief report of the investigat’ons being carried on Ly Mr.
Norman Taylor on the local flora.

Election of officers for the year 1911 resulted as follows:

President, H. H. Russy.

Vice-presidents, EDWARD S. BurGEss and JOHN HENDLEY
BARNHART.

Secretary and Treasurer, BERNARD O. DODGE.

Editor, PH1iLiep DOWELL.

Associate Editors, JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, JEAN BRoap-
HURST, ERNEST DUNBAR CLARK, ALEXANDER WILLIAM EVANS,
Tracy ELLiot Hazen, MarsHALL AVERY Howr, HERBERT
MAvLE RIcHARDS and NORMAN TAYLOR.

The following committees were appointed by the President
for the year I9QI1:

Finance Committee, JOHN I. KANE, H. M. RICHARDs.

Program Commiitee, ELIZABETH G. BRITTON, FRED J. SEAVER,
Tracy E. HAZEN and JEAN BROADHURST.

Field Committee, E. B. SouTHWICK, WILLIAM MANSFIELD and
NORMAN TAYLOR.

Committee on Local Flora, N. L. Britton, Chairman. FPhan-
erogams: Ni. Ju) Brirron, €) @. Curnis,-2. PB. BICKNELL, K. K:
MACKENZIE, E. S. BurcEss and E. L. Morris. Cryptogams:
Wm. A. Murrity, E. G. Britton, Tracy E. Hazen, M. A.
Howe and Puitie DOWELL.

Budget Committee, H. H. Russpy, E. S. BurcEss, J. H. BARN-
HART, B. O. DopGE, PuiLip DOWELL and N. L. Britton.

A motion was made by Dr. M. A. Howe that for the ensuing
year the offices ef secretary and treasurer shall be held by one
person; that th@ secretary and treasurer shall be instructed to
assist the editor by preparing the annual volume indexes for the
BULLETIN and TorRREYA, by selecting the titles and preparing the
copy for the Index to American Botanical Literature, and by
distributing to subscribers the Card Index; that in considerat'on
of the demands upon his time and attention, the secretary and
treasurer shall receive from the funds of the Club the sum of
$300 a year, payable in equal monthly instalments, and that

70

this amount shall be he'd to include any disbursements by him
for clerical assistance.

The motion was carried.

Resignations were read and accepted from Mr. Macy Carhart
and Mr. Gifford Pinchot.

Adjourned.
Percy WILSON,

Secretary.

OF INTEREST TO TEACHERS*!

THE SCIENTIFIC SPIRIT

Under “Practical Science’’ Professor John M. Coulter dis-
cusses (Science, June 10, 1910) the scientific attitude of mind or the
scientific spirit. He describes three of its useful characteristics:
First, that it is a spirit of inquiry, and in connection with this
he makes the statement that it “is not the spirit of unrest, of
discomfort, but the evidence of a mind whose every avenue
is open to the approach of truth from every direction. For fear
of being misunderstood, I hasten to say that this beneficial
result of scientific training does not come to all those who
cultivate it, any more than is the Christ-like character developed
in all those who profess Christianity. I regret to say that even
some who bear great names in science have been as dogmatic
as the most rampant theologian. But the dogmatic scientist
and theologian are not to be taken as examples of ‘the peaceable
fruits of righteousness, for the general ameliorating influence
of religion and of science are none the less apparent.”

Second, it is a “‘spirit which demands that a claimed cause
shall be demonstrated. It is in the laboratory that one first
really appreciates how many factors must be taken into the count
in considering any result, and what an element of uncertainty
an unknown factor introduces. Even when the factors of some:
simple result are well in hand, and we can combine them with
reasonable certainty that the result will appear, we may be
entirely wrong in our conclusion as to what in the combination
has produced the result. For example, the forms of certain

* Conducted by Miss Jean Broadhurst, Teachers College, Columbia University.

71

plants were changed at will, by supplying to their surrounding
medium various substances. It was easy to obtain definite
results, and it was natural to conclude that the chemical structure
of these particular substances produced the result, and our pre-
scription was narrowed to certain substances. Later it was
discovered that the results are not due to the chemical nature
of the substances, but to a physical condition developed by their
presence, a condition which may be developed by other sub-
stances or by no substances, and so our prescription was much
enlarged.”’

Professor Coulter calls attention to the fact that the ‘“‘pre-
vailing belief among the untrained is that any result may be ex-
plained by some single factor operating as a cause. They seem
to have no conception of the fact that the cause of every result is
made up of a combination of interacting factors, often in numbers
and combinations that are absolutely bewildering to contem-
plate.’’ Though it is fortunate when leaders, as in public opinion,
“have gotten hold of one real factor,”’ this habit of .“‘ considering
only one factor, when perhaps many are involved, indicates a
very primitive and untrained condition of mind.”

Third, this spirit keeps one close to the facts. ‘‘There seems
to be abroad a notion that one may start with a single well-
attested fact, and by some logical machinery construct an elabo-
rate system and reach an authentic conclusion, much as the world
has imagined that Cuvier could do if a single bone were fur-
nished him. The result is bad, even though the fact may have
an unclouded title. But it happens too often that great super-
structures have been reared upon a fact which is claimed rather
than demonstrated. Facts are like stepping stones; so long as
one can get a reasonably close series of them he can make some
progress in a given direction, but when he steps beyond them he
flounders. As one travels away from a fact its significance in
any conclusion becomes more and more attenyated, until pres-
ently the vanishing point is reached, like the rays of light from
a candle.”

Such ‘vain imaginings’ are ‘‘delightfully seductive to many
people, whose life and conduct are even shaped by them. I have

12

been amazed at the large development of this phase of emotional
insanity, commonly masquerading under the name of ‘subtle
thinking.’ Perhaps the name is expressive enough, if it means
thinking without any material for thought. And is not this
one great danger of our educational schemes, when special stress
is laid upon training? There is danger of setting to work a mental
machine without giving it suitable material upon which it may
operate, and it reacts upon itself, resulting in a sort of mental
chaos. An active mind, turned in upon itself, without any
valuable objective material, certainly can never teach any very
reliable results. It is the trained scientific spirit which recognizes
that it is dangerous to stray away very far from the facts, and
that the farther one strays away the more dangerous it becomes,
and almost inevitably leads to self-deception.

This Professor Coulter feels is the attitude of mind that sci-
entific training is contributing to the service of mankind—con-
tributing as an ideal which is already yielding tremendous
results, and:as a force accumulating momentum for a larger
expression.

In response to appeals from various scientific bodies, the Smith-
sonian Institution has concluded the preparations for a biological
survey of the Panama Canal Zone. Friends of the Institution
have contributed funds for the expenses of the investigators,
as it is felt a properly conducted survey would yield important
scientific results. ‘‘It is known that a certain number of animals
and plants in the streams on the Atlantic side are different from
those of the Pacific side, but as no exact biological survey has
ever been undertaken, the extent and magnitude of these differ-
ences have yet to be learned. It is also of the utmost importance
to determine exactly the geographical distribution of the various
organisms inhabiting those waters, as the Isthmus is one of the
routes by which animals and plants of South America have en-
tered North America and vice versa. When the canal is completed
the organisms of the various watersheds will be offered a ready
means of mingling together, the natural distinctions now existing
will be obliterated, and the data for a true understanding of
the fauna and flora placed forever out of reach.”

733

“By the construction of the Gatun Dam a vast freshwater
lake will be created, which will drive away or drown the majority
of the animals and plants now inhabiting the locality, and quite
possibly exterminate some species before they become known to
science.”

Miss Graham, studying Conocephalum conicum ( Fegatella
conica), finds that at Ithaca, N. Y., the gametophores begin to
appear in June, that fertilization takes place about the first of
July, that the spores are fully formed before the beginning of
winter, and that in the following May the gametophore stalk
rapidly elongates. This elongation is quickly followed by the
elongation of the stalk of the sporogonium. The venter of the
archegonium is two-layered at the time of fertilization, and soon
becomes a massive calyptra. The first division of the fusion
nucleus gives rise to free nuclei, which may lie parallel with or
transversely to the major axis of the archegonium. A cell wall
is not laid down until some little time has elapsed after division
of the fusion nucleus; when the wall appears, it is transverse.
By successive transverse divisions a filament of four or five cells
is formed. This observation differs from that of Cavers, who
described an octant stage. The first longitudinal walls appear in
the outer or capsule end of the filament. At the time of separa-
tion of the mother cells, the growth of the capsule is checked,
while the calyptra continues growth, leaving quite a space between
capsule and calyptra. The capsule and seta soon resume growth,
fill the cavity, and distend the calyptra. No pseudoperianth,
such as is found in Marchantia, is present. A sheath, which is a
specialized portion of the gametophore, invests the calyptra.
(W. J. G. Land, Botanical Gazette, February.)

Duncan S. Johnson, in the December Journal of the New York
Botanical Garden calls attention to a heavy flood (November and
December, 1909) in the Blue Mountain region of Jamaica, in
which “scores of acres of coffee fields were stripped to the bare
rock”’ and “‘even the primeval forest of the valley bottoms was
swept out and carried down to the sea.’’ The “gray desert”’

74

appearance in June, 1910, is described, and the sparse and hardly
typical new growth is noted. It is expected that this ‘occupation
of a virgin soil by a new plant covering’’ will prove as interesting
as that previously described after the volcanic disturbances at
Krakatoa. It certainly adds a new type to the work previously
done at Krakatoa and along the ocean, and to that now being
conducted at the Salton Sea.

A paper by C. V. Piper on botany in its relation to agricultural
advancement, too varied to be abstracted here, appeared some
months ago in Science (June 10, 1910). Hybrids, sports, and
other plant variations—especially with reference to cultivated
or agricultural plants are discussed in a way to be interesting
even to the general reader.

The Nature Study Review for November, 1910, contains two
articles of interest to high school teachers. One is by Alice J.
Patterson on potatoes and oats as nature study topics. It
includes much in subject matter and method that would be help-
ful in the first year high school classes. The cuts are especially
interesting. The first is of the first potato introduced into Europe
from a water color of 1588 by Clusius; the second shows potato
fruits, about one inch in diameter.

The second article is by Frederick L. Holtz on weeds, the
common kinds, and the methods of eradicating them. It is
in a form suitable for high school reading.

The question of coastal subsidence is discussed again in a
recent Science (January 6, 1911) by H. H. Bartlett. Conditions
near Buzzard’s Bay where fresh water peat is found fourteen
feet below sea level are given as proof of subsidence which is still
going on. The controversy is continued in the same journal
(January 13 and February 24). In the latter issue D. S. Johnson
writes to explain some of the facts used by Mr. Bartlett, in a
way that leaves coastal subsidence very much of an open ques-
tion.

NEWS ITEMS

From a recent number of the 7imes we learn that the United
States Bureau of Fisheries will send the steamer Albatross on a
scientific cruise, and by special arrangement the American
Museum of Natural History of New York will codperate. The
Albatross will sail from San Diego, Cal. Collecting parties will
be landed in lower California to gather specimens of birds,
reptiles, mammals and of the plant life of the coast. The
New York Zodlogical Society and the New York Botanical
Garden will be represented in these landing parties. The Gulf
of California will be explored and the pearl shell fisheries
studied with a view to transplanting pearl shell oysters to
Florida waters.

Professor V. R. Gardner has been appointed associate professor
of pomology at the Oregon Agricultural College to succeed Pro-
fessor C. A. Cole, who has resigned.

During 1910 over three million persons visited the Royal
Botanic Gardens, Kew. The greatest day’s attendance was

152,454.

The University of Colorado Mountain Laboratory at Tolland,
Colorado, begins its third session June 19, 1911. Courses in
systematic botany, plant ecology, algology and field biology
(plant and animal). The laboratory is at 8889 ft. and offers
varied conditions for study. Pamphlet may be obtained from
Dr. Francis Ramaley, University of Colorado, Boulder, Colo-
rado.

Recent visitors at the New York Botanical Garden include
Dr. Ezra Brainerd, Dr. W. C. Coker, Dr. Marie Stopes of Man-
chester, and Dr. C. F. Millspaugh en route to the Bahamas.
Dr. and Mrs. N. L. Britton have gone to Cuba, and Dr. Small
has returned from explorations in Florida.

The board of the University of Iowa has definitely decided to
provide a special building for the collections of Prof. Calvin
and Dr. T. H. Macbride, whose work on the geology and botany

76

of Iowa has heretofore been handicapped by lack of adequate
room.

Contributors to TORREYA are requested to note the change
of address of Mr. Norman Taylor, the editor. After March 16
letters should be sent to Central Museum, Eastern Parkway,
Brooklyn, N. Y. A

Volume 1, No. 1 of Phytopathology, the official organ of the
American Phytopathological Society has just appeared: The
editors are L. R. Jones, C. L. Shear, and H. H. Whetzel.

The biological laboratory of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts
and Sciences at Cold Spring Harbor, L. I., announces summer
courses in botany as follows: Cryptogamic botany, Ecology,
special advanced work in either of these subjects, and other
studies of a more general character. For further information
address Prof. F. W. Hooper, Academy of Music, Brooklyn, N. Y.

i has,

ec

— The T orrey Botanical Club

Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six
gratuitous copies of thenumber of TorreyA in which their papers
appear, will kindly notify the editor when submitting manuscript.

_ Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned
to the editor, from The New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen
Street, Lancaster, Pa., who have furnished the following rates :

2pp App 8pp 12pp 16pp 20pp
25 copies $ .75 $1.05 $1.30 $1.80 $2.20 $2.50
50 copies .90 1.20 1.70 2.20 2.50 2.85
100 copies 1.15 1.55 1.95 2.55 2.90 3.20

200 copies 1.70 2.35 2.90 BT 4.35 4.70
Covers: 25 for 75 cents, additional covers 1 cent each.
Plates for rep:ints, 40 cents each per 100.

The following Committees have been appointed for 1911

Finance Committee Field Committee
Jj. 1. Kane, Chairman E. B. Sournwick, Chairmai
H. M. RicHarps Wm. MANSFIELD
N. Tayior
Budget Committee Program Committee
H. H. Russy, Chairman Mrs. E. G. Brirron, Chairman
J. H. Barnuart Miss JEAN BROADHURST
N. L. Britron Tracy E. Hazen
E. S.-BurcEss F. J. SEAVER
B. O, DovcEe

Puitie DowELL
Local Flora Committee
N. L. Britton, Chairmau

Phanerogams: Cryptogams:

2 Pi OBICKNELT. ©; Mrs. E..G. Britton”
N. L. Brirron Puitre DOWELL

E. S. BurGEss Tracy E. Hazen
CC“ CURTIS ' M.A. Howe

K. K. Mackenzie W. A. Murritr

E, L. Morris

Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences,
WILLIAM MANSFIELD

OTHER PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB’

(1) BULLETIN

A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established
1870. Vol..37 published in 1910, contained 630 pages of text
and 36 full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum. | For Europe,
14 shillings. Dulau SEES) 237 Soho Square, London, are,
agents for England. ead

Of former volumes, ae 24—37 can be supplied entire; cer- -
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets. ~
Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars
each; Vols. 28-37 three dollars each.

Seine copies (30 cents) will pe furnished only when ae ;
breaking complete volumes.

(2) MEMOIRS |

The Mewmorrs, established 1889, are published at irregular
intervals. Volumes I-13 are now completed ; Nos. 1 and. 2 of
Vol. 14 have been issued. The. subscription price is fixed at
$3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers can also be pur- -
chased singly. A list of titles of the individual papers and of |
prices will be furnished on application.
(3) The Preliminary Catalogue or f Anthophyta and Pte:

dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New
York, 1888. Price, $1.00.

‘Correspondence relating to the above publications should be
addressed to
MR. BERNARD 0. DODGE
Columbia University

New York City

Vol. 11 | April, 1911 No. 4

TORREYA

A Monrutiy JourNnaAL oF BoranicaL Notes AND News
EDITED FOR

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

f BY
: e
NORMAN TAYLOR
@

: _JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873

CONTENTS
Some Floral Features of Mexico: H. H, RUSBY ......0....c. ccc ccsccesesessccveee vosseeees 77
The Nature and Function of the Plant Oxidases: ERNEST D. CLARK..........00c0.005 84
Chondrophora virgata in West Florida: ROLAND M. HARPER »......0c.cccccececesceeees g2
DVEWS DLECMIS Hor Us cies, icc duac ines pie ees Hes AC ae howe wawenenvale Kacsteccaibeuclace ep 98

PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB

AT 41 NortH Queen Street, LANcastsR, Pa.
BY THe New ERA Printinc Company

[Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa,, as second-claes matter. |

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

President
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D.

Vice-Presidents
EDWARD S. BURGESS, PH.D. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D

Secretary and Treasurer

BERNARD O. DODGE, Ph.B.
Columbia University, New York City —

Lditor
PHILIP DOWEEL, Pu. D

Associate Editors .
JOHN H. BARNHART, A.M., M.D. TRACY ELLIOT HAZEN, Pu.D.

JEAN. BROADHURST, A:M. | MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D.
_ ERNEST D. CLARK, Pu.D. HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D,
ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., Px.D. NORMAN TAYLOR

Torreya is furnished to subscribers in the United States and
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To_
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or
éxpress money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only ~
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent
to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL CLusB, 41 North Queen St., Lan-
caster, Pa:, or Columbia University, New York City. ;

Matter for publication should be addressed to

NORMAN TAYLOR
Central Museum,
Eastern Parkway, Brooklyn, N.Y.

TORREYA

April, IgII
Vol. 11 No. 4

SOME FLORAL FEATURES OF MEXICO*
By H. H. Russy

At a rough estimate, two thirds of Mexican territory is arid,
and nearly half of this can be considered a desert, in that it
cannot naturally support grazing animals.

The fertile region includes (1) the lowland of the south, witha
tropical climate, and amidst which there are numerous mountains
possessing a subtropical, or some of them even a temperate
climate, and which gradually changes into an arid region as it
rises into the central table-land; (2) an eastern or Gulf Coast
strip which, gradually narrowing, extends from the southern
tropics clear up into Texas; (3) a Pacific Coast strip which,
narrow at all points, gives way northward to the desert region
of and adjacent to the Peninsula of California.

Within these boundaries, and stretching to the Rio Grande,
is the arid region, of which more than the northern half, and
especially the northwestern portion, is a real desert.

This, with the exception of its western part, is the region best
known to tourists and visitors, for the reason that the main
lines of travel run directly through it from north to south. It
presents the same general aspect as the country through which
the Southern Pacific Railroad runs from western Texas to Los
Angeles. If one passes through it toward the close of the dry
season, which extends in its most favorable sections from De-
cember to July, and in its most unfavorable ones begins nearly
two months earlier, he encounters a region of torrid heat and

* Abstract of an illustrated lecture delivered to the Torrey Botanical Club,
February 14, 1gtt.
[No. 2, Vol. 11, of TORREYA, comprising pp. 51-76, was issued 21 Mr rg1t.}

ae

ABRARY
‘EW YOR
SOTANICA
(iARDEN

78

intense dryness, in which every motion stirs up a copious, fine,
penetrating dust which keeps one covered as long as he remains
in it. At this time, the landscape is almost unvaryingly bare
and of various shades of gray, brown and red. Flowers are
almost wanting, although this is a favorite blooming time with
many cactuses, and there are some other succulents, such as
jatrophas, which then begin to bloom.

Not only does the period of rains differ greatly in different
parts of this arid region, but the amount of rain shows remarkably
wide limits of variation. Even where there is but little, a
surprising change occurs in the aspect of the country after its
occurrence. Within a month, the ground acquires a more or
less nearly complete covering of grasses and is carpeted in
patches, often large ones, with solid masses of bloom, and the
appearance of the surface is abundantly broken by patches of
flowering shrubs. ;

‘The most conspicuous objects on these plains are yuccas,
agaves, flat and cylindrical jointed opuntias, covilleas, Proso-

Fic. 1. The Balsas River.

pis, and artemisias. The opuntias grow almost everywhere.
yuccas of some species are almost as generally distributed,

79

though the very large and conspicuous ones are confined to
certain districts. Agaves are mostly confined to the mountains
or rocky places. Of all these plants, the most striking is a
giant branching yucca, reaching a height of twenty feet or more,
which bears its dense panicles of white flowers, more than a yard
in length and two thirds as broad, in a strictly pendulous position.
The larger shrubby growth is mostly mimosaceous, consisting
of Prosopis and Acacia, with smaller mimosas and calliandras
about their bases.

Very frequently the Prosopis attains the dimensions of a
good-sized tree, though this more commonly occurs as we are
entering the fertile or semi-fertile southern districts. It is very
rare that we encounter streams in this region, though arroyos,
carrying water in the rainy season, are seen in all directions. In
such locations, where there is a water supply not too far below
the surface, a fringe of cottonwoods and pepper trees may be
seen.

The herbaceous patches of bloom, to which reference has been
made, consist chiefly of Compositae, especially Pectis, Actinella,
Layia, Melampodium, and taller Baileya, Coreopsis, Grindelia
and Gymnolomia. ‘There are also many tuberous rooted ipomeas
and oxalids.

Everywhere in sight are mountains of enormous height, many
of their slopes being apparently inaccessible. Their appearance,
for the most part, is even more arid than that of the plains,
but since they receive much more frequent and copious showers,
their upper portions probably possess a rich and interesting flora.
It has never been my lot to ascend any of them.

The northwestern desert region I have never visited, and I
must say the same of the eastern coast, so that I shall not at-
tempt a description of those regions.

The transition from this desert table land, where the produc-
tion of cultivated crops without irrigation is impossible and
where water for irrigation is not to be had, by any present
methods, is of great interest. It must be stated, however,
that in some places portions of the desert have been brought
under cultivation by means of a water supply obtained either

80

from rivers or artesian wells, and here the soil has been found
of great fertility, so that there is hope of eventually redeem-
ing a large portion of this desert.

The first change noticed, a little more than half-way from the
United States border to the City of Mexico, is a more liberal
water supply, encouraging extensive tillage by irrigation methods.
A little farther south we find that although irrigation is very
largely resorted to, it is possible to produce such crops as
corn through the unaided agency of the rainy season. The
rapidity with which such crops grow and attain maturity at this
time is indeed remarkable.

Most of my own field work in Mexico has been performed in
this semi-arid region, so that I have had an opportunity to
become rather well acquainted with the general features of its

Fic. 2. Lava Beds along Cuernavaca R. R.

flora, while not having found time to determine many of the
species encountered. One of the most noticeable sights to the
visitor from the north is that of the vast fields of maguey or
century plant, used for the manufacture of the fermented bever-
age pulque and its distillate, mezcal. Its buds, taken just before
flowering, resembling huge cabbages and occasionally a hundred

81

pounds or more in weight, are baked into a sugary mass which is
eaten as a sort of sweet conserve. In these cultivated lands, the
Prosopis becomes a tree, much resembling a spreading oak, or
even a large apple tree. These trees are left standing in the
cultivated ground and their branches become the support for
stacks of hay or other fodder, thus placed out of reach of maraud-
ing animals.

In the vicinity of Iruapato, vast areas are devoted wholly to
the culture of the strawberry, irrigation by the use of shallow
wells being resorted to, and the delicious fruit being supplied
throughout the year. The natural aspects of the vegetation
here have largely disappeared, owing to the fact that the land
is almost wholly cultivated, but in the waste places there is a
rich and varied herbaceous and suffrutescent flora. In many
places the steep hillsides and narrow valleys are used only for
grazing purposes and here there is often a dense covering of
large shrubs or small trees. In some places these trees consist
largely of junipers, intermingled with Acacia, Prosopis, Arctosta-
phylos and cotton-woods, while along the edges of the streams
the beautiful and often enormous Mexican cypress begins to
appear. A specimen of the last-named tree, growing in Oaxaca
and called “the Tule,’’ is one of the largest trees in the world.
A strange and very showy effect is sometimes produced amidst
this arborescent hill growth by the abundance of loranthaceous
parasites which it supports. Much of this parasitic growth
consists only of Phoradendron, and is merely green or yellowish
green, but at times the crowns of the trees in all directions will
be seen invaded by masses of brightly colored members of this
family, the entire mass glowing with brilliant scarlet, crimson or
yellow. Sometimes almost the entire crown of a juniper tree
will be occupied by such a growth. During the rainy season
many of the natural hollows will be converted into pools, some-
times acquiring the dimensions of small lakes. In addition to
these natural deposits of water, artificial ones are created by the
farmers, wherever there is a sloping surface which can be dyked
with mud at its lower boundaries, so that one sees so much
water as to create the impression that he is in a country of

82

marshland. Around the margins of such pools, especially the
natural ones, there is frequently seen a broad band of pink or
purple Cosmos, sometimes a hundred yards or more in breadth
and presenting a solid mass of color. Similar patches of yellow
Helianthus, Coreopsis and related genera are abundant.

These are the conspicuous features of the flora, as viewed by
one who is passing through it. When we dismount and walk
over these hills and through the valleys, our interest centers in
the wonderful variety of small annual and perennial herbs, both
as to species and larger groups, which crowd into every undis-
turbed spot.

In the foothills of the mountains of this region, the botanist
becomes quite lost in the profusion of unfamiliar plants. The
acacias and Prosopids exist in undiminished abundance and, grow-
ing among them so thickly as to make travel difficult, are nu-
merous species of Terebinthus, or Bursera, spiny erythrinas
bearing long moniliform pods showing brilliant scarlet seeds
through their half-opened sutures, stinging jatrophas, intricately
thorny Rubiaceae and small silk-cotton trees, and all these
frequently bound together by twining Clematis, Passiflora,
Thomaea and leguminous vines. Many of the smaller shrubs
also are leguminous, among them the beautiful Brongniartia,
with silky-white herbage and lovely dark chocolate-colored
flowers. In some places the arborescent growth is almost wholly
of the Palo Amarillo rubber-tree, Euphorbiodendron fulvum.
Extremely varied are the lantanas, their flowers ranging in
color from pure white or white with a golden eye, through
various shades of pink and purple, even to brilliant orange or
vermilion. Almost equally abundant and varied are the species
of Stevia. Among the herbaceous vegetation, purple flowered
Oxalis exists in great variety, with many Geraniums, purple
flowered ruellias and Nyctaginaceae, and yellow Tribulus. Ferns
of the hardier kinds, such as rigid pellaeas and notholaenas, are
frequent, but not nearly so abundant as farther south. Where
the canyons open out into valleys leading to the plains, the
Cactaceae comprise the greatest bulk and the most interesting
feature of the flora. In places the entire surface over many

acres is so intricately covered with opuntias that travel is slow
and difficult. At first sight, and until one has become accustomed
to their examination, all seem to be slightly variable forms of a
single species, but one presently becomes aware that the varia-
tions, however numerous and slight, are constant. If he is then
fortunate enough to secure the companionship of a competent
and experienced mountaineer, he will learn that all these forms,
and more than he has differentiated, are distinguished by names
and that the differences between them, such as the shade of
green of the surface, the form and relative thickness of the
joints, the shade of color of the flowers, their time of appearing
and the color, especially the internal color, of the fruits, and their
edible properties, are all well defined by the natives. I am
strongly of the opinion that the relation between the present
state of our knowledge of the Mexican opuntias, and that of the
future, is much like that of our knowledge of American Crataegi

Fic. 3. Vitis blanco Munson.

of ten years ago as compared with that of the present. Some
of these flat-jointed opuntias are old and large trees, with
trunks two feet or more in diameter. The huge, widely and
densely branching Myrtilocactus is often conspicuous and abun-

84

dant. Its small, delicious fruit is an important article of trade,
under the name of ‘‘Garambulla.”’

As we approach the valley of Mexico, we come into a more
fertile region, producing tropical fruits and other products indi-
cating the rich luxuriance which we are to encounter after
another day’s journey to the south or east. The mountain
flora of the vicinity of Mexico is of special interest and beauty.
Here there are many species of salvia, oxalis, verbena, geranium,
Solanum, etc. Terrestrial orchids are decidedly numerous,
though scarcely abundant, and the instant that we penetrate
to the warm and moist valleys, even quite near to the city,
interesting and handsome arboreal species begin to appear.
Arboreal ferns, tillandsias and. other bromeliads are also nu-
merous. In rich places among the rocks dahlias of various
colors are common and abundant.

(To be continued)

THE NATURE AND PUNCTION OF THE PLANT
OXIDASES

By ERNEST D. CLARK

(Continued from March Torreya)

FUNCTION OF THE OXIDASES IN THE PLANT
Physiology

It is evident from the preceding chapters that oxidizing
enzymes are very widely distributed. Since enzymes generally
seem to be produced by plants or animals for some definite
purpose in the life of the organism, it was natural that specula-
tion should arise regarding the function of the oxidizing enzymes.
Their usefulness to the plant probably lies in their power to act
as accelerators of the ordinary processes of oxidation as we shall
see in a closer study of their function in the plant.

The oxidases, more especially peroxidase and occasionally
oxygenase, are found in seeds and seem to bear some relation

85

to the age of the seed, state of germination, etc. Brocq-Rousseu
and Gain*"” examined the seeds of species of plants from many
different families. They used both guaiac tincture and guaiacol
with the addition of hydrogen peroxide as tests for peroxidase
or ‘‘peroxydiastase,’’ as they called it. Peroxidase was present
in nearly all seeds examined, the amount decreasing with their
age; however, in kernels of corn they found peroxidase after the
corn had been standing for over two hundred years. They
further noted that oxygenase was rarely present in the seeds,
and also that the strongest test for peroxidase was given by the
embryo. Bialosuknia*! made glycerine extracts of resting and
germinating seeds, testing these extracts for oxidases with guaiac
tincture, indophenol reagent, benzidin, etc. Peroxidase was
present in the resting seeds and at all stages of germination,
while oxygenase (direct oxidase) could not be detected in the
seeds before the second day, after which it was always present.
Deleano® also made a study of the germination of seeds, getting
the same results as those obtained by Bialosuknia. The catalase
increased rapidly and then disappeared along with the fat. He
found further that reductase (reducing enzyme) was present and
that it was localized in the protein part of the seed. Issajew*
made a careful study of the oxidase of germinated barley, his
results agreeing with those of the other investigators already
noted. He found the same increase of oxidases after germination
and confirmed the presence of the so-called reducing enzymes
under these conditions.

In the study of oxidizing substances and enzymes in biological
materials, it soon became apparent that in many cases there
occurred reducing substances along with the oxidases, etc.
Frequently these reducing substances were called enzymes and
given special names, such as the “philothion’’ of Rey-Pail-

20° Brocq-Rousseu and Gain. Sur l’existence d’une peroxydiastase dans les

graines seches. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 145: 1297. 1907.
31 Bialosuknia. Ueber Pflanzen-Fermente. Zts. Physiol. Chem. 58:487. 1908.
8 Deleano. Recherche chemique sur lar germination. Centralbl. f. Bakt., II.
Abt. 24: 130. 1909.
%8Issajew. Ueber die Malzoxydase. Zts. Physiol. Chem. 45: 331. 1905.

86

hade,** who in 1888, announced that in beer yeast he had found a
substance which caused the evolution of hydrogen sulphide from
sulphur, even in the cold. In the potato, egg-plant, etc., Kastle
and Elvolve® found that there were substances which reduced
nitrates to nitrites, the most favorable temperature for this
action being from 40° to 50°; the action being retarded by acids
and much increased by benzaldehyde and benzyl alcohol. Action
is also completely checked by boiling, but the authors hesitated
to say that this action is due to an enzyme; they classified this
reducing substance with those compounds that are unstable and
easily oxidized, and which reduce nitrates, but not in unlimited
quantity. This statement might also be applied to the so-called
reducing enzymes found by Irving and Hankinson®® in the
Gramineae. In the action of both yeast and bacteria, reduc-
ing substances probably play a part, since they are usually
present. :

We may say, then, that reducing substances are of common
occurrence in plants, both in the higher and lower representatives.
In many plant juices there occur reducing substances which,
in the test for oxidases with the color reagents, gradually de-
colorize all the mixture except a zone near the surface of the
liquid; this upper colored part being immediately bleached if
the solution is thoroughly shaken, but it reappears upon standing.
These reducing substances, as well as catalase, may act as a
check upon the activity of peroxidase in the living cell, but
after death or narcosis, the production of reducing substances
is lessened and the oxidases develop pigments, 7. e., oxidize
the chromogens to colored compounds. It seems doubtful that
these reducing substances are enzymes, since we know that
ordinary reducing substances resulting from metabolism are
present in practically all animal and plant cells. Such substances

34 Rey-Pailhade: (a) Nouvelle recherche physiologique sur la substance organique
hydrogénant le soufre a froid. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 107: 430. 1888. (6) Sur
une corps d'origine organique hydrogénant le soufre a froid. Compt. Rend. Acad.
Sci. 106: 1683. 1888.

35 Kastle and Elvolve. The Reduction of Nitrates by Certain Plant Extracts,
etc. Am. Chem. Jour. 31: 606. 1904.

36Trving and Hankinson. The Presence of Nitrate Reducing Enzymes in Green
Plants. Biochem. Jour. 3: 87. 1908.

87

may be formed by photosynthesis and in the metabolism of the
plant. Heffter*” believed that the so-called reducing enzymes
are not enzymes at all, but that the reducing action is due to the
decomposition products of protein, especially those containing
the SH group. This, however, is denied by Frankel and Dimitz*®
who believe that the reducing power of cells is due to their
unsaturated fatty substances.

It seems likely that the oxidizing ferments assist in carrying
on the oxidative processes of respiration by increasing the
rapidity of the combination of oxygen with the oxidizable sub-
stances in the plant. It has long been known that there are
certain plants which at times develop a temperature above that
of their surroundings, representatives of the Araceae showing
this peculiarity in a striking manner. Hahn* investigated this
phenomenon in Arum maculatum, the spadix of which is often
from 20° to 27° C. warmer than the surrounding air. He used
press-sap from the spadix of the plant and found that upon ex-
posure to the air, the liquid rapidly became greenish black; so he
concluded that an oxidizing enzyme (tyrosinase) was present.
Hahn allowed the press-sap to remain at 25° for several days and
at the end of that time the content of sugars, originally high,
dropped to nothing, with accompanying loss of weight in the
carbon dioxide evolved. This process could be entirely pre-
vented by heating the press-sap to 60° for half an hour before
allowing it to stand. Furthermore, the same process took place
in an atmosphere of hydrogen; so Hahn thought he was dealing
with a case of intra-molecular respiration carried on by oxidizing
enzymes. Krause“ noticed a similar elevated temperature with
loss of dry weight [probably carbohydrates] in Arum ttalicum
and Knoch* did so in the case of the flower of Victoria Regia

37 Heffter. Die reduzierenden Bestandtheile der Zellen. Med. Naturwiss.
Arch. I: part I, p. I5. 1907.

% Frankel and Dimitz. Gewebatmung durch Intermedidrekérper. Wiener
klin. Wochensch. 1909: No. 51, p. 1777.

® Hahn. Chemische Vorginge im zellfreien Gewebsaft von Arum maculatum.
' Ber. Chem. Gesell. 33: 3555. 1901.

Krause. Ueber die Bliitenwirme von Arum Italicum. Abhandl. Naturfor.
Gesell. zu Halle, 1882, p. 16.

41Knoch. Untersuchungen iiber den Physiologie, etc., der Bliite von Victoria
Regia. Diss. Marburg, 1897.

88

at the time of the opening of its petals. As we have seen, the
many striking changes of color in plants after injury with the
resulting exposure to the atmospheric oxygen, have long been
subjects of investigation, but until recently such research was
confined to studies of the enzymes involved, to the consequent
neglect of the chromogens affected by these enzymes. Instudying
the role of the oxidases, if we were to consider only the enzymes,
we should be neglecting the other half of the problem, for the
chromogens occurring in plants are the sources of all the colora-
tions and may very well act as oxygen carriers in the metabolism
of the plant. Even in 1882 Reinke” interested himself in the
substances in the plant which gave colored oxidation products
under the influence of oxidases and of the air. The juice of the
potato and of the white beet contained a chromogen which
became dark upon standing in the air, but it was easily changed
back to its original colorless state by reducing agents or by certain
bacteria. He thought that the colorless condition of the
chromogens in the living cell is due to accompanying reducing
substances, or else that the cell is able to oxidize the chromogens
through the colored state to a more highly oxidized colorless
condition.

To show the distribution of these chromogens among plants
this outline, adapted from Chodat,® is given (the changes being
from colorless to that indicated) :

Yellow, to green, then to blue—Boletus spp.

Red, violet and then black—many of the higher fungi, es-
pecially Agaricaceae; wheat seedlings, potatoes, apples, nuts,
Lathyrus niger, secretions of certain ink-fish, etc.

Brown, then black—Rhus succedana, etc.

Violet-red—Jacobinia spp.™

Black—the higher fungi, especially Hygrophorus spp.; Mono-
tropa uniflora and Viburnum lantana.

?

42 Reinke. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss leicht oxidirbarer Verbindungen der
Pflanzen-kérpers. Zts. Physiol. Chem. 6: 263. 1882.

43Chodat. Chapter on the ‘“‘Oxydases’” in Abderhalden’s Handbuch der Bio-
chem. Arbeitsmethoden, III, 2d part, p. 42 ff. 1910.

44Parkin. Ona Brilliant Pigment Appearing after Injury in Species of Jacobinia
Report Brit. Assn Advancem. Sci. 1904, p. 818.

89

Palladin® and his collaborators have taken up the question of
the role of the chromogens and the oxidases in the respiration
of the plant. They have followed out the general line of thought
first conceived by Reinke. They have published many papers
on the subject which cannot be abstracted here in detail, but a
general outline of their results and conclusions will be given.
In the anaerobic respiration of seeds, alcohol, acetone, and sub-
stances of aldehyde nature were obtained. Oxygenase increases
with the growth of the part containing it. Both oxygenase and
peroxidase are much increased by feeding the plant freely with
sugars. The chromogens also increase under such circumstances.
Palladin made a systematic search for the respiratory chro-
mogens, and found they were very wide-spread and were gen-
erally red or brown when oxidized. To detect the chromogens
he ground the plant material under water and thus obtained a
light-colored solution to which he added peroxidase (from horse-
radish) and hydrogen peroxide; if the chromogen were present,
it was soon oxidized and caused the solution to darken. In this
manner he found that of seventy-one different plants examined,
sixty-seven contained chromogens and that the parts with an
active respiration like flowers, young shoots, etc., showed the
greatest amount of respiratory chromogen. Chloroformed plants
soon began to show coloration due to the oxidation of their
chromogens. These chromogens seem to be derivatives of the
cyclic series, and Palladin considered that they often occur in
the form of glucosides, which, by the action of glucoside-splitting
enzymes, are separated from the sugars and then take up oxygen
by the aid of the oxidases, thus becoming colored. During the
normal life of the plant there is a codrdinated action of these
hydrolytic, oxidizing, and reducing enzymes, which prevents
oxidation of the chromogens, but during narcosis or after death,

45Palladin: (a) Die Atmungspigmente der Pflanzen. Zts. Physiol. Chem.
55: 207. 1908. (b) Die Verbreitung der Atmungschromogene bei den
Pflanzen. Ber. Bot. Gesell. 26a: 378. 1908. (c) Ueber das Wesen der Pflanzen-
atmung. Bioch. Ztsch. 18: 151. 10909. (d) Ueber die Bildung der Atmungs-
chromogene in den Pflanzen. Ber. Bot. Gesell. 26a: 389. 1908. (e) Die Arbeit
der Atmungsenzyme der Pflanzen, etc. Zts. Physiol Chem. 47: 407. 1906. (f)
Ueber die Prochromogene der Pflanzen-Atmungschromogene. Ber. Bot. Gesell.
Zi7f2 wit, | oYaYoy.

90

the inter-relation of these enzymes is disturbed, with the result
that the respiratory chromogens become evident by their color.
The fact that these respiratory chromogens may take up oxygen
and later give it up again under the influence of reducing sub-
stances, led Palladin to call the respiratory chromogens the
‘‘phyto-haematins’’ because he thought they were similar to the
oxygen-carrying pigments of the blood of animals.

This work of Palladin and his students upon respiratory
chromogens is a valuable contribution to our knowledge of the
respiration of plants. His conception of the respiratory pig-
ments as being cyclic compounds bound to the sugars in the
form of glucosides which are insoluble, seems to be founded on
fact. In the case of indigo-blue, according to Walther* and also
in the case of many other pigments, the chromogen is held in
the insoluble glucoside form, from which it is separated by the
hydrolytic enzymes to give sugars, and then the oxidases attack
the chromogen thus set free, imparting to it a definite color.
In Schenckia blumenaviana, Molisch” found that the green plant
became red upon treatment with chloroform vapor. This result
he attributed to the action of an enzyme upon a chromogen in the
plant. In certain of the Dipsacaceae, Miss Tammes*® demon-
strated the presence of a colorless chromogen dipsacan which,
under the influence of oxidases, was changed to a blue pigment
called dipsacotin by this investigator. Miss Wheldale® believes
that the red colorations of certain leaves and flowers are caused
by anthocyan, a pigment resulting from the coérdinated action
of oxidases and hydrolytic enzymes. She also considers that
the color or lack of color in the offspring of such plants is due
to the action of oxidases and reducing substances, etc., as factors

in heredity. Overton®® and also Tswett®! came to the con-

46Walther. Zur Frage der Indigo-bildung. Ber. Bot. Gesell. 27: 101. 1909.

47 Molisch. Ueber ein neues, einen karminroten Farbstoffe erzeugendes Chro-
mogen bei Schenckia blumenaviana. Ber. Bot. Gesell. 19: 149. 1901.

48Miss Tammes. Dipsacan und Dipsacotin, ein neues chromogen und neues
Farbstoffe der Dipsaceae. Recueil. Trav. Bot. Néerland. 5: 51. 1908.

49Miss Wheldale. Plant Oxydases and Chemical Relationships of Color Va-
rieties. Prog. Rei. Botan. 3: 457. 1910.

50QOverton. Beobachtungen und Versuche iiber das Auftreten von rothem Zell-
saft bei Pflanzen. Jahrb. Wiss. Botan. 33: 171. 1899.

51Tswett. Ueber den Pigmente der Herbstlich-vergilbten Laubes. Ber. Bot.
Gesell. 26a: 98. 1908.

91

clusion that the beautiful autumn colors of leaves are due to this
same process, when the slowing up of the metabolic processes
of the plant by the frost tends to hasten the formation of the
oxidized pigments. It should be noted that in many cases the
tannins act in this manner when oxidized, after being set free
from their glucoside form. In a very recent study of the rdéle
of the glucosides in the plant, Weevers®’ concludes that these
substances may be considered as reserve foods, the cyclic com-
pounds being attached to glucose-yielding substances of low
diffusibility, thus serving to accumulate sugar, etc., for future
use.

Besides this coérdinated action of the hydrolytic and oxidizing
enzymes just described, there also seems to be an antagonistic
action between the oxidases and the reducing substances in the
cell; this antagonism tending to keep each sort from getting the
upper hand during life, but after death when the production of
reducing substances ceases for a time, the oxidases run riot, and
blackening as well as colorations of various sorts result. The
blackening of the foliage of many plants after a frost, and
the production of the red and gold of our autumn forests, are
doubtless due to the killing of the leaves or to an interference
with their metabolism by the low temperature, and consequent
excessive activity of the oxidases upon tannins and other sub-
stances.

Finally, Czapek® has brought to light a most interesting
example of the part played by oxidases in the life of the plant.
He found that geotropically and phototropically stimulated plant
organs always contained more reducing substances and also
showed weaker tests for oxidases than similar organs unstimu-
lated. Later he proved that the reducing substance which ac-
cumulated after stimulation was homogentisic acid, and that, after
stimulation, it did not seem to be destroyed by the oxidases as it
had been before. What caused this accumulation of easily

8 Weevers. Die physiologische Bedeutung einiger Glycoside. Recueil. Trav.
Bot. Néerland. 7: 1. 1910.

58 Czapek: (a) Ueber einen Befund an geotropsich gereizten Wurzeln. Ber. Bot.
Gesell. 15: 516. 1897. (b) Stoffwechselprocesse in der geotropisch gereizten
Wurzelspitze, etc. Ber. Bot. Gesell. 20: 464. 1902.

92

oxidizable substances in the stimulated plant parts? By a series
of careful experiments Czapek demonstrated that there was no
decrease in the amount of oxidases present, but that they were
inhibited by some influence, this influence later proving to be an
anti-enzyme. He showed that the anti-enzyme thus formed
really neutralized the oxidizing enzyme in definite proportion;
that it was specific for that one plant, less so for the genus and
not at all for distantly related plants; that heating a mixture of
anti-enzyme and enzyme to 62° destroyed the former, the latter
then regaining its original activity. Czapek demonstrated also
that the anti-enzyme does not exist at all in unstimulated parts
of the same plants, but later is produced in them upon stimulation.
This anti-enzyme has the power of inhibiting the normal oxida-
tion of the homogentisic acid in the plant, so that after stimula-
tion, both the homogentisic acid and the anti-enzyme make their
appearance and accumulate. However, Graefe and Linsbauer™
report that they were unable to find the increase of reducing
substances in stimulated parts as claimed by Czapek.

LABORATORY OF BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY,
COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS AND SURGEONS,
NEw YORK.
(To be continued)

CHONDROPHORA VIRGATA IN WEST FLORIDA

ROLAND M. HARPER

Ninety-three years ago that sagacious botanist, Thomas
Nuttall, proposed as a new species Chrysocoma virgata,* describing
it at some length, and remarking that it was allied to C. nudata
Mx., but might easily be confounded with Solidago tenuifoha.
The locality given for it was “On the borders of swamps in New
Jersey, near the sea-coast.’’ In 1836 A. P. DeCandolle included
this species and a few others in his new genus Bigelowia,t and
cited a specimen collected “in Florida prope Savannah.”

54Graefe and Linsbauer. Zur Kenntniss der Stoffwechselanderungen bei geo-
tropischer Reizung. Sitzber. Wien. Akad. I. Abt. 118: 907. 1909.

* Gen. 2: 137. 1818.

} Prodr. 5: 329. 1836.

93

About the same time specimens corresponding very well with
Nuttall’s description were collected in Louisiana by Hale and in
Texas by Riddell and by Drummond, and these were doubtless
taken into consideration by Torrey & Gray in describing the
range of their ‘‘ Bigelovia nudata,’’* for they did not regard the
plant in question as specifically distinct. ;

No such plant has since been found. within sixty miles of
Savannah (Georgia), or within several hundred miles of New
Jersey. The Louisiana and Texas specimens are still preserved
in the Torrey Herbarium, but unfortunately, as in the case of
many others collected in the first half of the nineteenth century,
they are accompanied by no information about where they came
from other than the name of the state. The omission of all
data about habitat is especially disappointing, since in this
particular species its habitat is one of its most important charac-
ters, as will be shown presently.

At various times in the second half of the roth century our
plant was mentioned in floras of the northeastern and south-
eastern states, usually as a variety of C. nudata, and in the absence
of any accurate information to the contrary, it was assumed to
have about the same range and habitat as its better-known
relative, namely, the pine-barrens of the coastal plain. In 1894
Dr. Britton substituted Rafinesque’s name Chondrophora for
DeCandolle’s Bigelowia (which was a homonym), and the fol-
lowing year Prof. Greeneft restored our plant to specific rank,
at the same time restricting the genus Chondrophora to these
two species, nudata and virgata.

Twenty years ago, although the fact was probably not realized
at the time, Chondrophora virgata was as completely lost to
science as Franklimia, Elliottia, Chrysopsis pinifolia, Pentstemon
dissectus and Mesadenia diversifolia, for no botanist then living had
ever seen it growing. But on Sept. 15, 1892, Dr. Charles Mohr
found on the rocky banks of Little River on Lookout Mountain
in DeKalb County, Alabama, about 1,600 feet above sea-level,
specimens of a plant which he identified with some hesitation

*E], N. A. 2: 232. 1842. See also Gray, Syn. Fl. N. A. 17: t41. 1884.
{ Erythea 3: 91. 1895.

94

as this long-lost species of Nuttall’s,* and a few years later Mr.
Henry Eggert collected immature specimens of the same thing
in the same general region.t In the spring of 1901 Mr. T. G.
Harbison found it ‘‘in shallow soil in the glades and along rocky
streams’? on Sand Mountain in Marshall County, Alabama;t
and in the winter of 1905-6 I saw it in Marshall, DeKalb and
Cherokee Counties,§ always on Carboniferous sandstone along
streams on the plateaus, as my predecessors had found it.

Up to 1903 the only known stations for this plant (excluding
those in New Jersey, Louisiana and Texas as unknown) were in
the mountains of Alabama. In that year, however, I collected
it on outcrops of Altamaha Grit in Tattnall and Dooly Counties
in the coastal plain of Georgia,|| and in 1906 I saw it in similar
situations in Washington and Coffee Counties, in the same
region.§| At each of these places some of its associates were the
same as in the mountains of Alabama, although the general
aspect of the surrounding country was very different.

The only known exposure of Altamaha Grit in Florida is at
Rock Hill, which is about 414% miles southeast of Chipley; and
up to last fall this interesting spot does not seem to have ever
been visited by a botanist.** Having heard something of this
place through geological literature, I visited it on Sept. 24, 1910,
to see how it compared with similar places in Georgia.

* See Bull. Torrey Club 24: 28. 1897; Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 6: 79, 771. 1901.

+I saw one of Eggert’s specimens in the herbarium of the New York Botanical
Garden several years ago, but it has since been misplaced or destroyed, and I do
not remember the exact data on the label.

{Biltmore Bot. Stud. 1: 153. 1902.

§ Torreya 6: 112, 114, 115. 1906.

|| See Bull. Torrey Club 32: 168. 1905; Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 17: 42, 43, 146.
1906. These two localities have since been included in the new counties of
Toombs and Crisp, respectively. In 1900 (Bull. Torrey Club 27: 423) I inadver-
tently designated this species as an inhabitant of moist pine-barrens in Sumter
County, Georgia; but my specimens proved to be nothing but the common C.
nudata.

_ [See Torreya 6: 243, 244. 1906.

** In the Plant World for April, 1902 (5: 71), Mr. A. H. Curtiss reports having
collected Cheilanthes Alabamensis ‘‘on top of a tower like rock’’ at Cedar Grove, a
few miles south of Chipley. There happens to be a tower-like rock on one side of
Rock Hill, but there are no ferns on it, and Mr. Curtiss’s rock must have been of
a very different sort, probably limestone

. 95

Rock Hill is one of a group of several peculiar isolated hills
in the northern part of Washington County, Florida.* I would
estimate its dimensions roughly as about one-fourth mile long
(approximately north and south), one-eighth mile wide, and 50
feet high. Like the country for several miles in all directions,
it is covered with open forests of long-leaf pine, now badly
damaged by lumbermen, so that the rocks on it can be seen from
a considerable distance. On its slopes there are several hori-
zontal ledges of a pine-bark-colored rock which seems to differ
from the typical Altamaha Grit of Georgiaf only in being a little
more sandy, and this difference is apparent only on close inspec-
tion. Like the corresponding rock in Georgia, too, it never
appears on the summit of a hill, but always on slopes. (See
illustration.)

It seems to be generally true that the flora of any particular
habitat is richest near the center of distribution of that habitat.f
This principle is illustrated by the vegetation of Rock Hill,
which is about 100 miles from any other known outcrop of the
same kind of rock. On the bare rocks, and on the thin soil
which covers them on gentle slopes, I identified the following
species (which are here arranged approximately in order of
abundance):

TREES
Pinus palustris Quercus geminata

SHRUBS
Gaylussacia dumosa : Batodendron arboreum
Vaccinium nitidum Callicarpa americana
Chrysobalanus oblongifolius Serenoa serrulata
Symplocos tinctoria

HERBS
Aristida stricta Pteris aquilina
Chondrophora virgata Aster sp.§
Chrotonopsis spinosa? Laciniaria gracilis
Panicum dichotomum?|| Campulosus aromaticus

* See Tenth Census U.S. 6: 224. 1884.

+See Bull. Torrey Club 32: 134-144. 1905; Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 17: 22-23.
1906.

{See Bull. Torrey Club 32: 149 (second paragraph). 1905; Ann. N. Y. Acad.
Sci. 17: 55, 78, 89. 1906; Torreya 7: 43, 44. 1907.

§ One of the dichotomous panicums, at any rate. In July, 1906, I saw what is
probably the same thing on an outcrop of the same kind of rock in Washington
County, Georgia.

|| With rather large blue heads and narrow leaves.

96 :

Fimbristylis puberula Anthaenantia villosa
Fimbristylis laxa Trilisa odoratissima
Gerardia filifolia? Chaptalia tomentosa

Afzelia cassioides Agave (Manfreda) virginica

Muhlenbergia expansa
LICHENS
Cladonia sp.

Nearly all of these plants are common in ordinary dry pine-
barrens in the neighborhood, the only ones especially character-
istic of the rocks being the Chondrophora, Crotonopsis, Fim-
bristylis laxa, and perhaps the Panicum and Agave.

Next to the wire-grass, our Chondrophora seemed to be the
most abundant plant. It was in bloom at the time, and I
secured plenty of specimens, which agree with those from
Georgia and Alabama in every particular.

In some places on the slopes of Rock Hill a little water seeps
out, making a suitable habitat for a moist pine-barren flora, of
the kind that is characteristic of Southeast Georgia, West
Florida, etc. One of the commonest plants in such habitats,
from North Carolina to Mississippi, is Chondrophora nudata.
Here at Rock Hill, as well as in Crisp County, Georgia,* it
could sometimes be found within a few feet of its rock-loving
relative; and there being no marked difference between them
except in the width and number of their basal leaves, they could
hardly be distinguished a few feet away.

This suggests an interesting problem in evolution. If Chon-
drophora virgata were known only from the two localities last
mentioned, one might reasonably assume’ that it was merely a
narrow-leaved extreme of the common C. nudata, developed in
direct response to its rocky habitat. But the fact that it is
most abundant in the mountains of Alabama, far removed from
any C. nudata (which is strictly confined to the coastal plain,
and does not even approach the fall-line very closely, as far as
known), would seem to make this hypothesis untenable. For
all we know, our plant may have been growing on the Carbonifer-
ous sandstones long before the coastal plain—or the pine-barren

* See Bull. Torrey Club 32: 168. 1905. What is now Crisp County was then
included in Dooly.

ot

portions of it at least—emerged from the sea. An alternative
hypothesis would be that C. nudata was evolved from C. virgata
at a comparatively recent period, geologically speaking, and being
in some manner adapted to a widespread habitat became widely

Fic. 1. Ledge of Altamaha Grit on west side of Rock Hill, Florida. Chon-
drophora virgata is common on top of these rocks.

distributed. This however does not account for the remarkably
disjointed distribution of C. virgata, unless we ascribe to it
extraordinary facilities for dissemination. Evidently there are
some unknown historical factors still to be taken into considera-
tion.

The known distribution of Chondrophora virgata may now be
summed up by saying that it is known from three counties in the
mountains of Alabama, four in the coastal plain of Georgia, and
one in West Florida, always on non-calcareous rocks. (I have
seen it myself in all these eight counties, and have collected it
in half of them.) The re-discovery of the long-lost stations in
Louisiana and Texas is greatly to be desired, especially in view
of the fastidiousness of this plant as to habitat. It would appear

98

from statements in geological literature that a rock similar to
the Altamaha Grit occurs in several places in Louisiana (possibly
also in Texas), and it is in just such places that the plant should
be sought.

Its eastern limit may be placed at the Ohoopee River in Geor-
gia, at least until the mystery of the type-locality is solved.
Now it happens that Nuttall was in all probability the first
botanist who ever saw an outcrop of Altamaha Grit;* and know-
ing this, one might jump to the conclusion that he really found
the plant in Georgia, and ascribed it to New Jersey through a
mixture of labels or an error of his printers. But unfortunately
for this theory, the supposed date of his exploration of the
Altamaha Grit country is several years subsequent to the
publication of his ‘‘Genera’’; although it would appear from
statements in this book (1: 231, for instance) that he had already
visited Augusta and Savannah. .

UNIVERSITY, ALABAMA.

NEWS ITEMS

The old house in which Asa Gray lived for forty years, in the
botanic garden of Harvard University, is to be taken down to
avoid the danger from fire to the adjacent Gray Herbarium.
This building, for many years the home of the university herba-
rium and of Dr. Gray’s collections, is to be rebuilt elsewhere
without much change in its form.

Dr. and Mrs. N. L. Britton have returned from a collecting
trip to Cuba where explorations have been carried on in connec-
tion with the studies on the West Indian flora. Most of the
collections were made in the western end of the island.

Mr. Lowell M. Palmer has given the Brooklyn Botanic Garden
a collection of evergreens consisting of over five hundred plants.
Many of these are rare forms in cultivation and their acquirement
through the generosity of Mr. Palmer, will materially increase
the beauty and educational value of the new garden’s collections.

* See Torreya 4: 138-141. 1904.

oe

Dr. Marie C. Stopes, lecturer on paleobotany in the University
of Manchester, and Dr. R. R. Gates, of the Missouri Botanical
Garden, were married on March 18 in Montreal.

The biological laboratory at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, are
offering the usual number of courses in botany and related sub-
jects for the coming summer session.

At a meeting of the section of biology of the New York Acad-
emy of Sciences Prof. C. Stuart Gager recently exhibited photo-
graphs of an abnormal plant of Onagra biennis that appeared ina
pedigreed culture, following exposure to radium rays of the
ovule employed in producing the plant. The plant possessed
two primary shoot-systems (rosettes and subsequent cauline
stems) of equivalent value, but manifesting entirely unlike mor-
phological characters. That the effect was due to the exposure
to radium rays was held to be possible, though not conclusively
shown. The antecedent history of the plant, and the fact that
hybrids between the two unlike halves manifested the characters
of only one of the parent shoots, was interpreted to emphasize
the fact, already recognized, that the inheritance of a character
and its expression are two quite different phenomena. This
paper will appear in full in a forthcoming number of the BULLETIN.

Dr. R. M. Harper, whose monograph on the peat formations
of Florida has lately appeared, spent several weeks consulting
the collections at the New York Botanical Garden. His present
address is University, Alabama.

A meeting of men interested in the advancement of biological
teaching in secondary schools was held at the Harvard Union,
Cambridge, February 4. The relation of school biology to civics,
the sequence of laboratory experiments, outdoor work with
classes, and college requirements were the topics informally
discussed. Those present were Professor G. H. Parker (Harvard
University), Principal Irving O. Palmer (Newton Technical
High School), Dr. H. R. Linville (Jamaica High School), R. H.
Howe, Jr. (Middlesex School), Samuel F. Tower (Boston English
High School), S. Warren Sturgis (Groton School), Head Master
Frank E. Lane and W. L. W. Field (Milton Academy, Milton,

100

Mass.). The last named was authorized to communicate with
other teachers with a view to establishing a series of conferences,
to be held probably alternately in Boston and New York.

Mr. J. J. Levison will deliver the fourth in a series of six
lectures on the Cultivation and Preservation of Trees, on April
20, in the Brooklyn Academy of Music Lecture Hall. The
special topic of the evening will be “Selection and Grouping of
Trees for Streets, Parks and Lawns,” and it will be illustrated
by lantern photographs.

The alfalfa weevil introduced into this country six or seven
years ago is spreading rather rapidly in the northwestern states.
The damage in Utah last year is estimated at half a million
dollars. Prevention seems impossible, owing chiefly to the adult
habit of hiding in hay and similar commerical articles; twenty-
seven were taken from the vestibule of one sleeping car at Salt
Lake City last summer.

Mrs. H. L. Britton, the mother of Dr. N. L. Britton, director
of the New York Botanical Garden, died April 7 at Venice.

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

OFFICERS FOR 1910

President ~
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D.

Vice- Presidents
EDWARD S. BURGESS, PH.D. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D.

Recording Secretary

PERCY WILSON
Botanica] Garden, Bronx Park, New York City

Editor Treasurer
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D. WILLIAM MANSFIELD, Puar.D.
; Botanical Garden, Bronx Park College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St.
ae! New York City New York City

Assoctate Editors
JOHN H. BARNHART, A:M., M.D. TRACY ELLIOT HAZEN, Pu.D.

JEAN BROADHURST, A.M. WM. ALPHONSO MURRILL, Pu.D.
PHILIP DOWELL, Pu.D. CHARLES LOUIS POLLARD, A.M.

ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D,, Pu.D. HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D.

Meetings the second Tuesday and last Wednesday of each month alternately at the
American Museum of Natural History and the New York Botanical Garden

PUBLICATIONS. Bulletin. Monthly, established 1870. ~ Price $3.00 per
year; single numbers 30 cents. Of former volumes only 24-36 can be supplied en-
tire. Certain numbers of other volumes are available, and the epee inn of sets
will be undertaken.

Memoirs. A series of technical papers published at irregular intervals; estab-
lished 1889. | Price $3.00 per volume.

Torreya. Monthly, established gor. Price $1.00 per year.

All business correspor.dence relating to the above publications should be addressed
to Dr. William Mansfield, College of Pharmacy, 115 W. 68th St., New York City.

OTHER PUBLICATIONS

os OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

(1) BULLETIN

A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established
1870. Vol. 37 published in 1910, contained 630 pages of text”
and 36 full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum. For Europe,
14 shillings. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, Penden are,
agents for England. |

Of former volumes, only 24—37 can be sapped entire ; cet=
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire tod
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets.
Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars
each; Vols. 28-37 three dollars each.

Siyele copies ‘(30 cents) ‘will be: furnished only When not |
preasing complete volumes.

(2) MEMOIRS

The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at ienuler
intervals. Volumes I~13 are now completed ; Nos. 1 and 2 of
Vol. 14 have been issued. The subscription price is fixed at
$3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers can also be pur-

chased singly. A list of titles of the individual papers and of
* prices will be furnished on application.

(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri-

dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New
York, 1888. Price, $1.00.

Correspondence relating to the above publications should be
addressed to :
MR. BERNARD O. DODGE

Columbia University

New York City -

Vol. 11 May, Igi1 No. 5

TORREYA

“A Monrury Journar or Boranicat Notes anp News
EDITED FOR

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

BY

NORMAN TAYLOR

JOHN) TORREY, 1796-1873

CONTENTS
The Nature and Function of the Plant Oxidases: ERNEST D. CLARK......2.....:..... Ior
Some Floral Features of Mexico: H. H. RUSBY ..........ccccccceceueeevouseteseessseceesect IIo
Proceedings of the Club........0.....0.66 asseseceeeees Aap EB i ys SN Seats cer Se eS 118
Piel OMECCEINGS Fe 0h oh c. ats coucas aur vnge pica pes edeos tok aataos px teas sda t,o 0es me Seen y earl ties 122

News Items

PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB

At 41 NortH Quzzn Street, LANcAsTER, Pa.
BY THe New Era Printinc Company

{Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-claes matter |

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

OFFICERS FOR 1o11

te _ President
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D,

~ Vice- Presidents é E

EDWARD S. BURGESS, PH.D. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M.,M.D

Secretary and Treasurer

BERNARD O.. DODGE, Ph.B.
Columbia University, New York City

Editor
PHILIP DOWELL, PH.D

Associate Editors

JOHN H. BARNHART, A.M., M.D. TRACY ELLIOT HAZEN, Pu.D.

JEAN BROADHURST, A.M. ~MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D.
ERNEST D. CLARK, Pu. D. HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D,
ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D. NORMAN TAYLOR

Torreya is furnished to subscribers in the United States and |
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To.
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent
to TREASURER, TORREY BoTanicaL Crus, 41 North Queen St., Lan-
caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City.

Matter for publication should be addressed to

NORMAN TAYLOR

Central Museum,

Eastern Parkway, Brooklyn, N.Y.

MAY £6 !9t)

TORREYA

May, IgII

Vol. 11 No. 5

THE NATURE AND FUNCTION OF THE PLANT
OXIDASES

By ERNEST D. CLARK

(Continued from April Torreya)

Pathology

In most of the cases first considered, the oxidases played a
beneficial or useful part in the activities of plant life, but we
are now to see that under certain conditions they may cause
pathological processes. There is a disease of tobacco known as
the ‘‘mosaic disease’? which is characterized by the checkered
appearance of the green leaves, these checkered places being
yellow. In 1902, Woods*® showed that rapid growth caused
by cutting back often induced this disease, which he attributed to
the abnormal activity of the oxidases. He believed the trouble
was caused by an excessive activity of these enzymes due to lack
of nitrogenous and other foods in the cells, which if present in
normal quantities, seem to enable the cells to keep the oxidases
within bounds. The diseased portions of the leaves showed the
presence of great quantities of oxidases, but exhibited a striking
lack of starch, nitrogenous matter, etc. In the so-called “ mul-
berry dwarf’’ disease of the mulberry tree in Japan, Suzuki®
found the same state of affairs. When the mulberry trees were
repeatedly cut back, they developed a wrinkled and yellow ap-
pearance of the leaves, accompanied by a great increase of oxi-
dases in the yellow portions, and also by a lack of plant foods
in the diseased places. Suzuki thought that anything inter-

55Woods. Observations on the Mosaic Disease of Tobacco. Bull. 18, Bur.
Plant Industry, U. S. Dept. Agric. 1902.

56Suzuki. Mulberry Dwarf Troubles in Japan. Bull. Agric. Coll. Tokyo, 4:
167 and 267. 1900.

[No. 4, Vol. 11, of ToRREYA, comprising pp. 77-100, was issued 19 April 1911.]

101

102

fering with the proper translocation of foods to rapidly grow-
ing parts would permit an abnormal development of oxidases and
a consequent yellow or diseased condition. Woods*’ discovered
that oxidases, when acting in the sunlight, have the power to
destroy chlorophyll and cause yellow spots on leaves; a condi-
tion noted on the foliage of the Bermuda lily, carnation, tomato,
etc. Punctures of leaves by insects or the presence of parasitic
fungi, most of which contain oxidases, result in the decomposition
of chlorophyll and the production of such yellow spots. Oxi-
dases may exist in the soil or plant remains for several months,
and thus cause infection if the new plants are not in a healthy
condition. Recently Hasselbring and Alsberg** found that there
is a disease of cabbage and spinach somewhat like the “ mosaic
disease’’ of tobacco. They also noted an apparent increase of
oxidase content in the diseased spots, but thought this result
might be caused by a decrease of anti-oxidases in the affected
area.
EXPERIMENTAL PART

The historical part of this paper makes it evident that there
has been no lack of effort to determine the distribution and
nature of the oxidizing enzymes. However, many previous in-
vestigations were carried out with the use of but one reagent,
which was generally guaiac tincture; besides, adequate checks
upon the reagents or upon the plant juices were not made. Any
_ one familiar with the use of the oxidase reagents realizes that the
most sensitive of them, such as the indo-phenol reagent and
phenolphthalin, are so easily oxidized that constant care must be
taken that the action of atmospheric oxygen be not interpreted
as a positive test for a weak oxidase. Furthermore, in all in-
vestigations involving the use or comparison of colors, one must
be alert to detect differences due to a personal factor or to the
illumination. Our investigation was undertaken with the
purpose of examining and extending previous work upon the
distribution of the oxidases; studying the conditions of their
activity, and their effects upon different reagents, etc.

57 Woods. The Destruction of Chlorophyll by the Oxidizing Enzymes. Central-
blt. f. Bakt. II Abt. 5: 745. 1800. 5
8 Hasselbring and Alsberg, loc. cit.

108

The Nature of the Investigation

The object of our experiments may be formally stated as
follows:

(a) To study the distribution of the oxidases and of catalase
in the higher plants, beginning with the lowest; using repre-
sentatives of as many available orders and families as possible.
To make the data more systematic and to reveal, if possible, any
natural relationships, the results are tabulated according to the
botanical classification.”

(b) To examine as many plant parts as possible, to see if there
is a localization of the oxidases in special organs.

(c) To use a series of different oxidase reagents upon each
sample, and to repeat all tests, under parallel conditions, with
boiled controls in every case. Our purpose in this was to detect
any differences in the behavior of the several reagents when used
under controlled conditions upon a large number of materials of
plant origin.

(d) To determine the extent of the distribution of those
chromogens in plants which are oxidized to colored compounds
by the natural oxidase of the plant itself. These chromogens
are the so-called “respiration pigments”’ of Palladin.

The Methods of the Investigation

The method of preparing the enzyme solution varied with
the nature of the material. Fleshy parts that were sufficiently
large were run through a meat-chopper, smaller ones were grated
on a vegetable grater, while leaves, flowers, etc., were macerated
in a mortar. Control experiments proved that the iron of
the grater had no effect. In whatever manner the material
was finely divided, it was then treated with distilled water
and allowed to stand for fifteen minutes. The volume of dis-
tilled water varied with the amount and nature of the material.
After standing for fifteen minutes with distilled water, the extract

59For full details of experimental work and for the arrangement of results ac-

cording to the botanical classification see the original dissertation upon which this
paper is based.

104

thus obtained was filtered through muslin.® These clear solu-
tions were made up to 50, 100 or 200 cubic-centimeters, depending
upon the amount of material used in the preparation of the
extracts.

The tests -were carried out in the following manner: 5 C.c.
of the plant extract were placed in each of a series of test-tubes
and to each such portion of extract ten drops of reagent were
added from a dropping bottle. This was a test for the oxygen-
ases (direct oxidases) and was repeated in every detail, except
for the addition of five drops of I per cent. pure hydrogen peroxide
solution,®*! when testing for peroxidase. The latter treatment
caused an increase of coloration, when compared with the corre-
sponding oxygenase effects, if peroxidase were present. Boiled
portions of the enzyme solutions were tested in precisely the
same manner for control purposes.. Portions of the extracts
were tested again after standing one hour, and once more after
the lapse of twenty-four hours, to reveal any subsequent change
in the action of the oxidases. The presence of catalase was
shown by the evolution of gas when five drops of I per cent.
hydrogen peroxide solution were added. Any change of color
indicating chromogens or any peculiar appearance of the plant
juices were noted.

It became evident very early in our work that failure to obtain
a positive test for oxidases usually indicated the presence of
acids; so we determined the acidity of many of the extracts by
titrating ten cubic-centimeter portions with N/10 potassium hy-
droxide solution, using phenolphthalein as the indicator. To
serve as a further check on our results, all of these tests were
made on another day with another sample of the material to
obviate the effects of any psychological differences on the ob-
server’s part, or individual variations in the plants examined.

60 This muslin had previously been treated with boiling dilute hydrochloric acid
solution. It was then washed with water, treated with boiling dilute ammonium
hydroxid solution, washed with distilled water until neutral, and finally dried in a
dust-free place.

6. The best hydrogen peroxide is the ‘‘Perhydrol’’ of Merck, containing 30 per
cent. of H2O2. It was diluted with twenty-nine volumes of water. This product
is practically neutral and contains no preservative.

105

Naturally, the collection and recording of all these data per-
taining to over a hundred separate plants and plant parts was no
mean task, and to facilitate the process as much as possible we
had mimeographed sheets prepared with appropriate columns so
that the labor of recording and preserving many hundreds of
observations was reduced to a minimum.

As reagents for the oxidases, we used ordinary guaiac tincture,
also tincture of guaiacum which had been boiled with bone-black
to remove peroxides,” a-naphthol, the hydrochloride of para-
phenylene-diamine, phenolphthalin, the indo-phenol reagent and
phenol. Both the ordinary and purified guaiac tinctures were
2 per cent. solutions of gum guaiacum in absolute alcohol. These
tinctures give a blue color when oxidized.

The a-naphthol reagent had a concentration of I per cent. of
the substance in a 50 per cent. aqueous solution of alcohol. It
gives a lavender color when oxidized.

The para-phenylene-diamine solution contained I per cent.
of the hydrochloride in distilled water. This reagent yields a
greenish color when oxidized.

The phenolphthalin reagent was made according to Kastle’s
method. We treated a pinch of phenolphthalin with 1 c.c.
of N/1o NaOH solution, dissolved as much of it as possible,
then added 25 c.c. of water, filtered and made up to 100 c.c.
We used 5 c.c. of this solution plus 10 c.c. of the extract to be
tested for the oxidase, let the mixture stand fifteen minutes, then
made it alkaline with N/20 NaOH solution, when the mixture,
in the presence of oxidases, acquired a pink or red color due to
the phenolphthalein resulting from the oxidation of the colorless
phenolphthalin.

The indo-phenol reagent was applied by adding two or three
drops of a I per cent. solution of a-naphthol in 50 per cent.
alcohol and an equal amount of a I per cent. aqueous solution
of para-phenylene-diamine hydrochloride to the extract to be
tested, then making the mixture slightly alkaline with sodium

® Moore and Whitley. The Properties and Classification of the Oxidizing En-
zymes, etc. Biochem. Jour. 4: 136. 1909.

6% Kastle, Chemical Tests for Blood. Bull. 51, Hyg. Lab’y, U. S. Pub. Health
and Marine Hospital Service, Washington, 1909, p. 25 ff.

106

carbonate solution, which caused the purple oxidation product
to dissolve.

Phenol was used in a 5 per cent. aqueous solution and became
reddish brown in twenty-four hours if oxidized.

The phenolphthalin and indo-phenol reagents oxidize spon-
taneously in the air and must be freshly prepared for satisfactory
use.

In testing for the chromogens in the various plants we merely
allowed some of the juice to stand for twenty-four hours, when the
chromogens became evident by being changed by the oxidases
to the colored state, generally brown, reddish or black.

For the detection of oxidases in plant sections, under the micro-
scope, one may use the a-naphthol reagent described above, either
with or without hydrogen peroxide. Under these conditions
oxidizing tissues or cells soon stain violet or lavender and make
a beautiful picture until the diffusion of the oxidases is complete
and the whole preparation becomes dark. Sections of vines
containing much food-conducting tissue, such as Aristolochia
macrophylla, stain very strikingly as a result of this treatment.

SUMMARY OF OXIDASE TESTS

Specimens Examined Oxygenase Peroxidase Catalase Chromogens
All parts (110) 55 78 105 “30
Leaves (17) 12 12 16 6
Floral organs (20) 8 Il 20 7
Tubers, bulbs, etc. (21) I4 20 19 7
Fruit (47) 13 28 40 4
Other parts (11) 8 7 10 3

Study of the Effect of Acidity upon Oxidases

In the course of our systematic search for the oxidases, it soon
became evident that an acidity in the plant juices and extracts
greater, per 10 c.c. of plant liquid, than the alkalinity of 0.8 c.c. of
N/1o KOH solution, with phenolphthalein as the indicator, usu-
ally indicated the absence of oxidases in the plant part under
examination. These observations led the writer to study this phe-
nomenon further. It was found that 10 c.c. of lemon juice re-
quired 18.5 c.c. of N/1o KOH solution for neutralization, and did
not show the presence of oxidases either before or after neutraliza-

107

tion. Three or four drops of a coffee-bean extract showing a very
high oxidase activity were added to 10 c.c. of fresh lemon
juice, with the result that the oxidase action was inhibited,
but immediately after neutralization the oxidase caused a faintly
positive test. This same experiment was repeated, using 9.25
c.c. of N/5 acetic acid solution, the N/5 solution being used to
make the total acidity equal to that of the lemon juice and to
keep the total volume always the same (10 c.c.), with the ad-
dition of distilled water and a few drops of coffee-bean extract
as before. To our surprise this apparently did not affect the
oxidase at all, for a very strong coloration was obtained with
guaiac tincture, etc. Then the experiment was repeated in
exactly the same manner upon mixtures containing 9.25 C.c.
of N/5 H:SO,., HCl, and citric acid solutions. The results were
the same in the three cases: the oxidase reaction was completely
inhibited and after neutralization with calcium carbonate or
potassium hydroxid, a faint bluish coloration of guaiacum was de-
tected in the citric acid test-tube. The rest were negative after
neutralization. The sulphuric acid mixture was neutralized with
calcium carbonate and divided into two portions, to one of which
fresh coffee extract was.added, to the other some fresh guaiac
tincture; no bluing was produced in either case, nor was it ob-
tained in several repetitions of the experiment.

To determine more exactly the influence of different acids
upon the bluing of guaiacum by the oxidase of the coffee-bean, a
series of experiments were made in the manner already described.
In all cases the results obtained were consistent and showed
the inhibiting effect was traceable to the activity of the hydro-
gen ions from the acids in aqueous solution. We conclude,
therefore, that the failure to find oxidases in most plant juices,
when the acidity is greater per 10 c.c. than that equal to the
alkalinity of 0.6 to 0.8 c.c. of N/10 KOH solution, is due to the
effect of the different acids upon the peroxidases, etc., and this
influence is probably not specific for the acids, but depends
upon their dissociation and consequent yield of hydrogenions. In
the following table we indicate the known comparative accelerat-
ing effects of these common acids upon the inversion of sucrose,

108

and their relative retarding effects upon the oxidase tests. The
names are arranged in the order of the corresponding activities:

Acceleration of Sucrose Inversion Retardation of Oxidase Test
HCl (greatest) HCl (greatest)
HeSO. HeSOs
Citric acid Citric acid
Acetic acid Acetic acid.

Summary of General Conclusions

1. The oxidases are of very wide distribution among the
flowering plants; peroxidases, especially, being present in about
seventy-five per cent. of all the specimens examined, while oxy-
genases (direct oxidases) are less widely distributed, being found
in one-half of the plants used. Catalase may be said to be
universally distributed, since there were only a few cases in which
it was not found.

2. The leaves, stems, roots and food-storage organs of the
plants seemed to contain the greatest amounts of the oxidases.
The flowers and fruit were in many cases comparatively poor
in oxidases. In regard to the fruits this statement must be
qualified because dry seeds of somewhat uncertain age were
the only available material of certain species.

3. Our experience with a great many parallel tests, using the
different oxidase reagents upon a great variety of vegetable
tissues show that all of the reagents seem to detect the same sub-
stance or substances, for if one reagent gave a positive test the
others generally acted in like manner. The phenolphthalin and
indo-phenol reagents gave positive results in more cases than the
others. This is undoubtedly due to their greater ease of oxi-
dation, for they are spontaneously oxidized by the air.

4. It is prebable that in the presence of acid juices in the plant
the latter does not form oxidases or else that they are immedi-
ately destroyed by the acid. It was shown that the inhibiting
effect of acids upon the action of oxidases seemed to be a func-
tion of the concentration of the hydrogen ions.

5. Among plants the chromogens are found to the greatest
extent in certain orders such as the Liliales, Orchidales, Ranales,
and most frequently of all in the latex plants of the Convol-

we

109

vulaceae, Boraginaceae, Labiatae, Solanaceae, Rubiaceae, Com-
positae, etc. Active oxidases are also likely to be associated
with chromogens in the latex plants. These conclusions are
interesting because of the bearing they have upon Palladin’s
theory that these chromogens play an important part in the
respiration and the metabolism of plants.

The writer wishes to express his deep indebtedness to Professor
William J. Gies for suggesting the nature of this investigation
and for the aid received from him during its course. The sincere
thanks of the writer are likewise due to Doctor N. L. Britton
of the New York Botanical Garden, for material obtained from
the Conservatories, and also for the other privileges of the
institution.

SUPPLEMENTARY BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PAPERS RECENTLY
PUBLISHED

Bailey. Oxidizing enzymes and their relation to “‘sap-stain’’ in
lumber. Bot. Gaz. 50: 142. 1910.

Bassett and Thompson. The preparation and properties of an
oxidase occurring in fruits. Jour. Am. Chem. Soc. 33: 416. IQII.

Battelli and Stern. Recherche sur la fonction dela catalase. Compt.
Rend: Soc. Biol, 68/31. | 1910:

Bertrand and Rosenblatt. Sur la temperature mortelle des tyrosin-
ases végétales. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 150: 1142. I9gI0.
Betting. Oxidase and peroxidase in tobacco. Reviewed in Chem.

Abstracts 5: 740. I9II.

Combes. Du role de Voxygene dans la formation et la destruction
des pigments rouges anthocyaniques chez les végétaux. Compt.
Rend. Acad. Sci. 150: 1186. I9gI0.

Dox. Catalase of molds. Jour. Am. Chem. Soc. 32: 1357. I910.

Gramenisky. Ueber die Widerstandfahigkeit der Oxydasen. Re-
viewed in Zentralblt. f. Biochem. u. Biophysik. 1: 606. 1910.

Harter. Starch content of leaves dropped in autumn. Plant World
1g)2 TiAl» — si@NO,

Hoffman and Sokolowski. Vergleichenden Atmungsversuche mit
verschiedenen Kartoffelsorten. Zeitsch. f. Spiritusindustrie 33:
ZOu LOLO:

Huber. Ueber die Lebensdauer der Oxydationsenzyme in der
Birnenfriichte. Schweiz. Wochensch. f. Chem. u. Pharm. 48:

393. I910.

110

Kostytschew. Ein eigentiimlicher Typus der Pflanzenatmung.
Zeitsch. f. Physiol. Chem. 65: 350. 1910. See also Zeitsch. f.
Physiol. Chem. 67: 116. 1910.

Nalli. Sulla sede intracellulare del fermento ossidante. Clinico
Med. Ital. 48: 24. 1909.

Palladin. Synergin das Prochromogen der Atmungspigmente der
Weizenkeime. Biochem. Zeitsch. 27: 442. 1910.

——. Ueber die Wirkung von Giften auf die Atmung lebender und

abgetéteten Pflanzen, sowie auf Atmungsenzmye. Jahrbuch f.

Wiss. Bot. 49: 431. 1910.

and Stanewitsch. Die Abhangigkeit der PHanvenatinune von

Lipoiden. Biochem. Zeitsch. 26: 351. 1910.

Rosenberg. Ueber die Rolle der Katalase in den Pflanzen. Ber.
Bot. Gesell. 28: 280. 1910.

Schreiner. Reduction by Roots. Bot. Gaz. 51: 121. 1911.

and Sullivan. Studies in soil oxidation. Bull. 73, Bureau of

Soils, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. Washington, 1911.

Sée. Les diastases oxydants et réductrices des champignons.
1-39. Paris, 1910.

Sjollema. Ueber die Bedeutung kolloider Manganoxydlésungen
bei biochemischen Oxydationen. Reviewed in Chem. Zentralblt.
LOU aie p 4.0:

Wolff. Action des phosphates alcalins bibasiques sur la tyrosinase.
Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 150: 477. 1910.

——. Contribution a la connaissance de divers phénoménes oxy-
dasiques naturels et artificiels, I-99. Paris, 1910.

Zaleski. Ueber die Rolle der Reduktionsprozesse bei der Atmung

der Pflanzen. Ber. Bot. Gesell. 28: 319. 1910.

and Reinard. Zur Frage der Wirkung der Salze auf die mee

enzyme. Biochem. Zeitsch. 27: 450. 1910.

LABORATORY OF BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY OF COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY,
COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS AND SURGEONS, NEW YORK.

SOME FLORAL FEATURES OF MEXICO*
By H. H. Russy
(Continued from A pril Torreya)
One of the most beautiful spots that I have ever visited is

that of the lava beds a few miles south of Mexico City, on the
railroad leading to Cuernavaca. This has been one of the favor-

TA

ite collecting grounds of our Mr. Pringle, for which reason alone it
should always possess a: deep interest for American botanists. As
I remember, Cuernavaca is distant from the City of Mexico in a
straight line only about fifteen miles, but, since the train has to
pass over a summit more than ten thousand feet in height, about
three thousand feet higher than Mexico, we travel some fifty
miles in reaching it. The mountain thus traversed consists of
the roughest kind of lava formation, full of deep gullies and
ravines which are bordered by rugged and often overhanging
walls, with sharp pockets, sometimes caves, and innumerable
abrupt and jagged projections. Were this surface to be viewed
with its vegetation wholly removed, it would appear as though
the growth of ordinary vegetation upon it was almost impos-
sible, yet it bears a flora of the richest character and greatest in-
terest, and one that is varied in every sense of the term. Much
of its surface is covered with a fine forest of good sized pines,
with some cypress and other coniferous evergreens. At places
this gives way to arborescent Arctostaphylos, with many oaks.
Its shrubs grow densely and represent so many families and
genera that from a systemic point of view this growth is scarcely
characteristic. It is, however, the herbaceous growth which is
most varied and interesting. If everything but the ferns were
removed the appearance would still be that of an abundant
vegetation. Taking only five or six good specimens of each spe-
cies, I could have loaded my portfolio within an area of a hundred
yards square. Thisis the natural home of the dahlia and one is
bewildered by the variety which it displays. It is impossible
to say whether the different forms are mere variations, or hybrids,
or numerous closely related species. Acres are covered with
them and they are often from six to eight feet in height. They
are for the most part of very slender habit. Pentstemons,
lamourouxias and other scarlet-flowered figworts are very con-
spicuous. Verbenas are abundant and varied, as are castilleias,
and there are dazzling golden patches of composites lying flat
upon the ground. Beautiful asters and flea-banes abound.
The cool, damp, open places at the higher altitudes are densely
carpeted with a free blooming, large-flowered Stellaria. Upon

112

the summit of this range there is a kind of table land which for
many miles forms an open prairie. The predominent grass
grows in very large and high bogs or hummocks in the rich black
soil. The roots of this grass are shipped by train loads to Ger-
many, it is said for the manufacture of some sort of a brush or
broom. Abruptly descending upon the southern side of this
range, we cross a broad cultivated valley or plain and there follow

Fic. 4. The Great Oaxaca Canyon.

a river through a deep canyon which traverses a range which
appears of even greater height than that previously crossed.
Upon the other side we continue down this river valley until it
empties into the Balsas, at the town of Balsas, which is the end
of the railroad line. I made no stop in this second range but it
was very evident that its flora is totally distinct from that of
the Cuernavaca Mountains. At Balsas we are distant about
fifty miles from the Pacific, though as the river runs, the distance
is much geater. We are in the midst of a multitude of gigantic
mountains, which continues without interruption almost to
the ocean’sedge. Except in the immediate vicinity of the streams
this mountain region is very arid. The rainy season is of short
duration and the rains are usually not at all copious. The
ground therefore has but a slight permanent supply of moisture,

113

springs are scarce, and the vegetation dries up with surprising
quickness at the close of the rainy season. Nevertheless, while
the season lasts, this vegetation is fairly abundant and varied.
It is, moreover, rather peculiar to the region, therefore of special
interest. Not only the herbaceous vegetation, but the shrubs
and trees, are of strange relationship. Among the smaller trees,
an extremely poisonous species of Rhus is perhaps most notice-
able. Near the water the alligator pear grows spontaneously
and reaches a rather large size. The canyons and gulches are
full of beautiful white-flowered or violet-tinted acacias. A
small arborescent Malpighia, with edible fruit, is abundant.

The ground is covered in many places with gorgeous Tribulus,

Fic. 5. Balsas Mountains, Guerrero.

in others with Ruellia, and very often with some plant related
to Allionia, but with handsome rose-purple flowers as large as
ordinary morning-glories. Many Asclepiadaceous vines twine
among the shrubbery. The Echinocacti are of peculiar type,
scarcely projecting above the ground and crowned with woolly
tufts.

I twice visited Limon Mountain, about four miles from the
town of Balsas, and the crowning peak of the region. Its sides
are extremely steep and for the most part densely clothed with

114

small trees and shrubs, Mimosaceae predominating. One of
these small trees is a Clerodendron, or ally thereof, with very
showy flowers. Another tree is a beautiful new species of Hauya.
A new species of Linociera bore excellent edible fruit. The open
spaces were clothed with composites and shrubby heliotropes
and a graceful bamboo grows freely. Vuztis blanco is a very
peculiar grape, with massive but inedible fruit. Upon the rich
shaded banks beautiful Achimenes intermingle with a plant
related to Tradescantia, its broad fleshy leaves lying flat upon the
ground and beautifully variegated with purple and several shades
of green. Here grew upon the rocks, in sunny places, a peculiar
Opuntia, unlike any that I have seen elsewhere, and about the
edges of cliffs were robust growths of Plumiera. Quite a collec-
tion of plants was obtained upon this mountain but I have found
no opportunity of studying them.

Returning to Mexico City, and traveling thence via Puebla,
we pass down into the state of Oaxaca, a region which is really
a continuation of the Balsas district, though farther south and
correspondingly hotter. Its conditions of aridity are about the
same as those of Balsas. Like Balsas, too, it possesses a formid-
able mountain range. In the highlands about Puebla, we are
surprised to see the otherwise bare ground densely carpeted with
a bright rusty yellow Cuscuta. It probably lives upon grass
rhizomes. .

Approaching Oaxaca, we pass for many miles through one of
the greatest of mountain canyons, in some places approaching
in depth and grandeur our Grand Canyon of the Colorado.
Some of the summits in the vicinity of this canyon are said to
be almost inaccessible, while others can be scaled only on foot
and by a few circuitous routes. Several days were spent in this
canyon. My special work was laborious and exacting, but I
managed to snatch a collection of nearly a hundred species. These
and the very many that I saw without being able to collect them,
have left me with an intense desire to spend some time in that
region. The proper time to collect here is from late June to
September. In the bottoms of the canyons and along the sides
of the shaded ravines, where one can traverse them, he finds a

profusion of strange forms and many exceedingly beautiful ones.
When he succeeds in passing over and among the mountain
tops he finds forests of oak, mingled with a great variety of other
trees and thickly clothed with epithytes, including many orchids,
ferns and bromeliads. Wherever he encounters a little stream
or some boggy ground, there is a world of little things which add

‘ Fic. 6. Byrsonima Karwinskiana.

a peculiar charm to the day’s study. Along the larger streams
we see many trees at whose affinities we can hardly guess. One
of them is heavily clothed at the ends of the branchlets with tufts
of thick, shining linear leaves resembling in outline and size the
fruits of the catalpa, and having dense masses of fruits resembling

116

small, unopened cotton bolls. The shrubbery in the river bottom
is completely covered with what we take to be wild grape vine
but which proves to be a broad-leaved bignoniad. Among the
lower hills we find a dense growth of horrible Jatropha shrubs
and tangled among their bases a peculiar Pedilanthus. Plumieras
are also abundant and like the two last-named are capable of
yielding some rubber. Every bank is gay with Tribulus and
Nyctaginaceae. Asclepiadaceous vines and ipomeas are every-

Fic. 7. Near the summit of Limon Mountain, Guerrero.

where. In one of the gulches I found an undescribed species of
mulberry.

The plains and lower hills of this valley are almost exclusively

117

occupied by a cactaceous growth. Although there are many
Opuntias, the predominant forms are of the giant Cereus type.
The most conspicuous and truly gigantic of them is locally known
as ‘‘cardon”’ and is, I believe, a species of Pachycereus. I have
seen a single tree under which, I believe, almost an entire
company of mounted cavalry might gather. These species
bear, for the most part, delicious edible fruits. Among the
rocks on the hillsides, great numbers of mammillarias and other
dwarf species are encountered.

We cannot get much farther south than Oaxaca without
getting into the truly tropical vegetation of the lowlands. Indeed,
we have only to cross the great mountain range south of this
canyon, a distance of some fifteen miles, to find ourselves in the
fever infested fens of the Tuxtepec valley.

Here of course the flora is almost totally distinct from any-
thing that has been described. The trees are the huge giants
which characterize our American tropics and the vines which
bind them together are great woody climbers with trunks several
inches in diameter and branches extending for hundreds of feet.
A variety of palms, some of them of exceeding beauty, occupy
the slopes and among them are gigantic, as well as curious and
beautiful aroids and superb cycads. Huge ferns, fuchsias, be-
gonias and oxalids occupy the ledges and steeper banks, and both
terrestrial and arboreal orchids are abundant. The rivers are
bordered by great Fici, and several species of spondias, and the
swamps are filled with the peculiar Glumaceae and showy aquat-
ics which characterize similar situations throughout our tropics.
Of this tropical region, time will not permit me to speak, but
I can say that, while its general character is like that of Central
America, its specific characters are largely unknown.

COLLEGE OF PHARMACY,
NEW YORK.

118

IAROCIZIEIDIUNGS, OR Wiss, CILU)s

JANUARY 25, IQII

The meeting of January 25 was held in the museum building
of the New York Botanical Garden at 3:45 P.M. President
Rusby occupied the chair. Twenty-two persons were present.

The minutes of the meeting of January 10 were read and
approved. The name of W. W. Eggleston was proposed for
membership. It was then voted to accept the resignations of
Mr. S. B. Parish and Miss Louise Bruckman.

President Rusby, chairman of the committee on the ‘‘budget”’
for 1911, submitted a report on a special meeting held January
rye

The report was approved and the recommendation of the
committee to borrow $400 from the permanent fund was adopted
by unanimous vote.

The application of Norman Taylor for a grant of $200 from
the Esther Herrman fund to enable him to make further investi-
gations on the flora of the Catskill Mountains and of New Jersey
was read and ordered forwarded to the Council of the New York
Academy of Sciences with the unanimous approval of the club.

A communication was read annnouncing the death of Frederic
Ehrenberg and the secretary was authorized to extend the
sympathy of the members of the Club to the relatives of the ;
deceased.

Dr. William Mansfield was unanimously elected delegate to
the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences, and Dr. C. A.
Darling and W. W. Eggleston were elected to membership in
the club.

First on the announced scientific program was a discussion of
‘Two New Species of Edible Fruits” by Dr. H. H. Rusby.

These fruits were both from Mexico, one being Morus mollis
Rusby, the other Linociera macrocarpa Rusby. Their descrip-
tions will appear in an early number of the Bulletin.

The second number on the program was ‘‘Notes on Cuban
Ferns” by R. C. Benedict. An abstract prepared by the speaker
follows:

119

‘Cuba promises to be especially rich in ferns. At present it
is not very thoroughly explored botanically, but by comparing
the number of species in certain genera now known from Cuba
with the total number of species in these genera known from
North America, it appears probable that eventually Cuba will
prove to be as rich in ferns as Jamaica is now known to be.

“To illustrate with one genus, Anemia as presented in the
North American Flora, Volume 16: part 1, is recognized as having
twenty-six North American species, with ten in Cuba. Recent
collections for the New York Botanical Garden have included
material of three species not accredited to Cuba in the Flora.
The list of Cuban anemias now stands: (previously recorded)
A. phyllitidis, A. Underwoodiana, A. obovata, A. pastinacaria, A.
Wrightu, A. cicutaria, A. speciosa, A. cuneata, A. coriacea, A.
adiantifolia; (to be added) A. nipeénsis Benedict (new), A.
aurita (either this or undescribed), and A. sp. (probably un-
described).

“Thus, Cuba now has thirteen out of twenty-eight, and in the
total number, there are several species now found in neighboring
islands, and which may be expected in Cuba.

“Some of the Cuban species of Anemia are especially interest-
ing. For example, A. pastinacaria has been found in the West
Indies only in Cuba, but is native also in Mexico and South
America. A. speciosa has a somewhat similar distribution.
Mrs. N. L. Britton has collected in Cuba material here identified
as A. speciosa which exceeds Mr. Maxon’s North American Flora
description, in that it has leaves twice-pinnate below instead of
merely pinnate.

“Anemia nipeénsis Benedict, was collected by Dr. J. A. Shafer
in the Sierra Nipe, a hitherto botanically unexplored Cuban
mountain range. The plant indentified as Anemia aurita is
similar to small Jamaican specimens of this species but is not
certainly the same.”’

The next number on the program was “Reviews of Recent
Moss Literature,” by Mrs. N. L. Britton.

“Mrs. Britton gave a brief abstract of three recent publications
which contain references to or descriptions of North American
Mosses as follows:

120

‘“‘t, The mosses of Swedish-Lappland by Arnell and Jensen
contains a reference to Polytrichum gracile var. anomalum with
a record of its occurrence in Maine. The ecological studies and
tables are of much interest and the nomenclature follows that of
Lindberg’s mosses of Scandinavia of 1879 and adopts the oldest
specific name and the original generic name in its primitive sense.

‘‘2, The non-European or exotic mosses by Dr. Georg Roth
as a sequel to his European mosses in which an attempt is made
to describe and figure all mosses from original specimens. In the
first part, the genus Andreaea is treated, including 102 species of
which 5 are North American and 28 from South America, all but
13 of these illustrations have been drawn from original material
and the codperation of many prominent bryologists and botanical
institutions has been secured so that this publication will be
of great value to American students.

“3. In the December number of the Journal of Botany, Mr.
H. N. Dixon has a new genus of mosses and a contribution to the
bryology of India, including some from the Mitten Herbarium.
As Mr. Dixon and Monsieur Cardot are the two most prominent
bryologists who have recently followed the ‘Kew Rule’ in the
nomenclature of mosses, we welcome the statement made on
page 303 that ‘‘The nomenclature of Brotherus in Engler and
Prantl Pflanzenfamilien has been and will be followed hereafter
in these lists.”’

“a. In the Bulletin of the Botanical Society of France, Memoir
17, Monsieur Dismier has recently published a revision of Philo-
notis of America including 8 species and 4 subspecies from North
America with an extension of range northward into Florida,
Louisiana and Texas of P. gracillima, P. sphaerocarpa and P.
tenella and the description of two new subspecies P. fallax and P.
americana. Stations and numbers of specimens are cited in
detail and M. Dismier promises to continue the study of the
genus.”

Dr. W. A. Murrill then exhibited a specimen of an interesting
fungus which had grown in total darkness in a mine. It was
completely sterile not even having conidia. The specimen which
he called Elfvingia megaloma showed several regions of growth
corresponding to the age in years of the plant.

121

Dr. N. L. Britton showed several specimens of Zamia and
Miss Pauline Kaufman exhibited several varieties of edible nuts
recently appearing in the markets of New York City.

Adjourned.

B. O. DopceE,

Secretary.
FEBRUARY 14, I9II

The meeting of February 14, 1911, was held at the American
Museum of Natural History at 8:30 P.M., with President Rusby
in the chair. Eleven persons were present. The minutes of
the meeting for January 25 were read and approved.

The announced paper of the evening on ‘“‘Floral Features of
Mexico”’ was then presented by Dr. H. H. Rusby and illustrated
by lantern-slides. This paper appears on another page of
TORREYA.

Meeting adjourned.
B. O. DoncE,

Secretary.
MARCH 14, I9QII

The meeting was held at the American Museum of Natural
History. The meeting was called to order by 8:15 with Dr. E. B.
Southwick in the chair. Twenty-eight persons were present.

The minutes of the meeting for February 14 were read and
approved. On the motion of Mr. G. V. Nash the regular order
of business was dispensed with for the evening.

The scientific program consisted of a lecture on ‘‘Orchids,
Wild and Cultivated,” by Mr. Geo. V. Nash. The lecture was
illustrated by a large number of beautiful lantern slides. An
abstract of the lecture prepared by the speaker follows:

“By the general public any odd or strange flower was con-
sidered an orchid, and as an illustration of this common error
nepenthes and bromeliads were cited. |The large division of
endogenous plants to which the orchids belong was illustrated
with a slide of the lily, this being taken as typical. Especial
attention was called to the stamens and pistil which are distinct
in this flower. As an illustration of a typical orchid flower a _
slide of Cattleya was shown. The uniting of the stamens and pistil

122

into one organ, known as the column, was pointed out as the
distinctive character of the orchid.

‘‘ Another interesting feature is the diversity of the lip-form.
The lip is one of the petals. In some forms, such as Odonto-
glossum, it much resembles the other petals. In Oncidium it
is markedly different in size and color; in Cattleya it becomes more
modified by the inrolling of the base into a tube which surrounds
the column; in Dendrobium a still greater modification occurs
in the inrolling of the margins of the lip into a saccate organ;
and in Cypripedium this tendency is greatly magnified, giving
us the “‘slipper.”’

‘The stem or leaves of orchids are frequently thickened, thus
serving as storage organs for water. The water supply of many
orchids, on account of their habitat on trees and rocks, is very
uncertain, and those. thickened leaves or stems carry the plants
safely through periods of drought. When the thickened stems
are short, and round or oval, they are known as pseudobulbs.

“Some orchids grow in the ground and are known as terrestrial.
These are commonly found in temperate regions, where dangers
from frost exist. The majority, however, are epiphytic, that is,
they grow on trees, and are found in warm temperate and
tropical regions. The number of species is between 6,000 and
7,000, of which about 150 are found in the United States. The
two great centers of their occurrence are: in the New World,
in northern South America, northward into Central America, and
in the West Indies; in the Old World, in India and the Malay
region. A series of slides was then exhibited illustrating some
of the common wild and cultivated forms.”

Meeting adjourned,
B. O. DODGE,
Secretary.

FIELD MEETINGS

The following excursions are advertised by the field committee:

May 13.—Edenwald, N. Y. Meet at Terminus of 3rd Avenue
Elevated R. R. at Botanical Garden, at 1 Pp. M. Fare 20 cents.
Guide, Dr. P. A. RYDBERG.

123

May 20.—Springfield, L. I. For Orchids. Meet at East
34th Street Ferry, New York side, 1 Pp. M. Guide, Dr. E. B.
SOUTHWICK.

May 27.—Summit, N. J. Lackawanna R. R. Meet at West
23rd Street Station, at 9 A. M. Guide, Mr. SERENO STETSON.

June 3d.—To Staten Island, N. Y. Guide to determine
Station. Fare 20 cents. Meet at Staten Island Ferry, N. Y.
side,9 A.M. Guide, Mr. B. O. DODGE.

June toth.—To Hollis, L. I. Meet at East 34th St. Ferry,
INeeYe side, 9. A. M.- For study of Fungi. Guide’ Mr. F. J.
SEAVER.

June 17-21. Slide Mountain, Ulster Co. This excursion may
involve camping on the summit of the mountain for two nights.
All those desiring to attend please communicate with the guide
Mr. NorMAN TAYLOR, Central Museum, Eastern Parkway,
Brooklyn, by May 320th in order that the necessary arrangements

may be made.
The Field Committeee.

E. B. SOUTHWICK,
Chairman.

NEWS ITEMS

We learn from the Tribune (May 1) of the death of Dr. Pehr
Olsson-Seffer in a train, wrecked and shot at by Mexican revo-
lutionists. The week-end special train for Cuernavaca, seventy-
five miles south of Mexico City, was stopped by the firing of a
volley through it and its derailment. Dr. Olsson-Seffer, who
was widely known for his work in tropical botany and agri-
culture, was born in Finland, went to Australia and subsequently
to California where he became instructor in Stanford University.
Latterly he made a tour of the tropical world to study the rubber
industry, and was recently appointed to the chair of botany in
the newly created Mexican University. |

The following public lectures are advertised at the New York
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park. They are at4 p.m. May 20.
“The Reef-building and Land-forming Seaweeds,’ by Dr.
Marshall A. Howe. May 27. “The Influence of Soil Acidity

124

on Plant Distribution,’ by Mr. Frederick V. Coville. June 3.
“How Plants are Distributed,” by Prof. Carlton C. Curtis.
June 10. ‘The Royal Gardens at Kew, England,’ by Dr.
William A. Murrill. June 17. ‘Collecting in the High Moun-
tains of Colorado,’ by Mr. Fred J. Seaver. June 24. “Past
Climatic Conditions Indicated by Fossil Plants,’ by Dr. Arthur
Hollick.

At an arbor day celebration in the Central Museum, Brooklyn,
held on April 27, more than 1,600 school children actually heard
and saw the exercises. Nearly 2,500 more, who could not be
accommodated, were obliged to go home, although some of this
excess crowd took part in a tree-planting in the adjacent
Botanic Garden grounds.

In TorreyA for January, page 9, bottom line, the name
Panicum neuranthum should be Aristida stricta.

Dr. C. B. Robinson of the Philippine Bureau of Science expects
to return to this country about the end of July. Dr. Robinson
was formerly an assistant curator at the New York Botanical
Garden, and has been in the Philippines for the last three years,
giving much of his time to fiber investigations. He is now col-
lecting along the Indo-China coast.

According to the New York Evening Post a gift of $25,000 from
an anonymous donor makes possible the immediate construction
of a two-story addition to the Gray Herbarium building, in
which the botanical library will be housed.

~ At the annual meeting of the Naples Table Association, held
at Smith College on April 30, the table for 1911-12 was awarded
to Miss Mary Edith Pinney, B.A. Kansas 1898, M.A. 1910.
Miss Pinney is now studying at Bryn Mawr for her Ph.D. degree,
and has just received the M. Cary Thomas European fellowship
for 1911-1912.

Mr. K. F. Kellerman of the Bureau of Plant Industry sailed
for Europe on April 25 to study recent progress in soil bacteri-
ology. He will visit Germany, Russia, France and England.

Professor Eduard Zacharias, director. of the Botanical Insti-

tute of Hamburg and author of numerous papers on cytology,
has died.

The T orrey Botanical Club

Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six
gratuitous copies of the number of TorreEya in which their papers
appear, will kindly notify the editor when submitting manuscript.
| Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned
to the editor, from The New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen
Street, Lancaster, Pa., who have furnished the following rates :

2pp 4pp 8pp 12pp 16pp 20pp
25 copies $.75 $1.05 $1.30 $1.80 $2.20 $2.50
50 copies -90 1.20 1.70 2.20 2.50 2.85
100 copies 1.15 . 1.55 1.95 2.55 2.90 3.20

200 copies 1.70 2.35 2.90 3.75 4.35 4.70
Covers : 25 for 75 cents, additional covers 1 cent each.
Plates for reprints, 40 cents each per 100.

_ The following Committees have been appointed for 1911

Finance Committee . Field Committee
J. 1. Kane, Chairman FE. B. Sournwick, Chairman
H. M. Ricuarps Wma. MANSFIELD
: N: TAYLor

Budget Committee Program Committee
H. H. Ruspy, Chacrinan Mrs. E. G. Brirron, Chairinan
J. H. Barnuarr Miss JEAN BROADHURST
N. L. Britron Tracy E. Hazen
E. S. BurceEss F. J. SEAVER
B. O. Doper

Puitip DowELL
Local Flora Committee

N. L. Britron, Chairman

Phanerogams: Cryptogams:

E. P. BicKNELE Mrs. E. G. Brirron
N. L. Brirron ~ Puitre DowELy

E. S. BurcEss Tracy E, Hazen
CC CURTIS M. A. Howe

K. K. Mackenzie ae W. A. MurriLy

E. L. Morris

Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences,
WiLtiAM MANSFIELD

OTHER PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

(1) BULLETIN

A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established
1870. Vol. 37 published in 1910, contained 630 pages of text
and 36 full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum. For Europe,
14 shillings. Dulau & Co., 37. Soho Square, London, are,
agents for England. ;

Of former volumes, only 24-37 can be supplied entire ; cer~
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire ‘Geek
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets,
Vols, 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars
each; Vols. 28—37 three dollars each. :

Nets copies (30 cents) will be furnished only when not
breaking complete volumes.

(2) MEMOIRS
The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregular
intervals. Volumes 1-13 are now completed ; Nos. 1 and 2 of
Vol. 14 have been issued. The subscription price is fixed at
$3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers can also be pur-
chased singly. A list of titles of the individual papers and of
prices will be furnished on application.

(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri-
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New
York, 1888. Price, $1.00.

Correspondence relating to the above publications should be
addressed to
MR. BERNARD O. DODGE
Columbia. University

New York City

Vol. 11 June, Igi1 No. 6

ORREYA

A Monruty Journar or BoranicaLt Notes Aanp News
EDITED FOR

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

BY

NORMAN TAYLOR

JOHN TORREY, 1706-1873

CONTENTS

A Nomenclatorial Problem with a Description of a New Form, Petalostemum
purpureum f. arenarium: F. C. GATES... 2... co. ices ecieceee cess eneveneeeets 125.
The Botanical Name of the Wild Sapodilla: N. L. Brirroy,...... cd rate techie geo 128
Shorter Notes: An Undescribed Opuntia from Jamaica: N. L. Britron............. 130
Some Records from the Potomac Region: F. W. PENNELL.......... 130
Proceedings ofthe, Clap 65.5. 30h. Rt Ae sieges) etnuscenesavde seleacki enn cattncees fobeos 131
Reviews: Gepps’ Codiaceae of the Siboga Expedition. ..........00...000 00.0 Resa ees
Of Interest to LeaChersy ss. -. Geoks comics shag ose Roun pos voasenemtsn Be es See Rela cae Ane 137.
Mewes) Feemis 2): aes, 20 ec athe eka aoa ap vonleee ada oa aise be Caupley caaebne ehaduc daar ag feted beuse 143

PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB

1
At 41 NortH Qugen Street, LANCASTER, Pa.
by Tue New Era Printinc Company

{Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa,, as second-class matter. |

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

OFFICERS FOR 1011

* President
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D.

Vice--Presidents :
EDWARD S. BURGESS, Pu.D. JOHN HENDLE Y BARNHART, A.M.,M.D

Secretary and Treasurer

BERNARD O. DODGE, Ph.B.
Columbia University, New York City

LEeditor
PHILIP DOWELL, Pu.D

‘Associate Editors

JOHN H. BARNHART, A.M., M.D. TRACY ELLIOT HAZEN, PH.D.

JEAN BROADHURST, A.M. MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D.
ERNEST D. CLARK, Pu.D. HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D.
ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., Pu.D. NORMAN TAYLOR

~Torreya is furnished to subscribers in the United States and
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City .
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing —
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be-sent -
to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL CLupB, 41 North Queen St., Lan-
caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City.

Matter for publication should be addressed to

NORMAN TAYLOR
Central Museum,

Eastern Parkway, Brooklyn, N. Y.

bei is

3

aU

TORREYA

june; tort
Vol. 11 No. 6

A NOMENCLATORIAL PROBLEM WITH A DESCRIP-
TION OF A NEW FORM, PETALOSTEMUM
PURPUREUM F. ARENARIUM*

By FRANK C. GATES

Individual plants of a given species occupying different habitats
may become considerably modified, giving rise to variation among
themselves. This is usually conceded to be an adaptation,
induced by the local habitat, in the individual plant. To a
taxonomist, the resulting form is but an extreme variation from
the type and no general advantage is secured in giving it a name.
A specific name is inapplicable, as complete series of inter-
grading forms are frequently present. To an ecologist, however,
the matter stands ina very different light. He is dealing primarily
with plants in their habitats. The ability of a single species to
live in more than one habitat may often be an important factor
in determining the relationships of the vegetation.

The usual form of a species tends to grow in the preferred
habitat of that species. Widely varying forms are likely to be
results of associational succession. The forms are consequently
given the terms relics or invaders according to their position in
the genetic series of succession. The form of the relic species
changes because some of the external conditions have been
changed by the successful invasion of an association. The
invasion of the forest upon the prairie furnishes many excellent
examples through the persistence of a number of prairie species

* Contributions from the Botanical Laboratories of the University of Michigan
No. 124.

Submitted with the spelling in accordance with recommendations of the Simpli-
fied Spelling Board, and changed to conform to the editorial policy of TORREYA:

—N. T. ;
{No. 5, Vol. 11, of TorREYA, comprising pp. 101-124, was issued 17 May to1t.}

125

_LIBRAE
NEW YQ
BOTANIC

GARDE

126

in spite of the unaccustomed shade. Relic species are frequently
very tenacious of life and will struggle for a long time before they
succumb. They are usually able to reproduce vegetatively.
The status of invaders is only a little different. The invader
must be able to cope advantageously with the new conditions
from the beginning, in order to maintain its life. This may
induce extreme variation, which is not mutation because there
are usually a'l stages of transition from the usual form to the
new form. Furthermore, when the succeeding association be-
comes dominant in an area in which the extreme form originally
developed, only usual forms occur. Conclusive evidence is at
hand to show that the vegetative structures of a perennial plant,

Fic. 1. Petalostemum purpureum f{. arenavium growing among the bunches of
Andropogon scopartus in the bunchgrass prairie. Waukegan, Illinois.

acting as an invader, may be strikingly different from the struc-
tures of the same plant after the successful invasion of the

127

association, of which it is a characteristic species, takes place.
This would seem to indicate that such forms are responses to
environment. Consequently their distinguishing characteristics
are not characters of organization. If this were not so, such
forms would hold valid claims to specific rank. Such-modifica-
tions occur constantly, but only occasionally are they of impor-
tant ecological significance. It may happen to several, and
sometimes to all, of the species growing in a certain habitat.
There need be no taxonomic relationship between the species so
involved.

The modifications most frequently observed tend towards the
conservation of water supply. These are observed on soils made
up chiefly of sand and gravel. The plants themselves are usually
smaller. They are frequently more pubescent than usual. The
leaves are narrower, thicker, often rolled, and frequently assume
positions of protection from the noonday sun. The root system
is more extensively developed, the flowers and fruit, however, do
not ordinarily exhibit noticeable differences from the ordinary
type. There is frequently a tendency to bloom more freely un-
less the growing conditions are extremely severe.

PETALOSTEMUM PURPUREUM f. arenarium FORMA NOVA*

Petalostemum pur pureum

(Pats olen) Petalostemum purpureum f. arenarium
Root tap root larger and more bulky tap root
Crown composed of a few upright)composed of many (20-38) radiating stems
stems ;
Stems stout and upright shorter, wiry, divaricate, 7. e., standing at

an angle of less than 45° with the earth
from the commencement of growth.
When growing on little hillocks the stems
project below the horizontal

Leaves divaricate, lancolate-trifoli- appressed, linear-trifoliolate

olate
Heads cylindrical, larger cylindrical, smaller relatively
Flowers ;
and Fruit no appreciable differences

An ecologist meets with such a state of affairs quite frequently,
and these extremely varying forms may occasionally be of such

* Planta caule procumbente ab initione, foliolis lineariis, arenariam incolat.

Vv

128

significance that they must be distinguished from the usual forms,
in any critical discussion of the vegetation. For this reason
they deserve a name. As a single condition produces similar
variation, it seems most logical to apply the same term to the
results of similar conditions. Accordingly I propose that
the [term ‘“‘arenarius’”’ be used to designate those forms of
species of plants in which xerophytic adaptations are induced by
growth in sand. I append a description of such a form which
has come under my observation.

TypE. (Gates 2922) growing in sandy soil in the Andree
scoparius consocies of the bunchgrass prairie at Waukegan, Lake
County, Illinois, August 7, 1908.

PHOTOGRAPHS. Gates 163 (August 17, 1909) and Gates 347
(August 13, 1910), the latter of which accompanies this article .
as figure one.

Specimens may be consulted at the Herbarium of the Univer-
sity of Illinois, the Field Museum of Natural History in Chicago,
(type) and the author’s private herbarium.

A similar form of Apocynum hypericifolium was commented
upon by Schaffner.* It may be termed Apocynum hypertct-
folium f. arenarium. Other such forms are under observation.

These forms are always easily recognized in the field, but her-
barium specimens illustrating them are difficult to prepare.
Consequently ordinary herbarium material, unless fully labeled
does not furnish satisfactory data. This difficulty is in a large
measure obviated by the use of the camera and the notebook in

the field.

UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN.

THE BOTANICAL NAME OF THE WILD SAPODILLA

By N. L. BRITTON

The wild sapodilla or wild dilly, recorded by different authors
under various names, is of the genus Mimusops, and occurs in
southern Florida and through the Bahama Archipelago from
Abaco and Great Bahama to the Caicos Islands and Inagua.

* Ohio Naturalist 10: 184. June Ig10.

129

In the writings of Dr. Chapman, Dr. Gray, Prof. Sargent and
Dr. Small, it is recorded from Florida as Mimusops Sieberi DC..,
a tree which is apparently restricted to the island of Trinidad
and recently referred by Pierre to a variety of Mimusops balata.
It is recorded from the Bahamas by Grisebach, by Dolley, and by
Mrs. Northrop as Mimusops dissecta R. Br., which is an Asiatic
species, and I have accepted for it (North American Trees 782)
the name Mimusops parvifolia (Nutt.) Radlk.

The tree was first illustrated and described by Catesby in
the second volume of the ‘‘Natural History of Carolina, Florida
and the Bahama Islands” at plate 87. Professor Sargent (Silva
5: 184) identified this plate with the tree under consideration.
Like most of Catesby’s plant illustrations, the figure is not
wholly characteristic, but it is unmistakable to one familiar with
the Bahama flora.

Sloanea emarginata of Linnaeus was based wholly upon this
plate 87 of Catesby, but erroneously attributed by him to
Carolina, and as this has priority over all other names given to the
species, it should be used. Its synonymy is as follows:

MIMUSOPS EMARGINATA (L.)

Sloanea emarginata L. Sp. Pl. 512. 1753.

Mimusops parvifolia Radlk. Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Muench. 12: 344
(misprinted parviflora). 1882. Not R. Br.

Achras Zapotilla parvifolia Nuttall, Sylv. 3: 28. 1849.

Achras bahamensis Baker in Hook. Ic. 18: pl. 1795. 1888.

Mimusops floridana Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 12: 524. 1890.

Mimusops bahamensis Pierre, Not. Sapot. 37. 1891.

Mimusops depressa Pierre, Not. Sapot. 37. 1891.
Examination of the Cuban coastal flora at many localities has

up to the present time failed to disclose the occurrence of this

species there.

~NEw YorK BOTANICAL GARDEN.

A

130

SHORTER NOTES.

AN UNDESCRIBED OPUNTIA FROM JAMAICA.—Opuntia jamai-
censis Britton & Harris sp. nov. Erect, dull green, 1 m. high or

less, subcylindric below, the several branches ascending, Joints

obovate, much narrowed at the base, flat, rather thin, readily
detached, 7-13 cm. long, 5—7.5 cm. wide; areoles about 2.5 cm.
apart, those of the lower parts of the joints usually without
bristles, the others bearing I—5 (usually 2) acicular, unequal white
spines 2.5 cm. long or less, with yellowish-green tips, the numerous
glochides fulvous; flowers about 4 cm. broad, opening at II
o'clock A.M. and beginning to close at 4 P.M.; sepals small, green,
scale-like; petals 16-18, in about 3 series, those of the two outer
series yellowish-green, triangular, 1.2 cm. long or less, apiculate;
those of the inner series 6, light lemon-yellow with a reddish-
brown streak at the middle, obovate-orbicular, 2.5 cm. long;
filaments greenish-white; anthers white; style white, longer than
the stamens; stigmas 7 or 8, creamy-white; fruit pyriform, con-
cave at top, red, much narrowed at the base, 3.5-4 cm. long,
2—2.2 cm. thick, its areoles about. I cm. apart, bearing many
yellow-brown glochides; seeds densely persistently woolly,
biconvex, brown, 4 mm. broad, 1.5 mm. thick, the raphe promi-
nent.

Roadside plains near Salt Ponds, St. Catharine, Jamaica,
Britton & Harris, 10,887, August 31, 1908 (type); same locality
(Britton 3069); flowered at Hope Gardens, Jamaica, January,
1910, and fruited in April, 1910.

I tentatively refer the species to the series Divaricatae Salm-
Dyck, from all of which it differs, however, in its erect habit and
subcylindric trunk.

N. L. BRITTON.

NEw YorK BOTANICAL GARDEN.

SomE RECORDS FROM THE Potomac District.—The following
collections made in the vicinity of Washington, D. C., during
the summer of 1910, have seemed worthy of record.

Eleocharis flaccida (Spreng.) Urban, determined by Dr. N. L.
Britton [= E. ochreata (Nees) Steud, of our manuals] collected
at the mouth of Cameron Run, near New Alexandria, Fairfax
Co., Va., Aug. 13, 1910, Philip Dowell 6454, Pennell 2580.

131

Growing in shallow water in company with a small Eriocaulon,
possibly E. Parkeri Robinson.*

Veronica scutellata L. Same locality and date (2591). This
species, as shown by specimens in the National Herbarium, has
been collected several times previously along the Potomac River
in the vicinity of Washington. As it occurs frequently in the
mountain district of Pennsylvania and New Jersey, occasionally
below this as at Tullytown, Bucks Co., Pa., and along the lower
Susquehanna River, the range of this species in the manuals
must be extended considerably southward.

Galinsoga caracasana (DC.) Sch. Bip.—In a moist corn field
along the Potomac River above Great Falls, Fairfax Co., Va.,
collected Aug. 7, 1910 (2579), in company with G. parviflora
hispida DC. F. W. PENNELL.

UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA.

PROCEEDINGS, OF; THE, CLUB

MARCH 29, IQII

The meeting was held at the museum building of the New
York Botanical Gardens at 3:30 P.M. Vice President Barnhart
occupied the chair. Thirteen persons were present.

The minutes of the meeting of March 14 were read and ap-
proved.

_ The following communication from Miss Caroline C. Haynes
was then read:
“Sixteen East Thirty-sixth Street,
New York City.
Mr. BERNARD O. DODGE,
Secretary and Treasurer,
Torrey Botanical Club, Columbia University.

Dear Sir: It is desired by a number of the members of the
club and by others interested, to establish a fund in memory of

* According to the determination of Dr. J. K. Small this is Eriocaulon Parkert.
The plant was heretofore known only from near Camden, N. J., and from near
Bordentown, N. J., where it was collected by the writer of this footnote in August,
t910. Mr. Pennell’s discovery of this plant near Washington, D. C., increases its

known range about two hundred miles, and also reduces the number of plants
strictly endemic in the local flora range.—N. T.

132

the late Professor Lucien Marcus Underwood, the income of
which may be used to aid in+the illustration of the Club’s publica-
tions. It is hoped that this fund may. reach at least $5,000.
I ask that you obtain from the Club its consent to administer
such a fund, and enclose my check for $100, as an initial sub-
scription drawn to the order of the Torrey Botanical Club.
Sincerely yours,
(Signed) (Miss) CAROLINE C. HAYNES.
February 15, 1911.”

Dr. M. A. Howe made a motion that the Club establish a
Lucien Marcus Underwood fund, the income of which shall be
used in illustrating the publications of the Club, and that the
secretary be instructed to convey to Miss Haynes the hearty
and appreciative thanks of the Club for her generous initial
subscription. The motion was unanimously adopted.

The resignations of Elizabeth Billings, Alice Knox, W. L.
Sherwood and Rey. L. T. Chamberlain were read and accepted.

Dr. H. H. Rusby reported having received several acceptances

to his invitations to become sustaining members of the Club.
_ First on the announced scientific program was a paper on
“Virginia Fungi,’ by Mr. B. O. Dodge. After reviewing the
literature relating to Virginia fungi the speaker gave a report on
the fungi collected on the estate of Mr. Graham F. Blandy at
White Post, Clark Co., Va., last September.

The second number on the program was on “A Little-known
Mangrove from Panama,” by Dr. M. A. Howe. The mangrove
in question, Pelliciera Rhizophorae, a member of the Tea or
Camellia Family, was found in association with Rmzophora,
Aviunnia, etc., near the Pacific terminus of the Panama Canal.
Specimens and photographs were exhibited. A description and
discussion of this mangrove appeared in the April number of
the JOURNAL of the New York Botanical Garden.

Meeting adjourned.

B. O. DopGE,
Secretary.

REVIEWS

The Codiaceae of the Siboga Expedition, including a monograph of the
Flabellarieae and Udoteae*

The recent phycological work issued under the above title is
one of the extensive series of monographs, now approaching
completion, that embody the zodlogical, botanical, oceanographic,
and geological results of the scientific expedition to the Dutch
East Indies in 1899-1900 under the leadership of Dr. Max
Weber, professor of zodlogy in the University of Amsterdam.
The study of the specimens of the interesting family Codiaceae
of the green algae obtained on this expedition was entrusted
to Mr. and Mrs. Gepp of the Botanical Department of the
British Museum. The numerous comparisons necessary for the
proper determination of these East Indian specimens and the
unexcelled advantages for a review of the species of the world
offered by the collections of the British Museum and the Royal
Botanic Gardens at Kew led quite naturally to a general mono-
graphic treatment of the principal sections of the family. And
as these groups are particularly well represented in tropical and
subtropical America the monograph will prove of much interest
and importance to American students of the marine algae.

_ The general introduction to the monograph includes suggestive
““genealogical trees’’ indicating the authors’ views as to the
relationships of the genera and of some of the species. The
presence or ‘absence of calcification is considered of primary
importance and two series are accordingly recognized. The
synopsis of genera shows sixteen groups of generic rank, as con-
trasted with the eight of*Wille’s treatment in the Engler &
Prantl Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien (1890) and the ten of his
recent (1910) Nachtrage to that work. Flabellaria Lamour. has
been revived for a group of two species typified by the chiefly
Mediterranean plant commonly known as Udotea Desfontainit.
For a group of three species (two newly described) typified by
Kiitzing’s West Indian Rhipilia tomentosa, Kiitzing’s generic

*A,&E.S.Gepp. The Codiaceae of the Siboga Expedition, including a Mono-

graph of the Flabellarieae and Udoteae.

Siboga-Expeditie, Monographie 62: I-150. pl. 1-22. F igit. E. J. Brill,
Leiden. 4to. Price, fr. 15.50.

134

name Rhipilia has been restored. Rhipiliopsis, Rhipidodesmis, °
and Boodleopsis are new generic names proposed for groups in
which the authors have recognized no American species.

The treatment of the genera and species of the Codiaceae is
based on years of careful study of the plants and the relevant
literature and is characterized by historical accuracy, by usually
successful efforts to examine original specimens, by a scrupulous
regard for nomenclatorial types in applying generic and specific
names, by a grasp of the really diagnostic characters, and by an
eminently fair and judicial attitude toward the views of other
workers in the same field. The authors are particularly generous
in their acknowledgments of the efforts of the present reviewer
toward an orderly and natural arrangement of the plants of this
family. The confusions that have resulted from insufficient
materials and from wrong application of the older names are
being gradually cleared away, but much as to the life-histories
and modes of reproduction of these attractive plants remains
to be learned by some patient investigator who may have the
opportunity to keep living specimens under more or less con-
tinuous observation for extended periods of time.

The admission that the paper under review is one of the very
best types of a modern taxonomic monograph does not, of course,
preclude the possibility of an honest difference of opinion as to
some of the minor points involved, even among those who are in
possession of the same basal facts. Whether or not Avrainvillea
sordida Murray & Boodle p.p. is preferred to Avrazinvillea levis
Howe is simply a matter of codes of nomenclature or of their
interpretation. The case is a complicated one and none of the
prevalent rules of nomenclature is altogether definite as to its
solution. But the reviewer has little doubt that many sup-
porters of the Vienna Rules may be found who will hold that
the combination Avrainvillea sordida was first effectively pub-
lished by Mazé and Schramm and that its proper application
is determined by the citation of the previously published diag-
nosis of Udotea sordida Mont. and not, as the Gepps hold, by the
citation of a numbered specimen. The Vienna Rules, as is well
known, avoided a definite and precise application by ignoring

the idea of nomenclatorial types and they certainly contain no
warrant for asserting that the first specimen cited by Mazé and
Schramm, which may or may not exist in any herbarium, “‘stands
good as type” of Avrainvillea sordida Crouan. Avrainvillea
sordida Crouan being really according to the Gepps’ showing, a
mix-up of five species, and the later Avrainvillea sordida Murray
& Boodle being a mix-up of three, the adoption of “ Avrainvillea
sordida Murray & Boodle p.p.” as the “‘oldest specific name to
which no doubt can be attached”’ strikes the reader as a trifle odd.

The adoption of the name Avrainvillea Mazei Murray & Boodle
for the species for which the reviewer and Mr. F. S. Collins have
of late used the name Avrainvillea longicaulis (Kiitz.) Murray &
Boodle p.p. hinges on the authors’ doubts as to the identification
of Kiitzing’s Rhipilia longicaulis. Kiitzing’s description and
figures of this plant seem at first sight not altogether easy to
harmonize with any one of the species recognized today. The
original specimen or specimens, collected in the West Indies,
apparently do not exist in the Kiitzing herbarium, now owned by
Madame Weber van Bosse, and the authors of the monograph
under review state that they have not seen them. Kiitzing in
publishing Rhipilia longicaulis cited ‘“‘Herb. Sonder.’”’ The
reviewer, a few years ago, learning that the Sonder herbarium
had become part of the National Herbarium of Victoria, Austra-
‘lia, wrote an inquiry to the acting curator of the latter herbarium
whe courteously replied that there was in the Sonder collection
a specimen from Antigua bearing the name Rhipila longicaulis
Kiitz. He furthermore kindly enclosed small fragments, suf-
ficient for a microscopic examination, from both flabellum and
stipe. A study of these fragments led to the adoption of the
name longicaulis for the species described by Murray and Boodle
as Avrainvillea Mazet. The authors of the new monograph,
relying upon Kiitzing’s figure of flabellum filaments, which from
the scale of magnification used appear to be much more slender
that those of A. Mazei, have expressed doubts as to the correct-
ness of the reviewer’s interpretation of Rhipilia longicaulis and
have suggested the disturbing possibility that the name /ongi-
caulis may have to be taken up for the species which they call

136

Avrainvillea sordida. The reviewer believes that a study of what
is presumably the original specimen would convince them that
no such unhappy step will be necessary and also that longicaulis
is the legal specific name for the plant that they are calling
Avrainvillea Mazei. The flabellum filaments of the Sonder
plant have a diameter of 28—55u, while those of A. levis (A.
sordida) have a diameter of 6-24u. Filaments with slender
rhizoidal endings of the size and nearly the form figured by Kiitz-
ing may be found in the stipe of the Sonder plant as well as
in the stipes of most of the plants that are referred to A. Maze.
The true explanation of the peculiar character of the filament
figured by Kiitzing is probably that although the filament may
have come from the “ Phyllom”’ as alleged, it came from so near
the stipe as to have the characters of the stipe filaments. Fur-
thermore, the natural-size figure given by Kiitzing, although the
bifid flabellum depicted is rare and abnormal, has decidedly the
habit of plants of the species called A. Maze by the authors of
the monograph and not the habit of plants of the species called A.
sordida.

Under the discussion of Penicillus one finds the unexpected
statement that the specimen in the British Museum issued as
no. 1482 of the Phycotheca Boreali-Americana under the name
Udotea conglutinata represents a diminutive and deceptive state
of Penicillus capitatus. Mr. F. S. Collins in ‘“‘The Green Algae
of North America”’ has recently referred this number to Udotea
cyathiformis and the present reviewer agrees with Mr. Coilins
in this determination. The specimen under this number in the
' New York Botanical Garden set of the Phycotheca is, like that —
in the British Museum, diminutive and possibly a ‘“‘starveling,”’
but the reviewer has seen and collected several intermediates
between this condition and the larger explanate states of Udotea
cyathiformis. The last-named species is often strikingly Penicil-
lus-like in its structural characters, being scarcely more than a
Penicillus with a cup-shaped or much flattened head, though
its filaments are more coherent than in any recognized species of
Pemecillus.

Bérgesen’s “ingenious”? but unsupported theory that Clado-

cephalus scoparius Howe is probably a condition of C. luteofuscus
(Crouan) Borg. ‘developed under peculiar, most probably un-
favourable external conditions of life’’ has been rejected by the
authors of the monograph as also by Mr. F. S. Collins, though
unfortunately it has been adopted by Wille in his recent Nach-
trage to the Engler & Prantl Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien. In
this connection it may be remarked that if any real evidence is
ever brought forward to show that Cladocephalus scoparius and
C. luteofuscus are forms of one species it may be contended with
some justice that the legal name for the species will be Clado-
cephalus scoparius, inasmuch as the Flabellaria luteofusca ot the
Mazé and Schramm list remained essentially a nomen nudum
until after the publication of C. scoparius.

An appendix to this admirable monograph contains Latin
descriptions of the new genera and species proposed in the body
of the work. Re-publication in this form has been considered
desirable in order to conform to the requirements of the Vienna
Rules, though it is pleasing to note that the authors have not
ventured to reject a certain recently proposed specific name
simply because it has never been accompanied by a Latin diag-
nosis.

Twenty-two handsome lithographed plates supplement in a
most helpful manner this notable contribution to phycological

literature.
MARSHALL A. Howe.

OF CINIERESE: 2O> TEACHERS
BIOLOGY FOR COLLEGE ENTRANCE

The new plan for admission to Harvard, which aims to
improve articulation with secondary schools, especially public
high schools, reduces the examinations to four, which must be
taken at one time. A satisfactory record in these examinations
will admit to Harvard College without conditions: (a) English,
(b) Latin, or for candidate for the degree of S.B., French or Ger-
man, (c) Mathematics, or Science (Physics or Chemistry), (d)

* Conducted by Miss Jean Broadhurst, Teachers College, Columbia University.

138

any subject (not already selected under (b) or (c) from the fol-
lowing list: Greek, German, History, Mathematics, Chemistry,
Physics. It will be noticed that botany (or zodlogy) is not
mentioned here. Why is a question that might bring various
answers, opening discussion and criticism of methods, adapta-
bility and advisability of subject matter, and the cost of labora-
tories and biological materials. Many prominent teachers will
also disagree as to the desirability of such intensive work in
either botany (or zoélogy) as a position on the favored list may
be supposed to indicate. Nevertheless there is no reason why
the ‘open door” should not be offered to the biological sciences,
be the applicants few or many.

In a discussion regarding the order of high school science
courses (School Science and Mathematics, February, 1911) W.
Whitney describes the science groups recommended by the
principals of the Chicago high schools and recently adopted by
the Board of Education of Chicago. It surely is, as the author
indicates, ‘‘the first time any sccondary school has systematically
offered such opportunities in science.’

“Tt must be understood that this science group is only one of
some eleven groups of courses from which pupils are to make their
selection by groups. The first year’s work is to include physiol-
ogy a half year and physiography a half year. In the second
and following years there are to be offered one and one half
years each of botany, zodlogy, physics, and chemistry and a year
of physiography. A half year of each of the first four is to be of
a practical or applied nature. The student on reaching the
second year may choose between the biological and the physical
sciences. If he chooses the biological, he will take three years’
work in these sciences and two years of the physical. If he
chooses the physical, he will take three or four years of the
physical and one or two years’ work in biological science. In
any event, he must have six years of science.

‘“‘All will agree with the claim that in any scientific course of
studies, if it be is to worthy of the name, there should be oppor-
tunity for a second year’s work in, at least, one physical and one

139

biological science. There is no good reason why opportunity
for advanced work should be given in business courses or in
language courses and denied in the science courses. Science plays
a large part in the affairs of man and should be given liberal
treatment in any scheme of education.”

An abstract of Dr. D. T. MacDougal’s address before the
Society of American Naturalists is given in Science, January 20,
1911. As an introduction the abstract lists the recent events
in the field of evolution; gives brief statements of the present
presentation of long-recognized evolutionary theories, such as
isolation, geographical distribution, natural selection, and in-
heritance of acquired characters; and recent work showing
organic responses, including the plant changes secured by Mac-
Dougal in treating the reproductive elements of seed plants with
various solutions, by Gager in using radium, and by Zederbauer
on Capsella by climatic changes. The different mutants of
Oenothera secured in Amsterdam and New York are explained
by the statement that ‘“‘Jatency and recessivity of any character
may be more or less influenced by the conditions attendant upon
the hybridization.”’ The abstract ends with a discussion of the
permanency of acquired characters. Not all “environic effects
induced in the laboratory or by transplantation are heritable,
although these may be carried over for two or three generations:
and no satisfactory basis has yet been found upon which it
might be predicted that any effect would be ephemeral or
permanent.”

Speaking of color photography in botanical work, Franics
Ramaley (Science, February 17) recommends that botanists
‘‘make use of the new color photography especially in studies of
ecology and plant breeding. Many features of vegetation are
brought out much more clearly than by ordinary photography.
Thus, a moor with scattered shrubs or a lake-margin surrounded
with belts of different plants can be well shown. In plant-
breeding experiments the appearance of the different hybrids

140

and extracted forms can be reproduced with much faithfulness.
Colored plates from books are easily reproduced upon lantern
slides. The exposure required is about 200 times that for an
extra rapid isochromatic plate. Hence no ‘snap shots’ can be
taken, but if the light is good there need be no difficulty in
securing good results. Development can be carried out in an
ordinary dark room. The solutions used are inexpensive and
easily prepared.”

The August (1910) issue of the. Popular Science Monthly
contains an article on the rédle of selection in plant breeding.
Another on the réle of hybridization follows it for October.
Deprecating the lack of discrimination in a public, with a “repu-
tation for always looking for the dollar sign,’”’ the writer wonders
that horticultural novelties of limited use and small importance
are received with loud acclaim, when new agricultural productions
of great economic value are almost unnoted. As an example of
the latter class a ten per cent. increase in yield in corn might
be given—an increase which would add $100,000,000 yearly to
the wealth of the nation.

The discussion of selection and hybridization. are well illus-
trated with photographs—chiefly corn and tobacco. The lack
of proper credit mentioned above is probably due to insufficient
knowledge concerning these two methods; ignorance which these
articles are well adapted to destroy, with regard to range in
variation, technique, the difficulties to be overcome, their relation
to the natural method of flower pollination, the evils of inbreed-
ing, and the interpretation of results in the newer phraseology
—such as Mendel’s law.

Cereal cropping and soil sterilization (Science, February 10)
are discussed by H. L. Bolley of the North Dakota Agricultural
College. He mentions (1) the large yields of high quality on
new soils, (2) the deterioration in amount and quality that soon
sets in, (3) that neither the exhaustion theory nor the toxin
theory can satisfactorily account for the failure of such virgin soils
to produce the earlier characteristic yields, (4) the improvement

141

in such soils due to soil sterilization, (5) the difference in conclu-
sions reached by the Rothamsted workers and by Mr. Bolley;
the injurious effect (after soil sterilization) upon the first growth
of the (wheat) seedlings is thought to be due to fungi, parasitic
upon the wheat itself rather than in the soils—fungi which with
soil fungi account for the deterioration of wheat and other cereal
crops, instead of protozoa affecting the ammonia-making bacteria
as claimed by the Rothamsted workers.

In a paper read before Section G at Minneapolis Mr. Bolley
describes several genera of imperfect fungi responsible for cereal
crop deterioration (Science, February 17). The fact that quack-
grass is a common host for most of these is thought to account
for the destructive influence attributed to that plant.

The January Plant World, which by the way is appearing in a
much more attractive cover, contains an article by Professor
F. E. Lloyd on the behavior of tannin in persimmons. Recently
several scientific papers have printed short articles on tannin,
or have referred to problems connected with the presence of
tannin in plant tissues. Professor Lloyd does not consider this
paper his final word on the subject; nevertheless among his
conclusions are: (1) the colloid character of tannin, (2) the cause
of its insolubility (intimate and complete association with a
second carrier, also a colloid), and (3) the absence of intercellular
tannin in normal tissue.

Under ‘‘Some Useful Plants of Mexico’’ Dean Rusby describes
(Journal of New York Botanical Garden, January, 1911) a large
number of interesting plants of economic value in Mexico.

The Hawaii Agricultural Experiment Station calls attention
to the perennial character and the vegetative propagation of the
cotton plants grown there—older plants yielding sometimes a
hundred cuttings each. The continuous growing season makes
it possible to regulate the harvest time by judicious pruning—
a great commercial gain.

142

Under “‘Soil Productivity” (Science, February 10) T. C. Cham-
berlin discusses (1) the early origin of soils and of soil vegetation;
(2) the sources, wasting, and mixing of soils, the direct relation
between film-water and productivity; (3) the great relative con-
tact of soil air and the special advantage of its action; (4) the
minute forms of plant and animal life which themselves more or
less parasitic or predatory on each other modify the inorganic
activities, and the fact that the “ productivity of soils is measured
more by the efficiency of its complex of activities than by any
mere measure of its inorganic constituents’; (5) the importance
of the capillary cycle in maintaining the supply of potash and
phosphorus in the soils, and the selective action of certain soils
in concentrating potash and phosphorus surfaceward; (6) that
the capillary cycle and the plant cycle contribute to a potash
and phosphorus cycle, and that “it is not, in the main, the
material substance of the soil that is needed for food, but the
energy locked up in grains, fruits, etc.,’’ and therefore that the
return of plants or their products to the soil is a most effective
‘mode of maintaining soil productivity; (7) and that, despite
alarming reports to the contrary, the lands most densely in-
habited and intensely cultivated—at home and abroad—do, unit
for unit, show an increase in productivity.

In answer to this Professor Cyril G. Hopkins has written a
lengthy answer (Science, March 17) quoting the experiments
at the Illinois State College and Rothamsted. At the latter
place in a four-year rotation, including always a legume crop,
“the yield of turnips decreased from 10 tons in 1848 to léss than
I ton per acre as an average for the last 20 years; that the barley
decreased from 46 bushels in 1849 to 14 bushels as an average
for the last 20 years; that the clover has decreased from 2.8
tons per acre in 1850 to less than one half-ton average since 1890;
and that the wheat produced 30 bushels in 1851, and 33 bushels
average during the next 12 years, but only 24 bushels since 1890,
and 20 bushels per acre since 1900.

‘‘As an average of the last twenty years the value of the four
crops on the unfertilized land at Rothamsted is $33.83 (from four
acres), but where the same crops were grown on adjoining land

f 43

to which mineral plant food had been applied the average value
is $76.83, the increase being 140 per cent. above the cost of the
minerals.”’

Professor Hopkins therefore questions encouraging the Whitney
“‘doctrine’”’ that it is never necessary at any time to introduce
fertilizing material into any soil for the purpose of increasing
the amount of plant food in that soil.

NEWS ITEMS

At the University of Chicago the following promotions have
been made in the department of botany: C. J. Chamberlin from
assistant to associate professor; H. C. Cowles from assistant to
associate professor; W. J. G. Land from instructor to assistant
professor; and William Crocker from instructor to assistant
professor.

Mr. E. L. Morris, curator of natural sciences at the Brooklyn
Institute Museum, has been appointed acting curator-in-chief to
hill the vacancy occasioned by Dr. F. A. Lucas’s resignation. Dr.
Lucas has been appointed director of the American Museum of
Natural History, New York.

The University of Michigan’s announcement for the summer
session of its Biological Station includes several courses in botany
under Dr. H. A. Gleason. The Station will be located in a tract
stretching from Douglas to Burt Lakes, Cheboygan Co., Michi-
gan. The session will extend from July 3 to August 25.

Mr. Carl Sherman Hoar has been appointed as an assistant in
botany at Harvard University, and the following have been ap-
pointed Austin teaching fellows for 1911-1912: R. H. Colley,
A. J. Eames, and E. W. Sinnott.

We learn from Science (June 9) that a party from the University
of Nebraska will spend the time from June 15 to September 15
in making an ecological survey of the central and western parts
of the state. Recording instruments will be set up at intervals
and a particular study of the ecology of the sandhills will be
undertaken. The party includes R. H. Wolcott, F. H. Shoemaker,
R. J. Pool, and C. V. Williams.

144

Cyrus Guernsy Pringle, for many years a collector for the
American Museum and Harvard University, died May 15 at
Burlington, Vt. Professor Pringle, who was seventy-three years
old, made very extensive collections in Mexico and in parts of New
England. In 1906 he received an honorary degree of Doctor of
Science from the University of Vermont at which institution
he was curator of the herbarium.

According to the Evening Post (June 10) Professor D. W. John-
son, of Harvard, will undertake a survey of the Atlantic coast. .
Special efforts will be made to determine the recently much-
discussed question of coastal subsidence. Work will be carried
on from Newfoundland to Florida.

From the same source we learn that Professor C. S. Sargent
has been elected an honorary member of the Société Nationale
d’Acclimation de France and of the Royal Irish Academy.

Professor R. A. Harper, of the University of Wisconsin, visited
the Brooklyn Botanic Garden on June 4.

Alfred S. Goodale (Amherst, ’98) has been appointed professor
of botany at Amherst College.

On Saturday afternoon, May 13, the grounds of the Brooklyn
Botanic Garden were opened to the public for the first time. Of
the ten sections that will ultimately comprise the Garden’s
out-door collections, three are already established, at least in
part. They consist of a Morphological Section, illustrating the
forms and structures of plants; an Economic Section, including
our common vegetables, medicinal plants, condiments, and
fibers: and a Local Flora Section. The latter is an attempt to
grow as many of our native wild plants as it is possible to get
established under cultivation, and includes an artificial bog for
the growing of plants requiring such an environment.

The Torrey Botanical Club

Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six
sratuitous copies of the number of TorreyAin which their papers
appear, will kindly notify the editor when submitting manuscript.

Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned
to the editor, from The New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen
Street, Lancaster, Pa., who have furnished the following rates :

' 2pp App 8pp 12pp 16pp 20pp
25 copies $.75 $1.05 $1.30 $1.80 $2.20 $2.50
50 copies -90 1.20 1.70 2.20 2.50 2.85
100 copies 1.15 1.55 1.95 2.55 2.90 3.20

200 copies 1.70 2.35 2.90 3.75 4.35 4.70
Covers: 25 for 75 cents, additional covers 1 cent each.
Plates for reprints, 40 cents each per 100.

‘The following Committees have been appointed for 1911

Finance Committee Field Committee
eae Kane, Chairman E. B. Sournwick, Chairman
H. M. RicHarps Wma. MANSFIELD
: N. TAYLor
Budget Committee Program Committee
H. H. Russy, Chairman Mrs. E. G. Britton, Chairman
J. H. Barnuart Miss JEAN BROADHURST
N. L. Brirron Tracy E. Hazen
E. S. BuRGESS F, J, SEAVER
8B. O. DopGE

~PuHitip DOWELL
Local Flora Committee

N. L. Brirron, Chairman.

-Phanerogams: ; Cryptogams:

E. P. BickNELL Mrs. E. G. Britron
INGA BRI ONS sh: Puitip DowELi

E. S. BurGEss Tracy E. HAzeEn
C.€, Curtis ge 7M HOWE,

K, K. MacKenzie W. A. Morrity

E. .L.. Morris

Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences,
WILLIAM MANSFIELD

OTHER PUBLICATIONS

OF. THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

(1) BULLETIN

A monthly journal devoted. to general botany, established
1870. Vol. 37 published in 1910, contained 630 pages of text
and 36 full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum. For Europe;
14 shillings. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, are, —
agents for England. ares an

Of former volumes, only 24~37 can be supplied entire ; cer-
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock :
‘of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets.
Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published pice of two dollars
each; Vols. 28—37 three dollars each.

Sikale copies (30 cents) will be furnished only when not
breaking complete volumes.

(2) MEMOIRS

The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregular
intervals. Volumes 1-13 are now completed ; Nos. 1 and 2 of —
“Vol. 14 have been issued. The subscription price ts fixed at
$3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers can also be pur-
chased singly. A list of titles of the individual papers and of -
prices will be furnished on application.

(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri-
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New
York, 1888. Price, $1.00. | m1

Correspondence te )deing to the above pdbicauens should’ be
addressed to , :
_ MR. BERNARD 0, DODGE

Columbia University

New York City

Vol. 11 july, 1911 No. 7

TORREYA

A Monruty Journat or BoranicaL Notes anp News
EDITED FOR

| THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

BY

NORMAN TAYLOR

JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873

CONTENTS
Herbarium Suggestions: EDWARD L. MORRIS. .......cecccecescecesccesceceeceeeseeeeues Fesiad LAS
A Rare and Little-known Publication : ARTHUR HOLLICK... .0.......00..c.cc0ee ceeeeees 150
Shorter Notes : Opuntia Tracyi sp. nov.: N. L. BRITTON........0.50.0 ccc ceeceeeee eens 152
Field Meetings for July and August...............-..:.-:0105 seeeeeee Ve SAL SGN hanes 152
Proteedinas Ofte. Clib 8 ccs fates he weet des eh teeeeeeteeaeer-ns Seine eee pe 153

Reviews: Hunter’s Essentials of Biology and-Sharpe’s Labovatery Manual in

pte Biology si JEAN BROADHURSI ceowsieae « eccae tec ody actos cap ube oe accuse 155
Of Interest ‘to Teachers. ..........,....... Sane se Peete Hee ke Sead aay wai abeed 5 Mody ae Ke 156
PINGS ALIS Or a rehire Ta Ge aot aed Saas eae cera oak ca thie Eat ee ts aCe ae ad ode cre oue 163

PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB

Avr 41 NortH Quzen StReET, LANCASTER, Pa.
By Tue New Era Printing Company

{Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter. |

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

-OFFICERS FOR 1o11

President
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D.

Vice-Presidents —
EDWARD S. BURGESS, Pu.D. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A'M., M.D

Secretary and Treasurer -

BERNARD 0. DODGE, Ph.B.
’ ‘Columbia University, New York City

Lditor
PHILIP DOWELL, PH.D

Associate Editors
JOHN H. BARNHART, A.M., M.D. TRACY ELLIOT HAZEN, PxH.D.

JEAN BROADHURST, A.M. - =). MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D.
ERNEST D. CLARK, Pu. D. HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D.

ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D. NORMAN TAYLOR

ToRREYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only
for full volumes,’ beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be
- furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent
‘to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB, 41 North Queen St., Lan-
caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City. _ 4

Matter for publication should be addressed to

NORMAN TAYLOR
Central Museum, _

Eastern Parkway, Brook'yn, N. Y.

JU & 2 1991

EO KR, Y-A.

July, 1911
Vol. 11 No. 7

HERBARIUM SUGGESTIONS

By Epwarp L. Morris

This article is presented not with the idea of establishing any-
thing specially new to those interested in herbarium work and
equipment, but with the hope that the solutions suggested will
answer some of the problems which many of us have run across
from time to time.

Nearly everyone who has consulted American herbaria has
noticed the enormous pigeon hole boards, indicating the contents
of the herbarium, usually arranged by families. These large
boards, if made of the size of the pigeon hole and hanging from
the top of a full package, are awkward, unsightly, and have the
disadvantage of being heavy, if made strong enough to stand
wear and tear. We have also witnessed the other extreme, in
some herbaria, by finding nothing whatever to indicate the
contents of this or that tier of spaces in the cases; or, if such indi-
cation were fastened on the outside of the case, experience has
often taught us that the location of such signs has not kept
progress with the growth and redistribution of the covers in
the series of pigeon holes.

Figure I indicates a very mild form of overhanging tags to show
the location and sequence of plant families. The main difficulty
is the readiness with which these tags are torn off, if fastened, or
drop out, if merely slipped into the first genus cover. Uni-
formity is highly desirable, and when a system of family boards
is once installed, the space alloted to such installation will remain

constant.

Figure 2 is submitted with the suggestion that each family
board takes little space, is of light weight and, in the use of the

{No. 6, Vol. II, of Torreya, composing pp. 125-144 was issued 19 June ro1t.]

145

146

storage case, is sufficiently readable to meet any demand. The
entire series of class, order, and family names has been printed on

Soe

Fie. t. Old style of Order and Family tabs.
Courtesy of Central Museum of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences.

large sheets, so spaced that with the ordinary form of “compo
board”’ the printing occupies the proper space on the edge of a
16144X11% inch sheet of compo board. Experience with us

“147

has shown that only the utmost carelessness on the part of a
visiting student will result in the displacing of one of these boards
from its proper location at the beginning of a family.

Fic. 2. Uniform Order and Family Boards.
Courtesy of Central Museum of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences.

Under the old system of large hanging signs, if several families
consisting of only a few species, appear in the same pigeon hole
their names must be presented in series on one end board, or

148

on a sufficient number of tags to require their being placed in
alternating positions. The compo board sheets, as suggested in

3672. LUPINUS

[Tournefort ex L., Syst. ed. 1 (1735).]
Linnaeus, Sp. Pl. ed. 1 (1753). 721.

Catalog card, reduced from the regular 75125 mm. size.

3672. LUPINUS

[Tournefort ex L., Syst. ed. 1 (1735).]
Linnaeus, Sp. Pl. ed. 1 (1753). ae

Fic. 3. Genus cover slip, reduced from 75 X125 mm.
Courtesy of Central Museum of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences.

Figure 2, will give all the family names in one vertical arrange-
ment.

oe

149

Genus covers are often entered in so many handwritings that
their records are confusing, or at least trying. Uniform cards,
arranged alphabetically ina catalog, give ready reference by the
sequence number to the sequence itself in the proper family,
that number and genus name being readily seen and recognized
if the genus label is placed at the lower left hand corner.

Figure 3 is presented with sample reprints of a legible and
durable catalog card and its genus cover slip duplicate. The
mere matter of the card being printed at the top, and the slip
being printed at the bottom, for more ready reference in their
respective places, is but a matter of slight ingenuity on the part
of any capable printer in adjusting two sets of guides on his
platen so that both sets may be printed without removing the
locked form from the press. The difference in thickness of
card and slip is, of course, obviated by the proper make-ready
on the platen. It often happens that herbaria, even those of a
private nature, specialize in some local range or limitation. The
ordinary buff genus cover does not require any discussion. Local
species may be well distinguished from those of more general
range by placing them in a genus cover of different color which
may be placed immediately above the regulation buff one.
“Red rope paper”’ is suggested as durable and suitable for such
local indication and will wear as well as the ordinary buff tag
board.

The writer will be very glad, through the generosity of the
Central Museum of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences,
to furnish sample copies of the family lists, and representative
genus cards and slips to those who have the intention of incor-
porating such a system for the more convenient use of their
herbaria.

CENTRAL MUSEUM OF THE BROOKLYN INSTITUTE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES,
BROOKLYN, N. Y.

150

ACRARE eA DFE SIONOW IN (PUBLICATION

By ArTHUR HOLLICK

About sixty years ago a monthly publication was issued under
the title ‘‘The People’s Medical Journal and Home Doctor,”
edited by Frederick Hollick, M.D., and published by T. W.
Strong, 98 Nassau St., New York.

Volume I, Nos. 1-12, includes the period from July, 1853, to
June, 1854. Volume II, Nos. 1-6, from July to December, 1854,
when it terminated. A complete series is in my possession, and
I have never seen, elsewhere, even a single copy of any one of
the numbers.

The contents cover rather a wide range of subjects; many
statements of fact are curiously at variance with our present
knowledge, and much of the diction appears quaint and at times
crude, according to our modern ideas of style and expression.
Doubtless, however, it was classed as a reliable popular scientific
journal at the time of its publication, and it probably reflected,
more or less accurately, the popular ideas and scientific concep-
tions then prevalent on the subjects treated.

Among these subjects are many relating to botany. One series
of articles is included under the title ‘‘Medical Botany of the
United States,” illustrated by a number of woodcuts of medicinal
plants, with the scientific and popular names under which they
were then known. The species figured are Hepatica Hepatica,
Hydrastis canadensis, Ranunculus acris, Coptis trifolia, Cimiei-
fuga racemosa, Magnolia virginiana, Berberis vulgaris, Caulo-
phyllum thalictroides, Podophyllum peltatum, Papaver somni-
ferum, Sanguinaria canadensis and Eupatorium perfoliatum.
Their recognized and traditional properties and uses are de-
scribed, and some of the remarks are interesting, when read in
the light of what we have learned during the last half century.
In connection with Berberis, for example, is the statement that
‘‘many people suppose that the pollen, or dust of the flowers,
will cause rust in wheat, but the most careful experiments have
proved this notion to be entirely without foundation.” The

alleged use by the Indians of so many different plants is com-
mented upon as follows: “‘We would here ask how it is that the
Indians were supposed to have so much experimental knowledge
of medicinal plants... if they really found out all that is
attributed to them they must have been tolerably well afflicted
and for a long time. The fact is these ‘Indian Remedies”’ are,
for the most part, gross humbugs, and were never known until
the white men compounded them.”

Other series of articles are entitled ‘‘The Natural History of
Perfumes and Flowers,’ and ‘Chapters on the Physiology of
the Origin of Life.” From the latter we learn that “‘the vegetable
kingdom is divided by the philosophical botanist into two great
classes, the cellulares and the vasculares; the former containing
the lowest, and therefore the least complicated forms . . . some
orders of algae, the Desmidae and Diatomaceae, for example, are
equally claimed by the botanist and the zoologist, so uncertain
is it to which department of science they truly belong.”

In describing the systematic position of plants both the natural
and the Linnaean systems of classification are used, as for ex-
ample: ‘““AnisuM. Pimpinella anisum. Anise. Belongs to the
natural family Umbelliferae and to the Linnaean class and order
Pentandria Digynia.”’

‘““ANTHEMIS. Anthemis nobilis. Chamomile. Belongs to the
natural family Compositae and to the Linnaean class and order
Syngenesia Superflua.”

There are also directions for growing ‘‘simples’’ and how to
prepare various lotions, emulsions, salves, tinctures, etc., from
them.

In his farewell editorial the editor says that “‘he finds it utterly
impossible, once a month, to prepare the matter for a No. of
the Journal . . . he cannot bestow that attention upon his task
which it requires, and assistance of the right kind cannot be
procured . . . in addition to the above reason, we also find that
a monthly issue is liable to many irregularities . . . our sub-
scribers mostly receive their Nos. by post, or rather should do so
. . . but a large portion of them never reach their destination
and have to be sent again, sometimes two or three times over.

152

The trouble and loss which is thus experienced is incalculable,
and only becomes greater as our subscribers increase.’’ From
which we infer that the scientific and business trials and tribula-
tions of an editor were similar then to those of today.

NEw YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN

SHORTER NOTES

Opuntia Tracyi sp. nov.—Low, diffusely much branched, pale
green, about 2 dm. high or less. Older joints oblong to linear-
oblong, flat, 6-8 cm. long, 1.5-2.5 cm. wide, about I cm. thick;
young joints scarcely flattened or terete, I cm. thick; areoles
elevated, 5-10 mm. apart; spines I—4, acicular, light gray with
darker tips, 3.5 cm. long or less; glochides numerous, brownish;
corolla pure yellow, 4 cm. broad; ovary 1.5 cm. long, bearing a
few triangular acute scales similar to. the outermost sepals, which
are 2 mm. long; sepals triangular-ovate, 5-15 mm. long, the
outer green, the inner yellowish with a. green blotch; petals
obovate, apiculate, 2—2.5 cm. long; filaments light yellow, 1 cm.
long, anthers white.

In sandy soil near the coast, Biloxi, Mississippi,| SV irae:
May, 1911; flowered at New York Botanical Garden May 12-13,
I9QII (33786, type). The plant was collected some years ago by
Mr. C. L. Pollard near the same locality (7739) and distributed
as O. Pes-corvi LeConte, which differs in having larger flowers,
longer and wider joints and stouter, dark brown spines.

N. L. Britron.

SAMIDE SINUS THOR IIL ANID) AUGUST

_ The field committee announce the following field meetings
from July 22—-August 26 inclusive. The work of the com-
mittee would be greatly facilitated if those able and willing to
act as guides would send their names to the chairman. Kindly
state the days you could serve, whether whole- or half-day trips,
and the localities with which you are familiar.
July 22. Wakefield, N. Y. Meet at Grand Central Station,
1:15 P.M. Meetguide, Mr. R.S. Williams, at Wakefield Station.

15¢

July 29. Springfield, L.I. Meet at Long Island Ferry, 34th
St, 9 A. M. Guide, Mr. F. J. Seaver.

August 5. Mosholu, N. Y. City. Meet at 155th Station
Elevated R. R., 1 P. M. Guide, Dr. William Mansfield.

August 12. New Baltimore and Coxsackie, N. Y. Meet at
New Baltimore Hotel, 9 A. M., August 12. Fare, $5.00. Hotel
rates, $2.00 per day. Guide, Dr. E. B. Southwick.

August 19. Pelham Bay Beach. Meet at Bartow Station,
Pelham Bay Park, 1 P. M. Guide, Dr. M. A. Howe.

August 26. Moonachie, N. J. Meet at Rutherford Trolley,
Hoboken, 1 P. M. Guide, Mr. G. V. Nash.

E. B. SouTHWICK, Chairman.
THE ARSENAL, CENTRAL PARK,
Ig Mo (Cranks

PROCEEDINGS, OF tHE Crus

AP Rien Teen Ouy

The meeting of April 11, 1911, was held at the American
Museum of Natural History at 8:15 P.M. Dr. E. B. Southwick
presided. Thirty-two persons were present.

The regular order of business was dispensed with and the
- announced lecture of the evening on ‘‘ Poisonous Mushrooms,”
by Dr. W. A. Murrill, was then presented. The lecture was
illustrated with many lantern slides. An abstract of the lecture
prepared by the speaker follows. A more complete discussion
of the subject by Dr. Murrill may be found in the November
number of Myco.octa for 1910.

‘“‘Considering its importance, it is remarkable how little is
really known about this subject, most of the literature centering
about two species, Amanita muscaria and Amanita phalloides,
which have been the chief causes of death from mushroom eating
the world over.

“As the use of mushrooms in this country for food becomes
more general, the practical importance of this subject will be
vastly increased, and it may be possible to discover perfect anti-
dotes or methods of treatment which will largely overcome the

154

effects of deadly species. This would be a great boon even at the
present time, and there will always be children and ignorant per-
sons to rescue from the results of their mistakes. Another very
interesting field, both theoretical and practical in its scope, is the
use of these poisons in minute quantities as medicines, as has
been done with so many of the substances extracted from poison-
ous species of flowering plants, and even from the rattlesnakes
and other animals. Thus far, only one of them, the alkaloid
muscarine, has been so used.

“The poisons found in flowering plants belong chiefly to two
classes of substances, known as alkaloids and glucosides. The
former are rather stable and well known bases, such as aconitine
from aconite, atropine from belladonna, nicotine from tobacco,
and morphine from the poppy plant. Glucosides, on the other
hand, are sugar derivatives of complex, unstable, and often un-
known composition, such as the active poisons in digitalis, helle-
bore, wistaria, and several other plants.

“The more important poisons of mushrooms also belong to
two similar classes, one represented by the alkaloid muscarine,
so evident in Amanita muscaria, and the other by the deadly
principle in Amanita phalloides, which is known mainly through
its effects. Besides these, there are various minor poisons,
usually manifesting themselves to the taste or smell, that cause
local irritation and more or less derangement of the system,
depending upon the health and peculiarities of the individual.

“The principal species of poisonous fungi were illustrated by
colored lantern slides, the series containing Amanita cothurnata
Atk., Amanita muscaria L., Amanita phalloides Fries, Amanita
strobiliformis Vittad., Clitocybe tlludens Schw., Inocybe infide Peck,
Panus stypticus Fries, Russula emetica Fries, and several other
poisonous species of interest.”’

Meeting adjourned. B. O. DonceE, Secretary.

APRIL 26, IQII
The meeting of April 26, 1911, was held in the museum building
of the New York Botanical Garden at 3:30 P.M. Vice-president
Barnhart presided. Twelve persons were present.

The minutes of the meetings of March 29 and April I1 were
read and approved.

The first number on the announced scientific program was a
paper on “Fern Collecting in Cuba,” by Mrs. N. L. Britton.
This paper is published in full in the American Fern Journal,
Wolke: p. 75.

The next number was a discussion of ‘‘Fern Venation,’’ by
Miss Margaret Slossen. A more complete discussion of the subject
by Miss Slossen may be found in her book ‘‘How Ferns Grow.”

The meeting then adjourned to the Fern House of the New
York Botanical Garden under the guidance of Mrs. N. L. Britton

for a further study of ferns.
B. O. DopncE, Secretary.

REVIEWS

Hunter’s Essentials of Biology and Sharpe’s Laboratory Manual in Biology

Essentials of Biology* is the title of a new and fuller book
by George William Hunter, designed also apparently to fit the
New York City syllabus. It is accompanied by Richard W. ~
Sharpe’s Laboratory Manual in Biology.7

Hunter’s volume is a great improvement over his earlier book
in content, illustration, and correlation of the three subjects,
botany, zodlogy and physiology. The problem idea which runs
throughout is a good one, but all the subject matter does not
lead itselfreadily to this arrangement (e. g., the patent medicine
discussion). Fertilization is not really explained by the text
(p. 36) and alternation of generations as treated under mosses
can mean nothing until after the following chapter on ferns has
been completed. There are also a few misleading statements,
such as the storing of proteids for future use (p. 345), the implied
“osmosis of starch”’ (p. 106, p. 356) and that plants absorb only
useful substances (p. 32). These graded reference lists are helpful,
and the varied illustrations add much to the value of the book.

* Hunter, George William. Essentials of Biology Presented in Problems. Pp.
448. American Book Company. IgITI.

7 Sharpe, Richard W. A Laboratory Manual for the Solution of Problems in
Biology. Pp. 352. American Book Company. 1911.

156

The manual is most attractively spaced; and unusually well-
illustrated for a laboratory manual. The questions and special
reports are varied and interesting. Some of the questions (e. g.,
on nutrition) seem too difficult; as do one or two of the graphic
charts; and ray flowers and petals are confused (p. 31). Some
good tables, directions, etc., are included; the clay-pipe charcoal
experiment is one of several neat devices.

These books ought to do much to secure sufficient uniformity
of treatment of the “‘syllabus”’ to enable New York City teachers
to estimate its real value. They must also prove a great help
to many of the present uncertain interpreters of it and of “‘na-
ture’’ and should lead to great improvement in the content and
presentation of first-year biology.

JEAN BROADHURST.

OF INTERPSiy ao; TEACHERS:

Professor E. L. Thorndike discusses methods of testing the
results of the teaching of science (School Science and Mathematics,
April). It contains much that is helpful to biology teachers in
estimating the results obtained, but only the definite suggestions
are quoted here.

‘The topic which I am to discuss is one of enormous com-
plexity. The changes in human beings which result from the
teaching of science in schools are real, are measurable, and will
some day be defined in units of amount as we now define changes
in the rate of a moving body or in the density of a gas. But
they include thousands of different elements; they vary with
every individual; some of them can be demonstrated only long
after school is completed; and at present units and scales in
which to state changes in knowledge, power, interests, habits
and ideals are mostly matters of faith. An adequate measure-
ment of the changes wrought in one class by one course in physics
would be a task comparable to a geological survey of a state or an
analysis of all the materials in this building.”

* Conducted by Miss Jean Broadhurst, Teachers College, Columbia University’
N. Y. City.

ty

ore

157

Professor Thorndike’s suggestions fall “into two divisions ac-
cording as one searches for means of measuring the specific
information, skill, interests, and habits added by courses in
science, or the more general changes in total mental make-up—
in, for instance, open-mindedness, accuracy, zest for verification
and the like.

“The specific changes are, of course, the easier to measure.
Indeed, my first suggestion is that we make scientific use of the
measurements that we already make. For example, the regular
school examinations are, or should be, careful scientific measures
of important changes inour pupils. If we would test our classes
with the examinations set by other teachers, have the pupils’
work graded by other teachers, and print questions, work and
grades, we should be making a start toward a real measurement
of educational achievement. If examinations are worth giving
at all, they are worth giving, at least occasionally, in such a way
as to measure not only how well a pupil has satisfied some par-
ticular person, but also what he really is or knows or can do in
certain special fields.

““We need thousands of significant questions, in each science,
thousands of ‘originals’ in physics, chemistry and biology like
the originals of geometry; and above all we need to have thou-
sands of classes tested by outside examiners; for if an examina-
tion, instead of being a hasty, subjective selection of questions,
graded still more personally (and alas, how hastily), were made
a serious educational measurement, the examination papers of a
year would alone give us a large start toward knowledge of
what science teaching actually does. |

“Knowledge may, however, be measured more conveniently
than by the examination of notebooks, essays, or replies to
questions of the ordinary sort. These have the merit of adequacy
and richness, but the defects of measuring too many things at
once and too indefinitely. Greater uniformity in the use of the
test, quickness in scoring it, and freedom from ambiguity in the
numerical value assigned can be secured by the exercise of
enough ingenuity. I will mention two tests as samples of the
many that are possible. The first is an adaptation of a test,

158

devised by Ebbinghaus to measure mental efficiency in general,
in filling in words omitted from a passage. From even the
hastily devised sample presented here it will be seen that this
form of test is scored with reasonable ease. The speed of an
individual in selecting words to fill the gaps and the appropriate-
ness of his selections together measure his knowledge. The
former is scored with no effort at all and the latter with far less
effort than is required to evaluate answers to questions, essays
or experimental work. The paragraphs and omissions therefrom
should be arranged with care and improved after trial, but it
may be of interest to some of you to compare the ratings obtained
in six or eight tests of five minutes each like the following:

‘““A body changing its position in space moves in a certain
TEER Ea ee Oa Atiancentantis ils oA Lh ee ee
DEIN Mies elle ARE AC ARE called acceleration. To change either the

ts Bane OPAC ED Tee SR OREUMOL Dein te silat ad. Joes) LO NP aaame@naines
mela cas Mea Neca .......-requires...... Suppose a pound of lead to
be held at rest 500 feet above the surface of the ocean by a string
“Olne cuts Waelooaky willl, es eseccceees coos. toward the and ete.

‘The second is a very simple development of so-called associa-
tion tests which I have used with good success in regular examina-
tions in psychology for a number of years. It needs no explana-
tion other than a sample. |

‘Write after each of these words some fact which it suggests

to you.
acceleration gravity current lever
density expansion elastic inclined ”’

“This test may be modified by selecting given words‘ much less
easily provocative of thoughts about facts of science, and being
mixed, if necessary, with words that would call up facts of science
only in a person absorbed by scientific interests.’ Of course if
‘such association tests are to be used to measure interest, they
should not be used previously in the form calling definitely for
facts about science.’ These tests of interest may be used to
measure both special interest in particular sciences and general
interests, as in fact rather than fiction, knowledge rather than
opinion, or verification rather than dispute.

“‘Of course means of measuring the general changes wrought
by the study of science I will mention only two. The first con-
cerns the power to utilize experience well in thought.

‘‘What is needed for this purpose is a series of problems or
tasks, relative success with which depends as much as possible
upon having power to use experience and as little as possible
upon having had certain particular experiences. For example,
relative success with the problem, ‘‘ Which is heavier, a pint of
cream or a pint of milk?’ is determined largely by ability to
select in thought the essential fact that cream rises and to infer
its obvious consequence. The data themselves are possessed
adequately by all, or nearly all, pupils alike.

“To get such problems we wrote some time ago to one hundred
teachers of science, half in universities and colleges, and half in
secondary schools. I quote some of them:

“Rain drops are coming straight down. Will a car standing
still or one moving rapidly receive in one minute the greater
number of drops on its roof and sides?

“‘Since it is possible, for a person to float in water why is it
possible for him to sink?

‘““A cylinder and a cone equal in base and in altitude rest on a
plane surface. Which is harder to tip over?

““A magnet attracts two iron nails. If the magnet is removed
will the nails attract each other?

“Does an iron ball weigh more when it is hot than when it is
cold?

“Tf a bottle of gas which is lighter than air be placed with its
open mouth upward, will the gas escape from the bottle or will
the heavier air press the gas back into the bottle?

“Will a ship that will just barely float in the ocean, float on
Lake Erie?

“Will a pound of popcorn gain or lose weight or stay the same
after it has been popped?

“The second means of measuring changes in general power to
‘think is an adaptation of one devised by Professor R. S. Wood-
worth, in which the pupil picks out from such a series as that
below, the statements that are logically absurd, not possibly

160

true. It will be seen that statements could be chosen which
would test the power of analysis and of thinking things together
in any field of science from the most specialized to the most
universal. Following is an example of this form of test.

“Put a mark in the margin opposite each of the following
sentences which is absurd:

“Though armed only with his little dagger, he brought down
his assailant with a single shot.

“Silently the assembly listened to the orator addressing them.

“While walking backwards he struck his forehead ee a
wall and was insensible.

““T saw his boat cleaving the water like a swan.

“With his sword he pierced his adversary, who fell dead.

“The storm which began yesterday morning has continued
without intermission for three days.

_ “That day we saw several ice-bergs which had been entirely
melted by the warmth of the Gulf Stream.

“Our horse grew so tired that finally we were compelled to
walk up all the hills.

‘Many a sailor has returned from a long voyage to find his
home deserted and his wife a widow.

‘The two towns were separated only by a narrow stream
which was frozen over all winter.

“The great advantage of these means of measuring intellectual
ability lies in their rapidity and objectivity. If well devised,
only two answers are possible, the pupil is measured easily,
rapidly, and independently of subjective factors, and his condition
is defined in terms of a simple numerical value.

“There is no time for me to discuss methods of making,
recording and utilizing these or the hundreds of other equally
worthy measurements of educational achievement, that is, of
changes produced or prevented in human nature. Nor is this a
proper occasion to outline the precautions that are required by
the complexity and variability of facts of intellect and character
and the absence of well-defined scales with equal units and known °
zero points, in which to measure facts of intellect and character.
For our present purpose it is enough to know that, in spite of

161

difficulties, the measurements can be made, and that a man of
science can, if he will, be as scientific in thinking about human
beings and their control by education, as in thinking about any
fact of nature.”

THE BEST METHODS OF TEACHING BOTANY
TO, SCHOOL STUDENTS*

It would seem that the title of the present address should read
The Method of Teaching Botany, since I should argue that there
is only one method deserving mention, namely the experimental.
Perhaps I should say that I do not underestimate the value of
purely observational processes; but unless these lead up to some
sort of experimental trial or test it would seem that such method
is inadequate in scientific education. Students of agriculture
are concerned chiefly with the behavior of plants rather than
with the form of plants. One can scarcely imagine circumstances
under which a farmer would find it necessary to describe in
technical language the form of a leaf or the structure of a flower.
The important thing for him is to know what the functions of
the various parts are and how they behave. If he knows this,
he may then go further if he will. The inference from this is
that our education should aim at cultivating the habit of mind
which looks for the exact behavior of plants and is able to sift out
the causes of variation in behavior. In the brief time at my
disposal, I can do no more than to point out some fundamental
ideas underlying the successful application of the method of
experimentation.

In the first place, the proper attitude of mind in the teacher is
most essential. He must have constantly before his mind the
fact that plants are living organisms. To be sure they do not
move as do animals and we therefore are sometimes slow to
regard them as being as much alive as animals are; and one of
the practical difficulties in education is to get our pupils to realize
this. If plants are living, then the idea of change constitutes

* From an article by Professor F. E. Lloyd in a report on Agricultural and
Industrial Education, Department of Agriculture, Montgomery, Alabama.

162

the key-note of our thought about them. It is the purpose of
experiment to determine how these changes are related to changes
in the environment, how the organism adapts itself into the
circumstances surrounding it. A science which has to do with
such phenomena should be vividly alive itself; its methods should
be plastic and should not be hampered by custom or habit.
The essential point is to get at the truth, and the way to get at
the truth is to observe carefully what goes on in nature, realizing
all the time that organic nature is nothing but a complex experi-
ment, or to observe by means of special experiment, consciously
undertaken. .. .

Teachers are very frequently overawed by what they assume
to be the difficulty of conducting experiments. They very easily
give way to fear that it involves too much apparatus and it is
assumed too frequently that experimentation involves large
expenditures of money for apparatus. Aside, however, from
exceedingly abstruse work, a vast amount of good experimenta-
tion can be done with very little apparatus, if indeed we may
call it that at all. The simplest means frequently answer the
purpose as well as elaborate apparatus.

The feeling is frequently entertained also that experimentation
is too complex for a young student, that it is altogether too diffi-
cult and that therefore the work of young pupils must be confined
to pure observation. The answer to this is obvious. The real
difficulty of science lies not in the method by which knowledge is
gained but by the complexity of materials with which it happens
to deal. A successful teacher in this regard is one who can skill-
fully select the materials and subjects for experimental work.
In fact, scientific workers are constantly on the out-look for
favorable material, as it is called, that is to say, material which
gives the desired result with the greatest ease. For example,
we choose the grain of Indian corn for work with pupils because
it is large and because the young plant is easily studied for the
same reason. We might get the same facts by studying the
germination of millet but this would entail the use of a magnifving
glass or even a microscope while Indian corn may be studied
equally well with the naked eye. If on the other hand, we are

163

studying the behavior of a plant toward the light, we choose one
which responds readily and grows quickly. Here millet would
perhaps be better than Indiancorn. . . . Knowledge is to us real
in precise proportion to our actual contact with the things them-
selves. The most vivid ideas about plants are gained by experi-
menting with the plants themselves; not even reading a full
account of an experiment will take the place of doing it, however
successful or unsuccessful that may be. The teacher can always
rest upon one certainty, namely that the experiment always tell
the truth. To be sure, it may not come out as we expect, but
it comes out exactly as it should. Our business is to know what
the conditions are and we find this out sometimes only by means
of a so-called insuccessful experiment.

The result of this kind of teaching cannot be over-estimated.
An agricultural class made up of thoughtful farmers who are
willing to experiment for themselves would mean a very great
advance in mental development and in material prosperity. This
is one of the great aims of agricultural education, namely to
cultivate a critical and inquiring frame of mind. We hardly
say too much when we declare that success in this direction will
be a measure of the amount and the character of experimental
work that is done in our schools.

NEWS ITEMS.

Robert A. Harper, Ph.D., now professor of botany in the Uni-
versity of Wisconsin, is to become Torrey professor of botany at
Columbia University; succeeding the late Lucien M. Under-
wood. He was graduated from Oberlin College in 1886, received
the degree of Ph.D. at Bonn in 1896, and after service in Gates
College, and secondary schools, became in 1891 professor in Lake
Forest University. In 1898 he went to the University of
Wisconsion.

Dr. John W. Harshberger, assistant professor of botany at
the University of Pennsylvania, whose monumental work on the
plant geography of North America has just appeared, has been
advanced to professor of botany.

164

The announcement is out for the Bradley Bibliography of
woody plants issued by the Arnold Arboretum. The work is a
“guide to the literature of woody plants, including books and
articles in the proceedings of learned sociéties, and in scientific
and popular journals, published in all languages to the end of the
nineteenth century.” The completed work is in five volumes,
the first of which will appear in July, and the succeeding volumes
as rapidly as possible.

Professor W. R. Dudley of Leland Stanford University died
June 4 at the age of 62. Professor Dudley was born at Guilford,
Conn., studied at Cornell, Strasburg and Berlin, and was appointed
professor of botany at Stanford in 1893. He was specially
interested in the plants of central California in relation to dis-
tribution and descent, and in the forests of California.

Professor Fernald, of the Gray Herbarium, is the leader of a
party consisting of Professor Wiegand, Messrs. E. B. Bartram,
Bayard Long, and H. T. Darlington, which is to explore the
northeast coast of Newfoundland. The party left Boston on
June 30.

The Gray Herbarium of Harvard University is to have a new
two-story fireproof structure, sixty feet long and thirty wide,
for laboratory work. The lower floor will be devoted to syste-
matic and geographic botany and the upper floor will house the
herbarium of the New England Botanical Club. The building,
together with $10,000 for equipment, is the gift of Mr. G. R.
White, of Boston. Casimir de Candolle has presented a bust, by
Hugues Bovy, of his father, Alphonse de Candolle, in remem-
brance of the friendship between his father and Asa Gray.

The Torrey Botanical Club

Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six
gratuitous copies of the number of TorReEyA in which their papers
appear, will kindly notify the editor when submittmg manuscript.

Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned
to the editor, from The New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen
Street, Lancaster, Pa., who have furnished the following rates :

— 2pp App Spp 12pp 16pp 20pp
25 copies $ .75 $1.05 $1.30 $1.80 $2.20 $2.50
50 copies -90 1.20 1.70 2.20 2.50 2.85
100 copies 1.15 1.55 1.95 2.55 2.900 2.20

200 copies 1.70 2.35 2.90 3.75 4.35 4.70
Covers: 25 for 75 cents, additional covers 1 cent each.
Plates for rep. ints, 40 cents each per 100.

“The following Committees have been appointed for 1911

_ Finance Committee Field Committee
J. I. Kane, Chairinan E, B. Souruwick, Chairman
H, M. Ricuarps Wm. MANSFIELD
N. TAyLor

Budget Committee Program Committee
H. H. Russy, Chairman Mrs. E. G. Brirron, Chairman
J. Ho Barnuart | Miss JEAN BROADHURST
N. L. Brirron Tracy E. Hazen
EK. S. BurGess PF. J. SEAVER
B. O. DopGE Die

Puiriep DOwELL
Local Flora Committee
N. L. Brirron, Chairman

Phanerogams: Cryptogams:

E Py BICKNELE Mrs. E. G. Britton
N. L. Britton PHiLie DOWELL

E. S. BurGEssS Tracy E; Hazen
CEO MCURTIS : M.A. Howe

K. K, Mackenzie W. A. Murrite

E. L. Morris

> Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences,
WILLIAM MANSFIELD.

OTHER PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

(1) BULLETIN

A monthly journal devoted to general botany: estapliched
1870. Vol. 37 published in 1910, contained 630 pages of text
and 36 full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum. For Europe,
14 shillings. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, are,
agents for England. :

Of former volumes, only 24—37 can be supplied entire ; cer-

tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets.
) Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars
each; Vols. 28-37 three dollars each.

Sinele copies (30 cents) will be furnished only when not
breaking complete volumes.

(2) MEMOIRS

The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregular
intervals. Volumes 1-13 are now completed ; Nos. 1 and 2 of
Vol. 14 have been issued. The subscription price is fixed at
$3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers can also be pur-
chased singly. A list of titles of the individual ‘papers and of
prices will be furnished on application. |

(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophete and Pteri- —

dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New
York, 1888, Price, $1.00.

Correspondence relating to the above publications should be
addressed to

MR. BERNARD O. DODGE q

Columbia University

New York City

4

Vol. 11 - August, IgiI . No. 8

TORREYA

A Monruty Journat or Borantcat Notes anp News
EDITED FOR

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

eg BY

*NORMAN TAYLOR

JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873

CONTENTS

Seed Weight in Staphylea and Cladrastis: J. ARTHUR HARRIS... .....2...0.00....0c000s 165
Local Flora Notes — 1X: NORMAN-TAVLOR... 26.5 Ai sccecsdglencsesvescacbeseaccescseecheces 170
Shorter Notes: A Second Species of Hernandia in Jamaica: N. L. BritTow......... 174
‘8 Stangeria or Stangera and Stangerites or Strangerites: ARTHUR
ET OULIGR srs ceteg do oais coe Bac Seen ace BS Re ABs es OS fe SEEN SS 174 U
vise Some Recent University of California Publications: M. A. Howe...... 176
Notes and News Themis: 2.20 Sy aoa ees Sbalek Ae Bee NE Maree cis upd RA EROS OE eee Se 180

PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB

AT 41 Nortu Queen Street, LANCASTER, Pa.
BY Tue New Era Printinc Company

[Entéred at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-claes matter. |

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

OFFICERS FOR. io11

President
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D.

- Vice- Presidents
EDWARD S, BURGESS, PH.D. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M.,M.D

Secretary and Treasurer

BERNARD O, DODGE, Ph:B.
Columbia University, New York City ”

Editor
PHILIP DOWELL, PH-D

Associate Editors

JOHN H. BARNHART, A.M., M.D. TRACY ELLIOT HAZEN, Pu.D.

JEAN BROADHURST, A.M. MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D.
ERNEST D. CLARK, PH.D. HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D,.
ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D. NORMAN TAYLOR

Torreya is furnished to subscribers in the United States and
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To
' subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent
to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL Cus, 41 North Queen St., Lan-
caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City. ae

Matter for publication should be addressed to

NORMAN TAYLOR
Central Museum,
Eastern Parkway, Brooklyn, N.Y.

§ 1911

sw YOR#
TORREYA panes:
GARDEN:
August, IgII
Vol. 11 No. 8

SEED WEIGHT IN STAPHYLEA AND CLADRASTIS
By J. ArTHUR HARRIS

In an interesting paper on light and heavy seeds in cereals Wal-
dron* concludes that in oats, plants with shorter culms, shorter
heads, and a smaller number of grains per head bear on the whole
grains of greater weight. Waldron’s interest in the problem
was that of the plant breeder, concerned in determining the
results of selecting large or small seeds for planting, but they seem
suggestive for the physiologist as well.

The explanation which the physiologist would at once suggest is
that the competition of an abnormally large number of seeds for
the available plastic material has, as a necessary result, a limita-
tion of the size of the individual seeds. While this seems a very
reasonable interpretation, one who has had experience in the
actual study of such phenomena will hesitate in accepting it
without further evidence. The discrimination and measurement
of the individual factors underlying such functions as fertility
and seed weight is an exceedingly difficult problem. As an
example, take the following case. If the seeds are smaller in

the larger inflorescences of Waldron’s cereals because of the

finer partition of the available plastic material, one would
@ priori expect that there would generally be a negative corre-
lation between the number of fruits per inflorescence and the
number of seeds which these fruits produce. So far as obser-
vations are available this is not the case.

For a series of the climbing bitter sweet, Celastrus scandens,{
the correlations are:

* Waldron, L.R. A Suggestion regarding Heavy and Light Seed Grain. Amer.
Nat. 44: 48-56. 1910.
7 Ann. Rept. Mo. Bot. Gard. 20: 116-122. 1909.
[No. 7, Vol. II, of TorrEyA, comprising pp. 145-164, was issued 19 July 1o11.]
165

166

Flowers formed per inflorescence and seeds developing per
fruit,
P= 022 23 (O08

Fruits maturing per inflorescence and seeds developing per
fruit,
p= = O17 23 Oe.

For large series of Staphylea trifolia from the Missouri Botan-
ical Garden the correlations have been determined both between
number of fruits developing per inflorescence and number of
seeds maturing per locule and between position of fruit on the
inflorescence axis and number of seeds maturing per locule. The
same relationships for the ovules per locule are available for
comparison.* Table I. shows how slender the relationships are.

ite
; TABLE |
Character of Fruit
Character of Inflorescence
Seeds per Locule Ovules per Locule
Number of fruits per inflorescence:
General sample, 1906, 2,059 fruits. . —.0474 +.0086 +.0391 =.0086
General sample, 1908, 4,033 fruits. . —.0494 =.0061 +.0633 =.0061
General sample, 1909, 2,082 fruits. . +.0626 +.0085 —.0539 +.0085
Mean for 20 individual shrubs of
TO OOISEHIESHS sept awth-a baa cae neR ees ase —.0399 +.0080 +.0192 =.0185
Position of fruit on inflorescence:
General sample, 1906, 2,059 fruits. . —.0148 +.0086 — .050I =.0086
General sample, 1908, 4,033 fruits. . —.0077 =.0061 —.0519 +.0061
General sample, 1909, 2,083 fruits. . +.0128 =.0085 —.0895 =.0085
Mean for 20 individual shrubs of
TOOO SCLES egos sect cree Costeunranles —.0310 +.0088 —.0733 +.0177

A comparison of these results shows how great caution should
be used in discussing the factors underlying seed development,
and how urgently further quantitative data are needed. The
accumulation of such data necessarily proceeds slowly and the
cooperation of many workers is desirable. The purpose of this

* The data upon which all these constants are based, with discussions of their
significance, are to be found in three papers by the writer of this note: Further
Observations on the Selective Elimination of Ovaries in Staphylea. Zeitschrift
f. Ind. Abst- u. Vererbungslehre 5: 173-188. 1911. Observations on the Physi-
ology of Seed Development in Staphylea. Beihefte z. Bot. Centralbl. In press.
The Influence of the Seed upon the Size of the Fruit in Staphylea. Bot. Gaz.
In press.

167

note is to put on record the results of a couple of series of weigh-
ings which seem of interest in this connection.

The pods of the American bladder nut, Staphylea trifolia, are
characterized by the production of few seeds. In a large series
of countings it will be found that the great majority of fruits
produce one or two seeds only; those with more than six are
very rare. This is shown in Table II. for 4,024 fruits collected

TABLE II
Wer) Seeds Pen Number of Fruits Total Seeds per Fruit Number of Fruits
(0) 4 8 16
I 1,585 9 9
2 1,240 10 5
3 637 oT 2
4 310 12 I
5 125 13 as
6 59 14 =
Hk 30 15 I

from eleven shrubs in the North American Tract of the Missouri
Botanical Garden in the fall of 1905. The polygon is very skew,
the pronounced mode being a single seed while the frequencies
fall off rapidly as the number of seeds become larger. In the
collections from individual shrubs the empirical mode is some-
times on two instead of one, but the conspicuous skewness is a
feature of all of the several series of Staphylea fruits hitherto
examined. The same skewness is observed in Table III. for
number of seeds per locule (of which there are three per fruit).

TABLE III
Seeds per Locule | Number of Locules Seeds per Locule Number of Locules
Co) 5,084 4 72
I 4,593 5 19
2 1,387 6 4
3 313

I have been able to study fruits from only a single tree of the
yellow wood, Cladrastis tinctoria, in the Arboretum of the Mis-
souri Botanical Garden. Possibly because of its isolation, the
fruiting of this individual is not typical of the species, but in

168

the 2,128 pods examined to determine the number of seeds
developing (Table IV.) one notes a skewness of distribution
similar to that in Staphylea.

TABLE IV
Seeds per Pod Number of Pods Seeds per Pod | Number ot Pods
I 1,423 4 | 25
2 560 5 4
3 I16

Now it seems of interest to determine whether (in fruits which
produce on an average so few seeds and among which those
producing several are very rare) the weight of the individual
seeds is in any degree dependent upon the number formed in
the fruit.

The seeds of Staphylea are particularly suited to work of this
kind. They are hard, smooth and clean; seeds which have an
imperfect development—so far as can be ascertained by external
examination—are exceedingly rare. Cladrastis seeds are not so
suitable for weighing. Here as in many Leguminosae ovules
which have failed to mature completely are sometimes found.
All apparently blighted seeds were picked out before the weigh-
ings were made and we are consequently dealing with a sample
of apparently sound seeds. The discarding of these should not
vitiate the results.

TABLE V
Total Seeds Number of 4 Total Seeds Number of b
per Fruit | Seeds Weighed Mean Weight per Fruit Seeds Weighed | Mean Weight
I 150 -05978 5 150 -05265
2 150 .059088 6 150 -05145
2 150 -05662 7 100 .05377
Al 150 -05353 8g 50 .04680

Table V. shows the average weight of seeds of Staphylea from
pods with different numbers of seeds per pod. The material is
that of the fall of 1905. The results here seem to show very
clearly that the difference between the weight of seeds produced
in pods maturing one and two seeds is not very great, but when
more than this number are developed the weight of the seed
materially decreases.

oe

169

In Cladrastis the seeds were classified not merely according to
the number produced in the pod, but according to their position
in the pod, the positions being numbered from the proximal to
the distal end. Table VI. gives the results.
seed is produced the mean weight is higher than when the pod
contains two or more. There is no essential difference between
2- and 3-seeded pods. Within a pod containing 2-4 seeds the
mean weight decreases from the proximal towards the distal

When only one

position.
TABLE VI
Seeds per Position of Seed in Pod
Pod ra =
I 2 3 4 All
I (N =500) (N =500)
-03385 -03385
2 (N =500) (N =500) (N =1000)
.03267 -03134 .03201
2 (N =100) (N =100) (N =100) (N =300)
.03257 .03183 . .03 163 .03201
4 (N =22) (N =22) CN =22) (N =22) (N =88)
.03209 .03086 .03013 -029045 .03064

The weights could not be determined for the seeds individually
to allow of obtaining the probable errors which are much needed
where differences so slight as those given here are involved.
They were weighed in groups of 25, and when these individual
samples from different kinds of pods or positions are compared,
the results emphasize the general trustworthiness of the con-
clusions drawn above.

The exact degree of interdependence between number of seeds
per pod or position of the seed in the pod and seed weight cannot
be determined from this series of data since the variability in
seed weight is unknown.* It is evident, however, that in the
absolute size of seed only very slight (although definite) dif-
ferences are referable to characteristics of the pod. I think that
a priort physiologists would have expected greater differences.

COLD SPRING HARBOR, L. I.,
July 14, Tort.

s

* Data for another species in which this point has been determined are now in
hand.

170

LOCAL Mae Oh A INO iE Sexe

By NORMAN TAYLOR

Species

Specimens wanted from

ROSACEAE

Spiraea tomentosa L.

S. salicifolia L.

S. alba Du Roi.

S. corymbosa Raf.

Aruncus allegheniensis Rydb.

Porteranthus trifoliatus (L.)
Britton.

Potentilla pumila Poir.

P. simplex Michx.

Comarum palustre L.
Fragaria canadensis Michx.

F. americana (Porter) Britton.

Sibbaldiopsis tridentata (So-
land.) Rydb.

Dasiphora fruticosa (L.) Rydb.

Drymocallis agrimontoides

(Pursh) Rydb.
Sangutsorba canadensis L.
Rubi

Dalibarda repens L.

Anywhere on the coastal plain.

Anywhere in the range.*

Anywhere in the range.

Known in New Jersey?

Mountains of Pennsylvania.

Pennsylvania and central New
Jersey.

Anywhere above 1,000 ft.

The region northwest of the
“fall-line.” |

Anywhere in the range.

Mountains of Pennsylvania.

New Jersey.

Below 1,000 ft. elevation.

The Catskills or northern New
Jersey.
Northern New Jersey.

North of the “fall-line.”’

The Catskills and northern
Pennsylvania.

Below 1,000 ft. elevation.

* The local flora range as prescribed by the Club’s Preliminary Catalogue of 1888
is as follows: All of the state of Connecticut; Long Island; in New York the counties
bordering the Hudson River up to and including Columbia and Greene, also Sullivan

and Delaware counties; all of New Jersey; and Pike, Wayne, Monroe, Lackawanna,
Luzerne, Northampton, Lehigh, Carbon, Bucks, Berks, Schuylkill, Montgomery,

Philadelphia, Delaware and Chester counties in Pennsylvania.

7 In the genus Rubus material is also needed from throughout the range to aid
in determining, not only the perplexed question of hybridity, but also to ascertain
if possible endemisms in this difficult group, are not rather common.

171

Species Specimens wanted from
Waldsteinia fragarioides Orange, Sullivan and Delaware
(Michx.) Tratt. counties, N. Y.
Agrimonia pumila Muhl. Chester Co., Pa.
A. Brittoniana Bicknell. Below 1,000 ft. elevation.
A. parviflora Soland. Anywhere in the mountains.
Rosa blanda Ait. The south shore of L. I. and
from N. J.
R. cantina L. Anywhere in the range. How
extensively naturalized ?
R. humilis Marsh. See footnote.*
POMACEAE
Sorbus americana Marsh. Below 1,000 ft. elevation.
Pyrus communis L. Is it anywhere an established
escape?
Malus coronaria (L.) Mill. From the Hudson and Dela-

ware valleys.
M. angustifolia (Ait.) Michx. Anywhere in the range.

M. Malus (L.) Britton. Is the apple an established
escape?
Aronia nigra (Willd.) Britton. |The coastal plain region.
A. atropurpurea Britton. See footnote.t
Amelanchier sanguinea (Pursh) Northern New Jersey and the
Lindl. (A. rotundifolia). mountains of Pennsylvania.
Crataegi Species from the limestone re-

gions of New York and New
Jersey. Also from the ser-
pentines of Pennsylvania.

* A form of Rosa humilis obviously not the variety villosa merits attention from
local flora enthusiasts. It has very much larger flowers than the typical form, and
its petals are extremely fugacious. Specimens have been collected near Farming-
dale, N. J., and recently from near Spring Valley, N. Y. Otherwise the plant is
unknown, at least in herbaria.

+ A somewhat critical species, said to differ from our common A. ‘arbutifolia
in having oval to globose, purple-black fruits rather than short-pyriform, bright
red ones. The difficulty ot distinguishing such characters in dried specimens is
obvious. Material is needed, particularly with accurate notes on color and form
of fruit, from anywhere in the range.

172
Species Specimens wanted from
DRUPACEAE

Padus (Prunus) virginiana (L.) The coastal plain.
Roem.

Prunus americana Marsh. Northern New Jersey.

P. cuneata Raf. Westchester Co., N. Y.

Prunus maritima Wang. See footnote.*

P. Gravesi Small. Long Island, Staten Island or
the coastal region of N. J.

P. angustifolia Marsh. North of Salem Co., N. J.

P. alleghaniensis Porter. Between New Jersey and Con-
necticut.

P. pennsylvanica L. f. Below 1,000 ft. elevation in
INS Ma Oe INS Te

P. pumila Le Long Island or Staten Island.

CAESALPINACEAE

Cercis canadensis L. Anywhere in the range as a
true wild plant.

Cassia marylandica L. Northern Naje, Ne Ye andsear

C. Chamaecrista L. North of the coastal Xlain.

C. nicticans L. The Catskills or the mountains

of Pennsylvania.

PAPILIONACEAE

Meibomia ochroleuca (M. A. North of Salem Co., N. J.
Curtis) Kuntze.
M. glabella (Michx.) Kuntze. Passaic, Sussex, or Warren
counties, N. J.
M. sessilifolia (Torr.) Kuntze. Long Island or New Jersey.

* The beach plum, often almost a tree along the coast, becomes a mere straggling
shrub inland. It is known from near New Egypt, Ocean Co., N. J., from West
Point, N. Y., and from near Bordentown on the Delaware. Special interest
attaches to the occurrence of this maritime plant inland, and any specimens from
inland localities, together with notes as to its proximity to streams, will be welcome.
It is known from a number of stations in the pine-barrens, which are perhaps ex-
plainable by the peculiar geological history of that region.

Species

M. stricta (Pursh) Kuntze.
M. laevigata (Nutt.) Kuntze.

M. obtusa (Muhl.) Vail.
Cytisus scoparius (L.) Link.
Trifolium carolintianum Michx.

Amorpha fruticosa L.

Astragallus carolinianus L. (A.
canadensis).

Stylosanthes biflora (L.) B.S.P.

Lespedeza Brittoni Bicknell.

L. simulata Mackensie & Bush.

Lespedeza angustifolia (Pursh)
Ell.

Vicia americana Muhl.

V. caroliniana Walt.

Lathyrus palustris L.

L. venosus Muhl.

L. maritimus (L.) Bigel.

Bradburya virginiana (L.)
Kuntze.

1Very rarely becoming thoroughly naturalized in our range.

Specimens wanted from

Middlesex or Mercer counties,
Nees:

Somerset or Warren Counties,
ih ee

North of the coastal plain.

From anywhere in the range.!

Near Philadelphia, Trenton or
Bordentown.

Luzerne or Schuylkill counties,
Pa., as a wild plant.

Northern New York or New
Jersey.

Northern shore of Long Island.

Anywhere in the range.

See footnote’.

Long Island or Staten Island.

Anywhere in the range.

In the Hudson Valley.

Anywhere in the range. *

Central and northern N. J.

Anywhere away from the
coast. 4

North of Ocean Co., N. J.

A large mass of

it, apparently persisting for many years, was recently discovered growing luxu-
riantly in the grounds of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden.

2 A plant only recently known as from the range.

In the Connecticut Botani-

cal Club’s list of the plants of that state it is reported from Groton and Southing-
ton. Mr. kK. K. Mackenzie has also collected it at Haworth, Bergen Co., N. J.
The plant is otherwise unknown from the area.

3 Apparently isolated, so far as our specimens show, at a single station in New

Jersey.

It is supposed to be in New York but no records are extant.

The New

Jersey specimen is peculiar as it was taken from an “‘island ’”’ of shrubs and trees

completely surrounded by salt marsh.

4The farthest inland record of this sea-beach plant is White Plains, West-
chester Co., N. Y. Any further inland extension of the range would be interesting.

174

Species Specumens wanted from
Clitoria Mariana L. Middlesex Co., N. J.
Galactia volubilis (L.) Britt. New Jersey.

BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN.

SHORTER NOTES

A SECOND SPECIES OF HERNANDIA IN JAMAICA.—The discovery
of a species of Hernandia in the western part of the island of
Jamaica, some years ago,* the existence of the genus in that
island having been in doubt for many years, was of much interest,
and the more recent finding of a second species in the mountainous
parts of the eastern end of the island is of no less. This tree
may be described as follows:

Hernandia catalpifolia Britton & Harris sp. nov.

A tree, up to 16 meters high, the trunk straight, rather widely
branched above the middle. Leaves broadly ovate, chartaceous,
puberulent when young, becoming glabrous, strongly 5-nerved
from the rounded or subtruncate base, short-acuminate at the
apex, 2 dm. long or less, not at all peltate, the stout petiole
nearly as long as the blade; panicles ample, convex, often
broader than long, their branches divaricate-ascending, slender,
puberulent; involucral bracts oblong, obtusish; sepals white,
oblong, obtuse, 5 mm. long; fruit subglobose, 2 cm. long. °

Mountain woodlands, Parish of St. Thomas, Jamaica (Harris
_and Britton 10.588, type; 10.560; 10.085; Britton 4061).

This is probably the tree referred from Jamaica by previous
authors to H. Sonora L., of Porto Rico and the Lesser Antilles,
which has peltate leaves, somewhat larger flowers and larger fruit.

N. L. Britton.

STANGERIA OR STANGERA, AND STANGERITES OR STRANGERITES?
Two QUESTIONS OF NOMENCLATURE.—In T. Moore’s “List of
Mr. Plant’s Natal Ferns’”’ (Hook. Journ. Bot. and Kew Gard.

* Bull. Torrey Club 35: 338. 1908.

175

Miscellany 5: 225-229. 1853), on page 228, may be found a
description of a new genus, Stangeria, named in honor of Dr.
Stanger.* Subsequently Stevens altered the spelling of the name
to Stanggeria (Proc. Linn. Soc. 2: 340. 1854) and, later still, A.
Voss changed it to Stangera (‘‘Vilmorin’s Blumengartnerei”’
ed. I. 3: 1244. 1896).

Stevens’ name, Sfanggeria has, of course, no standing in
nomenclature and need not be further considered; but the ques-
tion may possibly be raised whether Stangera Voss should be
substituted for Stangeria Moore?

A somewhat similar question also arises in connection with
the fossil genus Strangerites Borneman (‘‘Ueber Organische Reste
der Lettenkohlengruppe Thiiringens’’ 59. 1856), which he
founded to include certain hitherto supposed fossil ferns, with
the expressed intention of indicating, in the name, their probable
relationship to the genus Stangeria. The spelling of his new
generic name was so obviously due either to carelessness or to
a typographical error that, apparently, all subsequent writers
ignored it, beginning with Oldham and Morris (“‘Paleont.
Indica, Foss. Fl. Rajmahal Ser.’”’ 32. 1862), who wrote it
Stangerites, but credited it, in the amended form, to Borneman.

The question is, therefore, whether Stangerites Oldham and
Morris should be substituted for Strangerites Borneman, or
whether the latter name should be regarded as representing a
typographical error and be corrected to Stangerites Borneman?

ARTHUR HOLLICK.

* One species, paradoxa, was included in the genus, and this specific name, also,
has an interesting history. The species was known to other botanists previous to
the date of Moore’s publication and was generally regarded as a fern, the fructifica-
tion not having been found and the nervation of the leaves (pinnately arranged
and forking) strongly suggesting a fern rather than a cycad. G. Kunze (Linnaea
I0: 506. 1836) referred it to Lomaria coriacea Schrad., but later (Ibid. 13: 152.
1839) described it as a new species under the name L. eriopus. Moore appears
to have been the first to suspect that it might be a cycad and says (loc. cit.) that it
“would seem to be either a fern-like Zamia or a zamia-like fern,’’ and renamed it
Stangeria paradoxa. Subsequent discovery of the fructification proved that Moore’s
suspicions were well founded and that it was a cycad and not a Lomaria. Kunze’s
specific name, however, having priority over that of Moore, required that the
latter be dropped and the binomial Stangeria eriopus be adopted (Nash, Journ.
WN. Y. Bot. Gard. 9: 202. 1908; 10: 164. 1909).

176

REVIEWS

Some Recent University of California Publications*

The first ten numbers of volume 4 of the ‘‘ University of Cali-

fornia Publications in Botany”’ represent a considerable variety

as to subject matter, with, however, a decided preponderance,
so far as the titles are concerned, of papers relating to the marine
algae of the Pacific Coast.

Dr. H. M. Hall’s ‘Studies in ornamental trees and shrubs”
includes descriptions and illustrations of some of the more com-
mon and desirable of the cultivated ornamental trees and shrubs
of California. There is probably no state in the Union in which
cultivated, largely exotic, trees and shrubs are relatively so
conspicuous to the casual visitor, at least, as in California, and
any paper that assists in their identification will be welcomed by
many. The species treated are largely of Australian and New
Zealand origin and many are of the genera Pittosporum, Hakea,
Callistemon, and Melaleuca. The species of Eucalyptus, of which
about 100 are said to be cultivated in California, are omitted,
whether because they are not considered sufficiently ornamental

or because they are held to be adequately treated elsewhere

* Hall, H. M. Studies in ornamental trees and shrubs. Univ. California
Publ. Bot. 4: 1-74. pl. 1-11 +f. 1-15. 19 Mr toto.

Wilson, H. L. Gracilariophila, a new parasite on Gracilaria confervoides. Loc.
cit. 4: 75-84. pl. 12, 13. 26 My Toto.

Brandegee, T. S. Plantae Mexicanae Purpusianae, II. Loc. cit. 4: 85-95. 26
My roto.

Gardner, N.L. Leuvenia, a new genus of flagellates. @Loc. cit. 4: 97-106. pl. fr4.
26 My toto.

Setchell, W. A. The genus Sphaerosoma. Loc. cit. 4: 107-120. pl. 15. 26 My
IQIO.

Gardner, N. L. Variations in nuclear extrusion among the Fucaceae. Loc. cit.
4: 121-136. pl. 16, 77. 26 Au Igto.

McFadden, A. S. The nature of the carpostomes in the cystocarp of Ahnfeldtia
gigartinoides. Loc. cit. 4: 137-142. pl. 18. 25 F Io1t.

McFadden, M. E. On a Colacodasya from southern California. Loc. cit. 4: 143-
150. pl. 19. 25 F Iogttl.

Hoffman, E. J. Fructification of Macrocystis. Loc. cit. 4: I51-158. pl. 20. 25
F 1oft.

Twiss, W.C. Erythrophyllum delesserioides J. Ag. Loc. cit. 4: 159-176. pl. 21-24.
8 Mr IogIt.

= ALT

seems not to be definitely stated by the author. Presumably,
however, the implication of incompleteness in the modest title
is a sufficient explanation of the absence of the eucalyptus and
certain others.

Harriet L. Wilson’s paper on “‘Gracilariophila, a new parasite
on Gracilaria confervoides’’ describes the structure and develop-
ment of a small red alga that is parasitic on a larger red alga
to which it appears to be closely related. The parasite forms
on the surface of the Gracilaria colorless tubercles resembling
adherent particles of sand or small grains of rice. Three sorts
of tubercles, antheridial, cystocarpic, and tetrasporic, distin-
guishable from each other only under the microscope, occur.
Rhizoidal processes penetrate the host plant and evidently serve
not only for attachment but for drawing nourishment from the
host. The parasite is described as Gracilariophila oryzoides
Setchell & Wilson, new genus and species, and is referred to the
same suborder to which its host belongs.

In ‘‘Plantae Mexicanae Purpusianae, II,’’ Mr. T.S. Brandegee
describes twenty-two new species of spermatophytes, nearly all
collected by Dr. C. A. Purpus in the state of Puebla, near
the boundary line of Oaxaca, Mexico. One of the species repre-
sents a new genus, Amphorella, of the Asclepiadaceae.

Dr. N. L. Gardner, in his paper on “‘ Leuvenia, a new genus of
flagellates,’ describes and figures in much detail the structure
and development of a curious microscopic fresh-water organism,
the affinities of which are uncertain. Specimens of the organism
had been distributed in the Phycotheca Boreali-Americana under
the name Osterhoutia natans, but, learning that the name Oster-
houtia had been previously given to a genus of spermatophytes,
Dr. Gardner avails himself of another one of Professor W. J.
Van Leuven Osterhout’s names in coining the substitute generic
name Leuvenia.

Professor Setchell, as would appear from his paper on ‘‘The >
genus Sphaerosoma,’ was led by a study of a Californian as-
comycetous fungus, at first supposed to be an undescribed species
of Sphaerosoma, to a critical review of the pertinent literature
and the available specimens referred to this genus. Among his

178

results are the restriction of the generic name Sphaerosoma to
two (or three?) already published European and American species
and the description of the Californian plant as Ruhlandiella
hesperia sp. nov.

Dr. N. L. Gardner’s paper on “‘ Variations in nuclear extrusion
among the Fucaceae’”’ sets forth the results of a study of the
formation of the odspheres in the commoner Californian repre-
sentatives of the rockweed family. Decaisne and Thuret, in a
paper published in 1845, were pioneers in a comparative study
of .the number of odspheres to an odgonium in the Fucaceae,
and as one of the results of their researches defined four genera
having their respective numbers of odspheres in a beautiful
geometrical series: Cymaduse (= Bifurcaria) with one odsphere
to the odgonium, Pelvetia with two, Ozothallia (= Ascophyllum)
with four, and Fucus with eight. Gardner finds that some of
the Californian Fucaceae do not fit into this scheme very well.
In the plant that has been known as Fucus Harveyanus eight
nuclei are formed by divisions of the original odgonium nucleus,
but only two odspheres are developed; these are of very unequal
size, the larger containing a single large nucleus and the smaller
seven small nuclei. It is presumed that only the larger odsphere
is capable of fertilization. Chiefly on these grounds, Fucus
Harveyanus is considered the type of a new genus Hesperophycus
Setchell & Gardner. In a somewhat similar way, while the
typical Pelvetia fastigiata of California agrees essentially with the
European Pelvetia canaliculata in forming two practically equal
odspheres to an odgonium, the plant that has been known as
Pelvetia fastigiata forma limitata Setchell produces two very un-
equal odspheres, which had led to assigning it to a new genus
Pelvetiopsis Gardner. These results suggest to the reviewer the
possibility that similar accurate investigations of the number
and character of the odspheres of the remaining Fucaceae of the
world might lead to discovery of grounds for several other similar
generic segregations and that a large number of genera thus
based might prove rather impracticable and unnatural. But
there is scarcely more ground for disputing about genera than
about tastes and it would certainly be premature to venture any

179

very positive judgment in the matter until the facts in the case
are all known.

The title of Ada Sara McFadden’s paper ‘‘The nature of the
carpostomes in the cystocarp of Ahnfeldtia gigartinoides”’ gives
a fair idea of the subject matter of her brief dissertation. The
peculiar openings of the cystocarp of this marine red alga are
said to average as many as forty-two to a cystocarp. They are
possibly formed by decomposition. Incidentally, the author
sets forth the ample grounds for considering the Pacific American
Ahnfeldiia gigartinoides specifically distinct from Ahnfeldtia con-
cinna, originally described from Hawaii.

In continuation of the notable studies of parasitic red algae
being made at the University of California, Mabel Effie McFad-
den publishes as her thesis for the degree of master of science a
paper ‘‘On a Colacodasya from southern California.”” The paper
is devoted to describing and figuring Colacodasya verrucaeformis
W. A. Setchell and M. E. McFadden, sp. nov., parasiti¢ on
Mychodea episcopalis J. Ag. This parasite was first detected
by Professor W. G. Farlow, but the description is based on
abundant material collected later at San Pedro by Dr. N. L.
Gardner.

Edna Juanita Hoffman, in her account of the “ Fructification
of Macrocystis,” describes the character of the fertile leaves and
the nature of the sori of Californian and Peruvian specimens of
the Great Kelp—Macrocystis pyrifera. In Californian plants the
sporangia occur on basal leaves differing from the upper leaves
in the absence of bladders or in the possession of a branching
blade. In Peruvian specimens collected by D. G. Fairchild in
1899, sori are found on leaves of about the ordinary type. In
neither do the reproductive bodies occur in ‘‘furrows,”’ as de-
scribed in 1895 by Misses Smith and Whitting.

The main results of the study of “ Erythrophyllum delesserioides
J. Ag.” by Mr. Wilfred Charles Twiss is that the plant belongs
among the Gigartinaceae, where originally placed by J. Agardh,
instead of among the Dumontiaceae to which it was doubtfully
referred by Schmitz in “Die nattirlichen Pflanzenfamilien”’ of
Engler and Prantl. Mr. Twiss thus confirms the opinion ex-

SOT

pressed by Professor Setchell in 1899 in distributing mature
specimens of Erythrophyllum in the Phycotheca Boreali-America.
It appears that E. delesserioides J. Ag. (1871) was based upon a
fragment of a young sterile plant, while the later Polyneura
californica J. Ag. (1899) was described from older, mostly fertile,
representatives of the same species. MARSHALL A. HOWE.

NEWS ITEMS

Professor W. Johannsen of the University of Copenhagen is to
give in October and November a course of lectures and seminar
conferences on ‘‘ Modern Conceptions of Heredity,’ at Columbia
University. These will be under the joint auspices of the de-
partments of botany and zodlogy, and will consist of four public
lectures on October 13, 20, 27, and November 3. Eight seminars
of a more technical nature will be open to a limited group of
investigators. The latter will be more fully announced later.

Dr. F. J. Collins has resigned as assistant professor of botany
at Brown University to accept a position in the Bureau of
Plant Industry as forest pathologist.

Miss Jean Broadhurst of Teachers College, and manager of
the department “ Of Interest to Teachers’ in TORREYA, is spend-
ing the summer in England. Dr. Philip Dowell, editor of the
BULLETIN, is at the United States National Herbarium.

At the New York Botanical Garden the following lectures will
complete the summer course: August 12, ‘The Paris Botanical
Garden,” by W. A. Murrill; August 19, “ A Visit to the Panama
Canal Zone,” by M. A. Howe; August 26, “ Evergreens: Their
Uses in the Landscape,’ by G. V. Nash. :

The Brooklyn Institute Museum herbarium has recently un-
earthed from storage several thousand sheets of material dating
all the way from 1818 to 1876. These specimens are now
mounted and will soon be incorporated in the regular series of
the herbarium. It is worthy of note that some of this was col-
lected by Torrey, Cooper, and L. C. Beck.

Dr. N. L. Britton, director of the New York Botanical Garden,
sailed for Europe on August 9, to continue studies on the West
Indian flora.

The Torrey Botanical Club

Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six
gratuitous copies of the number of Torreyain which their papers
appear, will kindly notify. the editor when submitting manuscript.

Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned
to the editor, from The New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen
Street, Lancaster, Pa., who have furnished the following rates :

2pp App 8pp 12pp 1opp 20pp

25 copies $ .75 + $1.05 $1.30 $1.80 $2.20 $2.50
50 copies .90 1.20 1.70 2.20 2.50 2.85
100 copies 1.15 1.55 1.95 PAS 2.90 2.20

200 copies 1.70 2.35 2.90 3.75 4.35 4.70
Covers ; 25 for 75 cents, additional covers 1 cent each.
Plates for rep: ints, 40 cents each per 100.

The following Committees have been appointed for 1911

Finance Committee Field Committee
J. I. Kane, Chatrinan E. B. SoutHwick, Chairman
H. M. Ricuarbs Ww. MANSFIELD

N. TAyLor

Budget Committee Program Committee
H. H. Russy, Chairman Mrs. E. G. Britton, Chairman
J. H. Barnuart Miss JEAN BROADHURST
N. L. Britton Tracy E. Hazen
E..S. BuRGESS PF, J. SEAVER
B. O. DoncE

PuHitie DowkELi
Local Flora Committee —

N. L. Brirron, Chairuian -

‘Phanerogams: Cryptogams:

E.’ P. BICKNELL < Mrs. E. G..Britfon
N. L. Brirron Puitiep DOWELL
ES Burerss Tracy E. Hazen
CC CORTIS M. A. HowE

K. K. MACKENZIE W. A. Mourribu

E. L.. Morris

ae to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences,
WILLIAM MANSFIELD

OTHER PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

(1) BULLETIN

A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established
1870. Vol. 37 published in 1910, contained 630 pages of text
and 36 full-page plates.” Price $3.00 per annum. For Europe,
14 shillings. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho pe London, are,

- .agents for England.

Of former volumes, only 24~37 can be supplied entire ; cer-
tain numbers of other-volumes are available, but the entire ‘stock
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets.

Vols. 24~27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars. o

each; Vols.’ 28-37 three dollars each. |
Biicie copies (30 cents), will be furnished only when not.
breaking complete volumes. _ POs ey

(2) MEMOIRS
The. Memoirs, established 1880, are published at irregular
intervals, Volumes I-13 are now completed ; Nos. 1 and 2 of
Vol. 14 have been issued. The subscription price is fixed at

$3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers.can also be pur- |

chased singly. A list of titles of the individual papers and of
prices, will be furnished on application. j

(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri-
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New
. York, 1888. Price; $1.00.

Correspondence relating to the above publications should be
addressed to :
MR. BERNARD O. DODGE,

Columbia University

New York City

aw OU TE September, IQII No. g
A. MonTHLY JouRNAL oF BoTANICAL Notes AND News

y

EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

yes BY

NORMAN TAYLOR

JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873 _

CONTENTS
Getidation of Cat-Tail Seeds; FE. L. eee: tees eer, Meco PER Lie ah eee 181
The Fertilization of the. Be Gish gp rdae a: TAN See SE Nae Gene 184
Local. Flora Notes —X: NORMAN: PAWLORS 20a. blce Gh bess soi ug uOGe aha te) 186_
Reviews: ‘Harshberger’s Phytogeographic ee of North America.................. 190
Notes and News REGIS 52 cnn steawearatdae tn sanuesan iniede ccseries du anser ofa teu geasdtdecapee-+he 200

PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
“At 4x Nortu QuzEN STREET, LANCASTER, PA.
BY Tue New Era Printing Company

| [Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as, second-class matter. |

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

OFFICERS FOR 1o11

| President
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D.

Vice: ‘Presidents
EDWARD S. BURGESS, PH. D. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A. M.,M.D

Secretary and Treasurer

BERNARD O. DODGE, Ph.B.
Columbia University, New York City

Editor
PHILIP DOWELL, PH.D

Associate E aitors

JOHN H. BARNHART, A.M., M.D. TRACY ELLIOT HAZEN, ‘Pu.D.

JEAN BROADHURST, AM. MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, PH.D.
ERNEST D. CLARK, Pxu.D- HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D:

ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D. NORMAN TAYLOR

Torreya is furnished to subscribers in the United States and
‘Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To —
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or.
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City ©
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing —
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be :
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent
to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL Cius, 41 North Queen St., Lan-’
caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York.City.

Matter for publication should be addressed to

NORMAN TAYLOR
Central Museum,

Eastern Parkway, Brooklyn, N.Y:

See eo eet

TORREYA

September, IgII
Vol. 11 No.9

CERMIUNATION “OF (CAT-TAIL SEEDS

By E. L. Morris

Those who roam afield in the fall, especially along marshes,
have often seen the masses of down and seeds which so freely
scatter from the cat-tail heads at any shock. Nature’s com-
monest way of scattering these seeds, of course, is the force of
the wind, either in actually blowing the seeds from the head or
so shaking the plants that the seeds are lost out. The point of
this paragraph is, however, the sprouting of the seeds while still in
position in the cat-tail head. About the time of seed ripening this
particular head must have been broken off until it just touched
the ground, and, in the unusually dry spring of this year, the
seeds failed to germinate. The early summer rains raised the
water level of the marsh sufficiently to keep the fruiting head
entirely moistened and, with the direct sun pouring down, the
conditions became proper for the seeds to sprout. As shown in
the illustration, they sprouted from the surface of the head then
uppermost. Looking closely, one sees that the axis of each seed-
ling is bent into the characteristic elbow for protrusion from the
seed coat. At the time of taking, a few of the elbows had
straightened out and the primary root had begun to grow through
the mass of bristles into the wet soil on which the head lay. At
this time, each of the seedlings was probably only a day or two
old, as is indicated by the nearly uniform size of all the seedlings,
none seeming to have had an advantage over the others, and
the fact that the most of them were still in the ‘‘elbow stage.”’
This specimen was collected in a swamp beside the track a few
rods west of the Valley Stream station of the Long Island Rail-
road. The measurements of these seedlings at the time of taking
were 8-IO mm.

(No. 8, Vol. 11, of ToRREYA, comprising pp. 165-180, was issued 14 August t1o1t.]

181

rm iPr

(71 pyofysninn DYyqdKT) “njis U2 SUIJCUIUTIOS Spoos oY} YIM ‘]Ie}-}eD Us[ey “I “SIy

Cy pyofiysninn pyg& 7) “SurjpaeS *€ “AMOPY SuljessoeUl oy} WOT; Surpnajo1d paves poxYeUIUItay *c “1aMoy azelfIgsid poziiqjejuyQ) "I *2 ‘OY

184

Corresponding germination of seeds, still within the ripe head
of the parent plant, is not particularly common unless unusually
favorable conditions for germination exist under which the heads
are, through some abnormal circumstance, held captive. Such
a case is shown by specimens in our collection of the heads of
the common burdock.

MUSEUM OF THE BROOKLYN INSTITUTE
oF ARTS AND SCIENCES

THE FERTMHIZATION OF THE ERE-GRASS

[The availability of the subjoined extract for ToRREYA has
been a matter of considerable speculation and not a little mis-
giving. It is one of thirty diminutive essays, all in a similar
vein, and all highly charged with the imaginative poetry of the
greatest of our modern mystic poets. The editorjwould have had
little misgiving if the acceptance of the “‘botany”’ of this excerpt
were as sure as its instant recognition as literature of a particu-
larly charming style. Doubtless there are botanists who will
question the writer, with a degree of vehemence measured by
their antipathy to things of the imagination, when applied to
their chosen science. But whatever of alleged “nature-faking”’
the unbeliever thinks he reads into the paragraphs below, it
were well to remember that the writer, except for a trivial
error, enclosed in square brackets, is perfectly correct as to
his facts, and that it is only with his interpretation of them that
one has any true quarrel. And it is precisely at these interpreta-
tive features of the essay that many botanists will become most
excited. Not a few will immediately wax expansive over the
perfectly irrelevant commonplace that plants do not ‘‘feel,’’ nor
“see,’’ nor do a score of things that an imaginative writer may
credit them with doing. All the while forgetting, that by the
exercise of his imagination, a writer with a somewhat different
perspective from that of the average botanist, may so change
the point of view, so visualize the every-day, common thing,
that the reader will never quite look at it with his customary
indifference; never quite put it into the category of those in-

185

teresting things that nearly everyone forgets. It is just this

quality of forever fixing in one’s mind the fertilization of Vallis-

_ neria that has made the printing of this essay a privilege.
Wal

‘“‘We must not leave the aquatic plants without briefly men-
tioning the life of the most romantic of them all: the legendary
Vallisneria, an hydrocharad whose nuptials form the most tragic
episode in the love-history of the flowers. The Vallisneria is a
rather insignificant herb, possessing none of the strange grace of
the water-lily or of certain submersed verdant plants. But it
seems as though nature had delighted in giving it a beautiful
idea. Its whole existence is spent at the bottom of the water, in
a sort of half-slumber, until the wedding-hour comes, when it
aspires to a new life. Then the female plant slowly uncoils the
long spiral of its peduncle, rises, emerges, and floats and blossoms
on the surface of the pond. From a neighboring stem, the male
flowers, which see it through the sunlit water rise in their turn,
full of hope, towards the one that rocks, that awaits them, that
calls them to a fairer world. But when they have come half-
way, they feel themselves suddenly held back: their stalk, the
very source of their life, is too short; they will never reach the
abode of light, the only spot in which the union of the stamens
and pistils can be achieved!”’

“Is there any more cruel inadvertance or ordeal in nature?
Picture the tragedy of that longing, the inaccessible so nearly
attained, the transparent fatality, the impossible with not a
visible obstacle! It would be insoluble, like our own tragedy
upon this earth, were it not that an unexpected element is
mingled with it. Did the males foresee the disillusion to which
they would be subjected? One thing is certain, that they have
locked up in their hearts a bubble of air, even as we lock up in
our souls a thought of desperate deliverance. It is as though
they hesitated for a moment; then with a magnificent effort,
the finest, the most supernatural that I know of in all the pa-
geantry of the insects and the flowers, in order to rise to happiness
they deliberately break the bond that attaches them to life.
They tear themselves from their peduncle and, with an incom-

186

parable flight, amid bubbles of gladness, their petals dart up
and break the surface of the water. Wounded to death, but
radiant and free they float for a moment beside their heedless
brides and the union is accomplished, whereupon the victims
drift away to perish, while the wife, already a mother, closes
her corolla [calyx], in which lives their last breath, rolls up her
spiral and descends to the depths, there to ripen the fruit of the
heroic kiss.’”” [From Maurice Maeterlinck’s essay on the “‘ Intel-
ligence of the Flowers” in ‘‘The Measure of the Hours.” Dodd,
Mead & Co., I910.]

LOCAL, FLORA NODTES—X

By NorRMAN TAYLOR

Species ' Specomens wanted from
GERANIACEAE
Geranium Robertianum L. The coastal plain.
G. sibiricum L. Established in the range?*
G. pusillum Burm. New York or northern New
Jersey.
G. Columbianum L. Pennsylvania
G. Bicknell Britton. Anywhere in the range.
G. Pyrenaicum L. Is it known in the range?
Erodium cicutarium (L.) L’Her. Northern New York or New
Jersey.
OXALIDACEAE
Oxalis Acetosella L. Below 1000 ft. elevation.
O. Bushu Small. New Jersey.
O. rufa Small. Anywhere in the range.
O. stricta L. Above 1000 ft. elevation.

* The local flora range as prescribed by the Club’s Preliminary Catalogue of 1888
is as follows: All of the state of Connecticut; Long Island; in New York the counties
bordering the Hudson River up to and including Columbia and Greene, also Sullivan
and Delaware counties; all of New Jersey; and Pike, Wayne, Monroe, Lackawanna,
Luzerne, Northampton, Lehigh, Carbon, Bucks, Berks, Schuylkill, Montgomery,
Philadelphia, Delaware and Chester counties in Pennsylvania.

“187

* Species

Specimens wanted from

LINACEAE

Linum humile Mill.

L. grandiflorum Desf.

L. striatum Walt.

L. floridanum (Planch) Tre-
lease.

L. medium (Planch) Britton.

L. sulcatum (Riddell) Small.

Is it an escape?

Is it established in the range?

The Hudson Valley.

New York or New Jersey.*

North or northwest of the
coastal plain.

Northern New York or New

Jersey.

ZYGOPHYLLACEAE

Tribulus terrestris L.

Anywhere in the range.t

RUTACEAE

Zanthoxylum americanum L.

Ptelea trifoliata Li:

From the coastal plain region
of New Jersey.
Anywhere in the range.

POLYGALACEAE

Polygala lutea L.
P. brevifolia Nutt.
P. incarnata L.

P. Curtiss A. Gray.
P. Mariana Mill.

P. Senega L.

P. paucifolia Willd.

Long Island or Staten Island.

Long Island.

New Jersey, particularly in the
pine-barrens.

Anywhere in the range. ft

Pine-barrens of New Jersey.

Anywhere in the range.§

The northern part of the range.

* This unfamiliar plant is now known from two stations on Long Island but not

otherwise known from the range.

7 Three stations are represented by specimens and there seems a fair chance
of this plant becoming established in waste places.

{ Perhaps not distinct from P. viridescens L. Supposed to be in Pennsylvania
and doubtfully in New Jersey, but no specimens are extant from the range that

can unhesitatingly be placed here.

§ The form described as latifolia is also unknown in our area.

188

Species Specimens wanted from ;
EUPHORBIACEAE
Phyllanthus carolinensis Walt. | Anywhere in the range.*
Croton capitatus Michx. Anywhere in the range.
Crotonopsis linearis Michx. Eastern Pennsylvania and ad-
jacent New Jersey.
Acalypha gracilens A. Gray. New Jersey or New York.
A. ostryaefolia Ridd. Middlesex or Somerset coun-
ties, New Jersey.
Euphorbia glyptosperma En- New York or northern New
gieltaaeae Jersey.
E. humistrata Engelm. Anywhere in the range.
E. corollata LL. Middlesex, Mercer, or Mon-
. mouth counties, New Jersey.
E. marginata Pursh. Is it established as an escape?
E. dentata Michx. Pennsylvania or New Jersey.
E.. Ipecacuanhae L. In sand north or west of the
“fall line.”
E.. Darlingtonu A. Gray. Southern New Jersey.
E. commutata Engelm. Anywhere in the range.
E. lucida L. New Jersey and Pennsylvania.
CALLITRICHACEAE
Callitriche Austinu Engelm. Long Island or Westchester
Co., New York.
EMPETRACEAE
Corema Conrad Torrey. The northern part of the pine-
barrens.
LIMNANTHACEAE
Floerkea proserpinacoides Northern New York or from
Willd. Sussex County, New Jersey.

* Credited to the range in the Club’s Preliminary Catalogue of 1888, but other-
wise unknown. Reported from eastern Pennsylvania.

189

Species Specimens wanted from
ANACARDIACEAE

Rhus aromatica Ait. Anywhere in the range.

R. lurta (L.) Sudw. Northern New Jersey.

Ilex opaca Ait. Long Island; as a wild plant
from Connecticut.

I. monticola A. Gray. Mountains of New York or
New Jersey.

I. glabra (L.) A. Gray. Long Island.

I. bronxensis Britton. See footnote.*

Illicoides mucronata (L.) Brit- The coastal plain region.

ton.
CELASTRACEAE

Euonymus americanus L. North or west of the coastal

plain.
ACERACEAE

Acer pennsylvanicum L. South of the highlands of the
Hudson.

A. spicatum Lam. In Westchester Co., New York,
or in northern New Jersey.

A. carolinianum Walt. See footnote.t

A. nigrum Michx. Anywhere in the range.

* A species very doubtfully distinct from I. verticillata; originally described from
near Woodlawn, N. Y. City. Said to differ from the common plant by obovate
instead of oblong or oval leaves, and by its orange-red instead of scarlet fruits.
Dr. Britton has recently expressed grave doubts as to the specific validity of
Ilex bronxensis.

7 The pine-barren and southern New Jersey form of the common red maple.
It is known from as far north as Spotswood, Middlesex Co., N. J., but no farther.
Are any records extant indicating its extreme northern limits?

BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN.

190

REVIEWS

Harshberger’s Phytogeographic Survey of North America*

This long expected work on North American plant geography
by Professor Harshberger has at last appeared under date of
1911. The writer has divided his work into four parts, and for
purposes of review, it will be convenient to consider these divi-
sions in their proper order; reserving for the end some general
conclusions.

I. History AND LITERATURE OF THE BOTANIC WORKS AND
EXPLORATIONS OF THE NORTH AMERICAN CONTINENT. To this
historical first chapter (pp. I-39), dealing with the rise and devel-
opment of North American floristic botany, much might still be
added, and then one would continue to feel! the inadequacy of the
treatment. For instance, the failure to mention Fernald’s work
in the Gaspé peninsula (p. 4), Rydberg’s on the Canadian Rockies
(p. 5), or of Hollick’s explorations in Alaska (p. 7) all leave some-
thing to be desired in an essay on the history of Canadian and
northern botany. Coming down to New England, a fairly com-
prehensive survey of botanical activity in that section is given,
stretching from John Josselyn’s “‘ New England Rarities,’’ 1672,
to the work of Robinson and Fernald, of our own times. Ina
book the preface of which is dated October, 1910, one would
have hoped to find some mention of the recent admirable catalog
of Connecticut plants, issued early in I910, by the Connecticut
Botanical Club, but the author does not seem to have known of
it, or perhaps not soon enough to get it into his work.

It is in covering the Middle Atlantic States that we should
expect the historical portion of this work to be thé most precise
and of greatest value, as it is here that the records of over a
hundred years are rich and varied. Tracing the early period of
Green, LeConte, Hosack, and Torrey down to the mid-nineteenth

* Harshberger, J.W. Phytogeographic Survey of North America. A consider-
ation of the phytogeography of the North American continent, including Mexico,
Central America and the West Indies, together with the evolution of North Ameri-
can plant distribution. Pp. i—lxiii+1-—790. Pl. I— XVIII +f. 1-32, and
colored map. William Engelmann, Leipzig, and G. E. Stechert, New York.
Price, unbound, $13.00. [Vol. XIII. Die Vegegation der Erde, A. Engler and O.
Drude.|

19]

century, the writer then takes up more recent developments
No mention is made of the very intimate relations between the
Torrey Club and the New York Botanical Garden (not ‘“‘ Botanic
Museum’’), and of the fact that the president of the former
must 7pso facto be on the board of managers of the latter. That
the Bronx Garden owes its very existence to a movement started
in the Club many years ago is a well known piece of historical
gossip. His treatment of the Garden itself and of the Club also,
is somewhat inadequate, as no mention is made of the work of
Murrill, or Hollick, at the former; and it were pertinent to re-
mind the writer that there have been two editors of the Bulletin
since Dr. Barnhart resigned some years ago as editor-in-chief
of the Club. Of a more serious nature is the omission of any
mention of the comparatively important floras of Utica, by
Harberer, and of Troy, by Wright and another by Eaton; and
the inclusion of the inconsequential little pamphlet on the flora
of Central Park, New York City, by E. A. Day! Similarly, the
failure to mention the work of Stewardson Brown and Miss
Keller, on the flora of the vicinity of Philadelphia, is somewhat
surprising.

KE. L. Greene’s work on the flora of the Rocky Mountains, and
Nelson’s recent book on that subject (p. 23), are also ignored.
Again, Rydberg, in his flora of Montana and the Yellowstone
does something more than ‘‘give an account of the herbaria
consulted, the botanists engaged in field work, and the localities
visited.’’ This information is confined to the preface, whereas
in the body of the work are such data as a catalog of the plants,
with stations cited, together with habitats, altitudinal distribu-
tion, etc. Notwithstanding editorial curtailment of space, we
should have expected to see mention, at least causally, of the
work of LeRoy Abrams in California, of Transeau, Shreve, Can-
non and Lloyd in Arizona, and of Von Turckheim and perhaps
Wercklé in Central America.

It must not be inferred from this catalog ofithings and names
omitted from the history that the work is not without much
value, for it is something to have brought together the imposing
array of facts and names that Dr. Harshberger has accumulated

192

and there is presented a fairly comprehensive history of floristic
botany in this country so far as its broad outlines are concerned.

A rather meager account of the history of plant geography,
physiography, altitudinal distribution, and phenology is perhaps
to be accounted for. These subjects lend themselves to historical
treatment with difficulty, and the obvious scantiness of the data
must be accepted as an excuse for the all too brief record (7 pages)
that the author has set down.

There follows then, in chapter two (pp. 45-92), a bibliography
of North American Botany, separated into (a) general works,
and (b) special works on the territories; the latter under the
_ eight sectional divisions into which Dr. Harshberger has divided
the continent. Each of these parts of the bibliography is alpha-
betic-chronologic in arrangement, and it is the latter feature of
the lists that attracts instant attention. A\ll, or nearly all, the
important works are listed up to 1908; from then onwards one
finds nothing. The bringing of a bibliography only up to within
nearly three years of the date of publication is open to some
question, at least, as to timeliness; but the failure to list later
and more complete editions of old works is positively misleading
to the seeker after bibliographic facts, who has reason to expect
approximate completeness, at least up to 1908. A case well
illustrating this is the citation, both in the bibliography and
throughout the rest of the book, of Gannett’s Dictionary of
Altitudes of the United States as Bulletin 160 of the U. S. Geo-
logical Survey, 1899, when a new edition, nearly twice as large,
was published in 1906 as bulletin 274 of the same series.

Many minor inaccuracies are to be found, such as the date
of Grisebach’s Flora of the British West Indies. It is given as
1864, when it is a well known fact that the work appeared in six
parts, five of which were issued before the close of 1861. Of the
forms of citation used here and throughout the body of the work,
it may be said that it is usually fairly clear just what is referred
to, and this in spite of the fact that sometimes the forms used
in zoological literature are adopted, sometimes other forms, pre-
sumably the author’s, but almost never the form of citation
adopted at the Madison meeting of the A. A. A. S., section G,

wr

193

1893, which has received practically universal acceptance among
American botanists. The bibliography, as a whole, however,
will be invaluable to future students, in that it brings together,
in one place, and for the first time, most of the important books
and articles that have been printed, thereby making it possible
to get bibliographic information on any given subject almost at a
glance.

II. GEOGRAPHIC, CLIMATIC AND FLORISTIC SURVEY. The first
chapter of this part is a brief (pp. 93-130) geographical descrip-
tion of the continent and need not detain us, as it is necessarily
a compilation from such authorities as Tarr, C. W. Hayes, J. W.
Powell, Adams, Wright, R. T. Hill, Keane, and some of the
publications of the Bureau of American Republics. The essay
draws attention to all the more important physiographic features
of our varied topography, and especially to those that have or
have had a bearing on the distribution of American plants.

The selection of material for the second chapter on the climate
of North America (pp. 130-165) presents some interesting side-
lights on the author’s point of view, and his conception of what
are the chief climatic factors in the distribution of plants. After
a rehearsal of the main climatic features and of some of the general
principles of climatology, the book takes up the continental divi-
sions in more detail. This is elaborated mostly from the reports
of the United States Weather Bureau, and is as comprehensive,
along certain lines, as the most critical could desire. The thing
_ that strikes the curious note is the absolute failure to record any
of the conclusions of Abbe on the relation between climate and
crops, published in 1905, and which have revolutionized our
ideas as to the effects of temperature on plant distribution. That
maximum and minimum temperature, and that any method of
reckoning accumulative temperature or heat units, are not the
vital factors in this problem, has been discussed at length in
numerous papers within the last three or four years. And the
almost general consensus of opinion that the length of the growing
season is the most important factor seems to have escaped the
writer’s notice. This is much to be regretted, as charts or tables
for small areas, such as those in recent papers by Shreve, Gleason,

194

or the reviewer, showing the number of days between the last
killing frost of spring and the first one of autumn, would have
been, in the case of Dr. Harshberger’s vastly greater range, of
the utmost possible usefulness in the orientation of our ideas on
plant “‘life-zones’”’ of the North American continent north of
the frost line. In connection with the discussion of rainfall, it
would have added interest to make some mention of the relative
evaporating power of the air over different soils, as this has a
very marked bearing on the ultimate amount of water available
to the vegetation.

The West Indies and Central America present some difficulties
when generalizations are attempted as to their climate. The one
important factor, so far as a plant geographer is concerned, is the
prevailing northeast trade-wind, as this has a greater effect on
the plant distribution than almost any other single agency.
Under this section, Dr. Harshberger makes only incidental men-
tion of this wind, but later (pp. 672-704) he ascribes to it a more
important position. The times and seasons of the rains in the
larger West Indies are controlled by this moisture-laden wind,
rolling in from the Atlantic and precipitating its water on wind-
ward slopes, leaving the drier southwesterly areas, on most of —
the islands, all but deserts. Of all this, nothing, in the account
of West Indian climatology. Furthermore, in the Journal of
the New York Botanical Garden for January, 1910, some little
account of the femperature and rainfall of Santo Domingo was
published, based on carefully kept records for two or more years,
but no mention is made of this. Another feature of West Indian
climatology that may excite some question, as presented by the
writer, is the statement that the typical hurricanes originate in
the open Atlantic. Many meteorologists have considered that
these destructive storms originate in the Caribbean, just west
of the coast of South America, in a gigantic heat vortex, cy-
clonically filled up by a sudden in-rushing of cooler air.

The third and shortest chapter (4 pages) of this part contains
synopses of the most important tabulations as to the number of
native and introduced species in North America, brought down
as mentioned above, only to 1908.

III. GroLtocic EVoLuTION, THEORETIC CONSIDERATIONS AND
STATISTICS ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF NORTH AMERICAN PLANTS.
If the historical factors, climatic, geological, and ethnological,
have been the most important in the fixing of the permanent
complexion of our vegetation, then this part of the book will
doubtless be considéred as of chief interest, for it deals with the
most fascinating part of the origin and development of the North
American flora. To the botanist, or even to the intelligent gen-
eral reader, Dr. Harshberger has presented, almost dramatically,
a picture of the beginnings of things floral on this continent,
that will perhaps evoke criticism, but must meet with general
admiration. The alternate rising and falling of the earth’s crust,
the encroachment of inland oceans over what is now dry land,
the upheavals of our great mountain chains, the advance and
recession of the continental glaciers, and many other minor geo-
logical phenomena, have had profound and fundamental in-
fluences on the migration of whole floras, the creation of interest-
ing endemisms, and the struggle between heat- and cold-resisting
floras.

The Cretaceous and Tertiary floras are first discussed (pp.
120-182), and a general review of the fossil-bearing strata, to-
gether with a list of the better known preglacial plants, is given.
This list, to the botanist, will convey a very fair idea of the state
of North American vegetation just before the beginning of the
southward extension of the great continental glacier; and it serves
also to fix in one’s mind the vast climatic significance of the
encroaching ice-sheet. That such genera as Anona, Araucaria,
Artocarpus, Bombax, Casuarina, Dalbergia, Eugenia, Inga, Grewia,
Sabal, and Sterculia should ever have flourished in what is now
temperate America is evidence of the far-reaching change wrought
by the ice.

The second chapter (pp. 182-203) deals with the development
of the flora during the glacial periods, and calls attention to the
facts of the alternate encroachment and recession of the glaciers
and of the consequent see-sawing of heat- and cold-resistant
types of plant life. The treatment of the endemisms created
by the final recession of the glacier and of the formation of

196

glacial bogs, is well written and the author gives frequent ac-
knowledgment to the excellent work of Transeau on this in-
teresting problem.

In the third and longest chapter (pp. 203-311) of this part,
the post-glacial and recent history of the North American flora
is traced with some detail. That this part of the work, dealing
with the forces that finally shaped our present condition of things
floristic, should contain even a few errors Or omissions is un-
fortunate. Attention should especially be called to the fact that
south of the terminal moraine on Long Island the region is
mostly Tertiary, and even more modern in formation, and not
Cretaceous.*

In the consideration of the strand flora of New Jersey, which
Dr. Harshberger has studied in some detail, he makes the state-
ment that Hibiscus moscheutos followed the shore line of the
old Penausken Sound, and that this circumstance explains the
occurrence of this maritime plant in the middle of New Jersey.
The explanation is ingenious enough, but it does not easily over-
come the fact that near Spotswood, N. J., which is almost
directly in the middle of the bed of Penausken Sound, the plant
is thoroughly established.t

Lack of space forbids mention of many things discussed in
this part of the work, although they are of surpassing interest
to the phytogeographer and ecologist. It is enough to say that
the writer takes up each section of the continent, and gives what
he considers to have been the final adjustments of the flora to
its environment, and tells us what, to him, have been the under-
lying factors in the development of the ultimate floristic char-
acteristics of the country.

Such minor inaccuracies as the statement (pp. 276 and 621)
that Crossosoma is confined, for the most part, to the Californian
islands, when really there are at least two other species on the

* This error occurs throughout the work. See pp. 218 and 421. According to
geological survey maps, the only outcroppings of Cretaceous on Long Island are
a few small ones on the north shore, near the western end of the island.

+ Dr. Harshberger makes no mention of the interesting and suggestive observa-
tions of Harper on the relation between the flora of the glaciated and unglaciated
region along the Atlantic coast.

197
continent, and that Artemesia tridentata is of the ‘‘senecoid com-
posites’’ (p. 188), instead of being in the tribe Anthemideae, do
not necessarily detract from the usefulness of the work, for these
are questions of taxonomy, and not details that one must expect
every phytogeographer to record with unerring accuracy.

After describing, in chapter four (pp. 311-341), the affinities
of the North American flora, comparing each of the sections with
neighboring regions,* or those further removed that have con-
tributed floral elements, the author takes up, in the fifth chapter,
the classification of North American phytogeographic regions.
Citing among others, those previously published by Grisebach,
Engler, Drude, Merriam (whose classification, by the way, was
as much zoGdlogical as botanical), and Clements, with the state-
ment that Engler’s classification of 1902, seems to the author
“the most complete and satisfactory,” Dr. Harshberger writes
thus: “The classification presented herewith (his own) repre-
sents, the writer believes, the present status of our knowledge
concerning the geographic distribution of American plants. In
it is incorporated all that is good in the classifications that have
preceded, without sacrificing originality.”

IV. NortH AMERICAN PHYTOGEOGRAPHIC REGIONS, FORMA-
TIONS, AssociATIONS. The fourth and much the longest part
of this work is taken up with a particular description of the
vegetation as it is to-day and as it impresses the author. There
are many who will cherish the thought that this enormous amount
of labor (pp. 347-704) might well have been left to form the
nucleus of another book. And this, not only because the minute
description of plant formations and associations is as much eco-
logical as phytogeographic, but also because of the vast amount of
more or less stereotypic repetition that must ensue in the descrip-
tion of closely related areas which differ only in minor details; a
repetition almost wearisome, in a book of this character, but
interesting enough in a sketch of more or less limited areas, or a
small:series of them. The account of the vegetation of the
Arctic tundra and of the peculiar formations of Alaska, Labrador,

* The citing of Phyllospadix of the Zosteraceae, on page 313, as an example of
endemism, under arctic algae, is an unhappy slip of the pen.

198

and Hudson Bay regions is valuable; but he must be an ardent
believer who can, with complete mental composure, read a de-
scription of the lake, swamp, bog, coniferous forest, and deciduous
forest formations each seven or more times, the salt marsh, alpine,
barren, strand, and dune formations each five times all in the
second and third chapters (pp. 360-516), dealing with the vegeta-
tion east of the Mississippi and some of its tributaries. Add to
this dozens of minor formations, scores of associations, areas,
circum-areas, etc., and the indigestibility of the whole mass may
be imagined. Granting, however, the suitability of this vast
bulk of minutiae in a work on North American phytogeography,
the problem has been handled with as much skill, at least as to
form, as the almost hopeless nature of the task would permit.

Some statements challenge attention in this part, as, for in-
stance, the assertion (p. 372) that Drosera rotundifolia, Prunus
pennsylvanica, and Fragaria virginiana are true alpine plants,
that Opuntia Rafinesquir is found on Nantucket (p. 380), that
Clintonia borealis is a bog plant (p. 385), that Potamogeton Vasey
and Spirillus are truly Laurentian* in distribution (p. 392), that
Sassafras is typically pine-barren (p. 415), and, most important
of all, the statement (p. 481) that in West Virginia there is a
series of ponds and lakes which represent water-filled kettle-holes
of glacial origin!

The third and fourth chapters of this part continue, with a
nearly similar completeness, the description of the vegetation
stretching to the Pacific Coast, including the Californian islands.
Chapter five considers the Mexican subtropic zone and mountain
region, and chapter six, the tropical Mexican and Central Amer-
ican regions. The last four chapters (pp. 516-672) are neces-
sarily briefer than those dealing with better known regions, but
they give a valuable account of their respective areas as we
know them to-day. While it is true that our knowledge of the
West Indian region is still somewhat limited, we should have
expected Dr. Harshberger to have availed himself more fully

* Both are found within the Laurentian area, but neither is typical of this area,
as they are both found far south of it. The citation of Potamogeton distribution
as indicative of or resulting from any particular formation, is open to question, as
most aquatics may be found far from what is their conjectural center of distribu-
tion, and for obvious reasons.

199

in chapter seven (pp. 672-704) of the results of the extensive
explorations, in nearly every West Indian island, by various
members of the staff of the New York Botanical Garden.

So much for a very meager record of the most important
phytogeographical work that has appeared in this country. If
the review seems to be little more than a catalog of errors and
omissions, it must be stated that only the more important errors
of fact have claimed attention, and that scores of minor in-
accuracies have been glossed over owing to lack of space.

In the recently issued first part of a history of botany by E. L.
Greene, we have become familiar with a style of writing that has
set a high literary ideal for all future botanical works in this
country. The warmest admirer of the present book can never,
unfortunately, claim for it consideration as a piece of literature.
Note for example the following quotation, exactly copied as to
punctuation and wording. ‘For facility in treatment and also
for the purpose of classification the following broad arrangement
will be followed in presenting the historic facts which concern
this chapter with the following broad classification of material
according to geography:’’ .... (p. 1). Besides the two pages
of corrections published in the beginning of the work, the re-
viewer has found at least as many more typographical errors
that escaped the reader of the proofs. It is perhaps almost
impossible to guard against such things in a book written here
and printed and edited in Germany.

The eighteen plates are notable contributions to the illustration
of North American plants and their habitats, but of the thirty-
two text figures, thirteen are from Die Nattirlichen Pflanzen-
familien or Das Pflanzenreich, and lack altogether phytogeo-
graphical or ecological significance. The rest are from photo-
graphs and much more valuable.

A very complete index of plants (pp. 704-790 is most useful,
but a similarly complete index of localities, formations, associa-
tions, etc., and of persons would have been of the greatest utility.

In conclusion, the book may be said to be of far-reaching
usefulness in that it attempts what no other work has heretofore
attempted. That it will fill a long felt want is a foregone con-
clusion. NORMAN TAYLOR

200

NOTES AND NEWS ITEMS

The Experiment Station Record for June has this to say editor-
ially of recent work with the respiration calorimeter. ‘Of late a
new line of experiments has been undertaken with the respira-
tion calorimeter, which marks a departure in studies of this
kind and indicates a broader application of the apparatus. These
new studies relate to the ripening of fruit, and are being carried —
on in codperation with the Bureau of Chemistry. They have
shown that the apparatus is suited to studies of the changes
going on during ripening, and that as a living body the functions
of the plant as well as of animals may be observed.”

‘“A number of bunches of green bananas were placed in the
respiration chamber and kept under observation until the ripening
process was completed to the usual commercial stage, which
requires three or four days. During this time the oxygen con-
sumption, the carbon dioxid excretion, and the heat elimination
were determined in a manner not previously possible, throwing
interesting light on the chemical process of ripening.”

“These experiments have been repeated sufficiently to check
the results-and suggest the nature of the changes. Important
data have already been obtained regarding the respiratory quo-
tient, the carbon dioxid thermal equivalent, and the amount of
energy liberated by the bananas during the ripening process.
The indications are that physical and chemical factors which are
of the greatest value in the study of this problem, important from
a practical as well as a theoretical standpoint, can be accurately
measured with the respiration calorimeter. The results will
assist in the interpretation of analytical studies and throw a new
light on the problems involved in the ripening and storage of
fruit. As the method is applicable, not only to fruit of all kinds,
but to vegetables and other products, it is believed to have a
wide range of possibilities.”

“Tt has been suggested furthermore that some of the changes
taking place during the germination of seeds, a subject which has
been studied in other ways, could be more accurately determined.
The heating of grain in storage is also a problem to the study of

201

which the apparatus lends itself. With certain adaptations,
which are believed mechanically possible, the apparatus might
be used in connection with growing plants to study their tran-
spiration, respiration, etc., as well as the energy required for
these different physiological processes. But little is known re-
garding the energy changes of plant activity, and this apparatus
seems to afford means of extending knowledge along that line.
Indeed, the possibilities for the study of the respiratory exchange
and energy production of vegetable products and plant life are
well-nigh unlimited, and open up a line of investigation of great
importance.”’

The seeds and plants imported by the Bureau of Plant In-
dustry in the early part of 1910 make, with their descriptions,
an eighty-page booklet which is supplied free of charge by the
Department of Agriculture.

Volume one, number one, of the Journal of the Washington
Academy of Sciences has just appeared. Itis “‘ . . . a medium
for the publication of original papers and a record of scientific
work in Washington [D. C.]._ It accepts for publication (1) brief
papers written or communicated by resident or non-resident
members of the academy; (2) abstracts of current scientific
literature published in or emanating from Washington; (3) pro-
ceedings and programs of the affiliated societies; and (4) notes
of events connected with the scientific life of Washington.”
The journal is a semi-monthly, costs six dollars a year to non-
members of the academy, and is not offered in exchange. Very
little botanical is found in this first number, but there are ab-
stracts of W. H. Kempfer’s paper on the preservative treatment
of poles, and of F. G. Plummer’s Forest Service Bulletin No. 85
on “Chaparral: Studies in the dwarf forests, or elfin wood of
Southern California.”’

Bulletin 87 of the Forest Service deals with the Eucalpyts
in Florida. It contains nearly fifty pages of interesting reading,
illustrations, and a table showing the various species, their uses,
rate of growth, climatic and soil requirements, etc.

202

Some time ago the Alabama Polytechnic Institute issued a
circular on school improvement. The joint authors, R. S.
Machintosh and P. F. Williams, have given good general advice
for the successful work and maps showing various treatments of
plots of various sizes. The short descriptive list of trees, shrubs,
vines, and herbs adds much to the value of the pamphlet and
suggests that such a boooklet would be useful for every state and
prevent the mistakes often made—not only in the planning of
the grounds but in the yearly Arbor Day work. Too often
schools have little or nothing to show for the energy spent in such
exercises, or else a quantitative success with a tiresome sameness.

Investigating the assimilation of atmospheric nitrogen by fungi,
L. H. Pennington (BULLETIN Torrey Botanical Club, March)
worked with several common molds and secured results “in
harmony with the generally accepted notion that fungi do not
have the ability to assimilate atmospheric nitrogen.”’ The defi-
nite reports to the contrary may be explained by experimental
error; or probably by variation in the different strains of fungi.
With this last explanation in view distinct SORES are being

isolated to test variations in this ability.

Protective enzymes have been studied in pomaceous and other
fruits by several workers from the Delaware Agricultural Station
(Science, April 10). The work was suggested by experiments on
the toxicity of tannin, and the conclusions follow: (1) Normal
living fruits contain two enzymes, a catylase and an oxidase.
(2) Tannin, as such does not exist in any part of the normal un-
injured fruit previous to maturity, except possibly a small amount
in the peel. (3) The oxidase acts only in an acid solution; it
helps form a tannin or tannin-like substance which can precipitate
proteid matter and form a germicidal fluid. (4) These changes
may be caused by injuries to normal immature fruits by fungi,
insects and mechanical agencies.

Under ‘‘A Universal Law”’ Wilder D. Bancroft calls attention
in the Journal of the American Chemical Society to the universal
law known to biologists as the survival of the fittest and to

208

physicists, chemists, business men, etc., by various other names.
A wide range of illustrations is given, taken almost entirely from
the biological sciences and grouped under such topics as pressure
and concentration, temperature, light, moisture, food and fer-
tilizers, secretions, climate, and non-adaptability. The biolo-
gist’s point of view is discussed, and spontaneous variation is
described as ‘‘merely another way of expressing our ignorance”’
due to the fact the present and transmitted effects of external
conditions are known but incompletely. The article was re-
printed in Science and has been the cause of much commendatory
discussion.

Professor Bessey has corrected the plant group estimates given
in Torreya, adding (approximately) 1,300 to the ferns, 70 to the
gymnosperms, 3,700 to the monocotyledons, and 18,000 to the
dicotyledons. These, with a few other changes, make a total
estimate of 233,000 instead of 210,000.

Frederick V. Coville (Science, May 5) suggests growing trailing
arbutus in acid soils. Successful experiments were conducted
with these plants—so rarely seen in cultivation—by using an
acid soil, nine parts kalmia peat and one part clean’sand. By
March seeds from the previous July had produced plants un-
usual in size (seven-eighths of an inch in diameter) and fragrance.
' Mr. Coville incidentally describes the fruit of the arbutus as
juicy instead of dry and states that the dehiscence is not locu-
licidal. At the lecture on June 3, at the New York Botanical
Garden, Mr. Coville showed many interesting lantern photo-
graphs, and demonstrated more extensively on the cultivation of
numerous plants of the heath family and of some of our local
orchids in acid soils.

The following single sheet publication of the Department of
Agriculture is attracting wide notice: “‘A NEw KIND OF CorN
FROM CHINA.” ‘‘A small lot of shelled corn, of a kind that is
new to this country, was sent to the U. S. Department of Agri-
culture from Shanghai, China, in 1908, and tested the same
season. It proved to have qualities that may make it valuable

204

in breeding a corn adapted to the hot and dry conditions of the
Southwest. The plants raised in the test averaged less than 6
feet in height, with an average of 12 green leaves at the time of
tasseling. The ears averaged 54 inches in length and 44 inches
in greatest circumference, with 16 to 18 rows of small grains.
On the upper part of the plant the leaves are all on one side of
the stalk, instead of being arranged in two rows on opposite
sides. Besides this, the upper leaves stand erect, instead of
drooping, and the tips of the leaves are therefore above the top
of the tassel. The silks of the ear are produced at the point where
the leaf blade is joined to the leaf sheath, and they appear befere
there is any sign of an ear except a slight swelling.

‘This corn is very different from any that is now produced in
America. Its peculiar value is that the erect arrangement of
the leaves on one side of the stalk and the appearance of the
silks in the angle where the leaf blade joins the sheath offer a
protected place in which pollen can settle and fertilize the silks
before the latter are ever exposed to the air. This is an excellent
arrangement for preventing the drying out of the silks before
pollination. While this corn may be of little value-itself, it is
likely that, by cross-breeding, these desirable qualities can be
imparted to a larger corn, which will thus be better adapted to
the Southwest.

“The discovery of this peculiar corn in China suggests anew
the idea that, although America is the original home of corn,
yet it may by some means have been taken to the Eastern
Hemisphere long before the discovery of America by Columbus.
From descriptions in Chinese literature corn is known to have
been established in China within less than a century after the
voyage of Columbus. But this seems a short time for any plant
to have become widely known and used. Besides, this particular
corn is so different from anything in the New World that it must
have been developed in the Old World, and for that to happen ina
natural way would take a very long time. These ideas are
brought out in Bulletin 161 of the Bureau of Plant Industry,
which gives also an account of some cross-breeding experiments
with the new corn and the changes which crossing produces in the
grains the same season.”

The Torrey Botanical Club

Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six
gratuitous copies of the number of Torreya in which their papers
appear, will kindly notify the editor when submitting manuscript.
| Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned
to the editor, from The New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen
Street, Lancaster, Pa., who have furnished the following rates :

2pp App Spp 12pp 16pp 20pp

25 copies $.75 $1.05 $1.30 $1.80 $2.20 $2.50
50 copies 90 1.20 1.70 2.20 2.50 2.85
100 copies 1.15 1.55 1.95 2.55 2.90 3.20

200 copies 1.70 2.35 2.90 3.75 4.35 4.70
Covers : 25 for 75 cents, additional covers 1 cent each.
_ Plates for rep: ints, 40 cents each per 100.

The following Committees have been appointed for 1911

Finance Committee Field Committee

J. 1. Kane, Chairman E. B. SourHwick, Chairman
H. M. RicHARDS Wma: MANSFIELD

N. Tavior

Budget Committee Program Committee

H. H. Russy, Chairman Mrs. E. G. Britton, Chairman
J. H. Barnuart : Miss JEAN BROADHURST

No Ls Britron Tracy E. Hazen

E. S. Burcess ~ F, J. SEAVER

B. O. DopcE ~

Puitip DOWELL
- Local Flora Committee
N. L. Britton, Charman

Phanerogams: Cryptogams:

E. P. BIcKNELL “| Mrs. E. G. Brirron
N. L. Britton ~ : -PHitip DOWELL

E. S. BurGEss i - Tracy E. Hazen
€. Gy Curtis a M. A. Howe

K. K. Mackenziz «© —_W. A. Murrity

E. L. Morris

Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences, -
WILitaM-MANSFIELD

OTHER PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

TORREY Be) ie CLUB

(a) BULLETIN

Be ony journal devoted to seneral botany, established
1870. Vol. 37 published in 1910, contained 630 pages of text
and 36 full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum. For Europe,

14 shillings. Dulau & Co., 37 ‘Soho ues Eolon are, :

agents for England.

Of former volumes, only 24-37 can be supplied entire ; ‘cer- _

tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire seule

of some numbers has been réserved for the completion of sets.
Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars

~each; Vols. 28-37 three dollars each.

Sinele copies (30 cents) will be furnished only when not ue

breaking complete volumes.

(2) MEMOIRS

The Memorrs, established 1889, are published at ceils
intervals. Volumes I-13 are now completed ; Nos. 1 and 2 of ©
Vol. 14 havé been issued. The subscription price is fixed at
$3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers can also be pur-
chased singly. A list of titles of the individual ‘papers and of )

prices will be furnished on application.

(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri-
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New
York,.1888. Price, $1.00.

Correspondence rents to the above publications should be :

addressed to
MR. BERNARD 0, DODGE

Columbia University

New York City |

en” twain Be” alls hd ai eae

Nake Od rite Cage Ty A SN

~
aS ae ote

ae |
Phe
oe aie

-

Vol. 11 October, Ig1I No. 10

PORKREYA

A Monruty Journal or Boranicat Notes anp News
EDITED FOR

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

BY

NORMAN TAYLOR

JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873

CONTENTS

A Begin Centrak bHhinois <P. -Gaees.c soe oe ale Ras dec Seine awe kk ws 205°
Two Submerged Species of Uromyces: F. D. KERN 0.0.0... 0.02. cee visecseece ese econ 21
Reviews:

Duggar’s Plant Physiology: C. STUART GAGER..........cececcecescobssecee sseeuses 214

‘Taylor’s Review of the Phytogeographic Survey of North America: A Reply.

thet Wer SPEAR SHBER GRR ac so tacian cine ud ee de aoe Seow aee e cae hac cos aeouls lhe ane toe 217

Stewart’s Botanical Survey of the alee Islands: E. L. Morris......... 220 v

Notes and News Items........c.ccscse-sseseecesseesessetesseeee ROLE Svs gas Od < do kgais Sues eae OR eae ZOU
PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB

AT 4t NortTH QuEEN STREET, LANCASTER, Pa.
By THe New ERA Printrinc Company

{Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter: ]

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

- OFFICERS FOR 1o11

President
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D.

Vice- Presidents. |
EDWARD s. BURGESS, Pu.D. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D

Secretary and..Treasurer

BERNARDO. DODGE, Ph:B.
Columbia University, New York City

Editor
“PHILIP DOLE Px. D

| Associate Eliiors
JOHN H. BARNHART, A.M., M.D. TRACY ELLIOT HAZEN, Pu. D:

JEAN BROADHURST, AM. MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D:
ERNEST D. CLARK, PH-D.. HERBERT M. RICHARDS, Ss. D.

_ ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D, NORMAN TAYLOR

Torreya is furnished to subscribers in the United States and

Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postalor
- express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City -

banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any

other local checks that may be sent. _ Subscriptions are received only.

for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be

furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent.

to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL Cius, 41 North Queen St., Lan-
caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City.

Matter for publication should be addressed to —

NORMAN TAYLOR

Central Museum,

Eastern Parkway, Brooklyn, N. Wie

wWUl fad idl

TORK EY &

October, IgII
Vol. 11 No. 10

MebOG MN Cent RAL IeEINOIS*

By FRANK C. GATES

At the headwaters of Lake Matanzas, a bayou of the Illinois
River in Mason County, Illinois, about forty miles south of
Peoria, is situated a bog which the writer visited during July,
1910. The bog is of interest because it is so far south of the
usual southern limits of peat-bog plants, as outlined by Tran-
seau.| In it occurs a curious mixture of swamp, bog, and
mesophytic plants. The many attempts to separate swamps
and bogs by purely physical factors have always virtually proved
futile. The plants themselves are the indices and there need be
no difference in the environmental factors.

The bog proper is an area, 0.04 of a square mile in extent, in
which the soil is a water-soaked muck, imperfectly drained
towards Lake Matanzas. The drainage lines are indicated during
the summer by small creeks, without open water but hidden by
very dense growths of Leersia oryzoides. Occasionally a few
plants of Cinna arundinacea accompany the Leersia. This asso-
ciation ends abruptly at the edge of the running water. (Fig. 1.)

The historical factor has the greatest weight in accounting
for this bog, for it is known that in times past central Illinois
was vegetated by northern plants. Following the retreat of
the glaciers this northern vegetation has been displaced by

* Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory of the University of Michigan
No. 128. Submitted with the spelling in accordance with the recommendations
of the Simplified Spelling Board, and changed to conform to the editorial policy
of TORREYA—N. T.

7 Transeau, E. N. ‘“‘On the Geographic Distribution and Ecological Relations
of the Bog Plant Societies of North America.’’ Bot. Gaz. 36: 401-420. 1903
(with a map).

|No. 9, Vol. 11, of TORREYA, comprising pp. 181-204, was issued 12 Sept. tort.]|

205

BRARY
EW YOR!
wot ANICA
GARDEN

206

prairie and deciduous forest types of vegetation. There still re-
main, however, isolated spots, under peculiar local conditions,
in which the northern plants persist as relics. At Lake Matanzas
the bog is located in soggy ground, fed by cold-springs at the
base of the bluff, bordering the lake on the eastward. Only a
part of the area is occupied by bog plants, at the present time,
and the evidence goes to show that swamp plants are gradually
' displacing them.

Fic. 1. A portion of the Matanzas Bog, showing a stream course marked

by Leersia oryzoides, bounded by Saururus, back of which are shrubs (Cephalan-
- thus) and trees (Betula nigra). July 24, roro.

The ground at the foot of the bluff, kept relatively cold by
the water from the springs, is occupied by a luxuriant growth of
Berula erecta, a northern bog plant. The compound leaves of
the first-year plants form a dense mat over a strip about two
meters wide from which the flowering stalks of the second year
arise. Usually this growth occupies the entire space but not
infrequently, especially on the side away from the springs, there

207

were other low herbaceous plants of which the most abundant
were Mimulus glabratus jamesu, Galium trifidum, Poa sp., Eupa-
torium perfoliatum and Aspidium thelypteris. Less important
species were Pilea pumila, Impatiens biflora, Bidens vulzgata,
Scutellaria lateriflora, Carex lurida, Bidens comosa, Veronica
scutellata, Saururus cernuus, Eupatorium sp., Oxypolis rigidus,
Peltandra virgumca, Rumex Britannica, Iris versicolor, Sagittaria

Fic. 2. A portion of the cold-spring area showing Berula erecta with Mimu-
lus glabratus jamesii and the inroad of swamp plants on the side away from the
springs. July 24, 1910.

brevirostra, Agrostis alba, Cicuta bulbifera, Boehmeria cylindrica,
Ranunculus pennsylvanicus, Steironema ciliatum and Cinna arun-
dinacea. (Fig. 2.)

In a few places in the Berula area there are invading thicket
plants which indicate the trend of succession. The thickets are
usually formed by Salix with Sambucus but three were formed by
very dense recurving growths of Decodon verticillatus about 1.9

208

meters high. In the center of one of these thickets were plants
of Mentha arvensis canadensis and Chelone glabra, over two meters
high, whose exceptionally slender stems were supported by the
surrounding Decodon.

Bordering the Berula association on the side away from the
springs and along the creeks just beyond the running water,
the Saururus association has developed. This association is
composed of exceptionally well-developed plants of Saururus
cernuus, growing somewhat more than a meter high, with large
leaves, many long flowering spikes and numerous seeds. With
the Saururus were virtually no other plants. (Fig. 1.)

Bordering the narrow strip of Saururus was a somewhat wider
strip of thicket plants, most important of which were Salix
longifolia, Cephalanthus occidentalis, Cornus amomum and Rosa
carolina. In any given spot one of these usually grows to the
exclusion of the others, but all of them occupy the same relative
position in the vegetation. Cephalanthus and Cornus occur more
abundantly on the springy boggy soil nearer the headwaters of
the little creeks, while the Salix is very much more abundant
nearer Lake Matanzas and along the nearby Illinois river.
Thicket plants occur over nearly the entire area but they produce
their characteristic appearance only near the creeks, for else-
where trees are rapidly assuming dominance. Usually the ground
is bare of plants and consists of muck together with the debris
which the lower sprawling stems of the bushes have sifted from
the flood waters of the Illinois river. A sparse growth of herba-
ceous plants may be present in openings which admit sufficient
light to reach the ground. Most important of such species are
Asclepias incarnata, Boehmeria cylindrica, Peltandra virginica,
A pios tuberosa, Cicuta maculata, Iris versicolor, Stetronema cilia-
tum, Ranunculus abortivus, Pilea pumila, Eupatorium perfolia-
tum, Lippia lanceolata, Verbena hastata, and in addition, seedlings
of Betula nigra, Acer saccharinum, Fraxinus nigra and Fraxinus
americana may also be present.

The greater part of the bog is covered by the bottomland
woods. Although the usual bottomland trees are present, the
association does not appear normal as it has not yet become

209
entirely adjusted to the increase of water level following the
establishment of the Chicago Drainage Canal.

The Platanus occidentalis association is represented fairly well
in the bog area by a number of seedlings in the thickets and along
the little creeks, and by a few young trees between the Cephalan-
thus and the Ulmus-Acer association. Platanus persists quite
readily as a relic after the Ulmus-Acer association obtains domi-
nance. Both the Platanus and the Ulmus-Acer associations
occupy the drier portions of the bog area and there they readily
obtain dominance over the thickets.

The Ulmus-Acer association is represented by several of the
species of trees which characterize it. The proncipal ones
involved are Acer saccharinum, with many, well-developed,
medium-sized trees, 2-3 dm. in diameter, furnishing an abun-
dance of seedlings; Ulmus americana; Ulmus racemosa, with a few
small trees, 1.0-1.5 dm. in diameter and several young trees;
Fraxinus nigra, with a few fair-sized trees and several small ones;
Fraxinus americana, with several fair-sized and many small trees;
Betula nigra, with a few medium-sized and several small trees;
Quercus platanoides, with a few small trees; Tilia americana, with
a few small trees and one large one; and Platanus occidentalis,
with a few large relics. Of these the Acer, Betula, Ulmus and
Tilia incline towards the higher and consequently drier ground,
often forming oases in the bog. In such places the shade is very
dense and the undergrowth is entirely absent. There is usually
considerable undergrowth elsewhere, although but little of it is
characteristic of the Ulmus-Acer association. This undergrowth
is a curious mélange of several species from different associations
and formations. In point of numbers the thicket elements are
probably best represented with numerous plants of Cornus
amomum, Rosa carolina, Cephalanthus occidentalis, Salix discolor
and Salix longifolia. Several young trees are present, notably
Juglans nigra, Gleditsia triacanthos, Celtis occidentalis, Diospyros
virginiana and Betula nigra, all of which are characteristic trees in
the mesophytic forests of central Illinois. The herbaceous flora
includes such a typically northern bog plant as Spathyema foetida
mixed in with typical swamp plants, as Asclepias incarnata, Spar-

210

ganium eurycarpum, Amsonia tabernaemontana, and Impatiens
fulva, meadow and thicket plants as Onoclea sensibilis and Steiro-
nema ciliatum and mesophytic woodland plants as Tecoma radi-
cans, Laportea canadensis and Ranunculus abortus. Some of
these plants, as Spathyema, occur here near their southern limits,
while others, as Amsonia and Tecoma, are at their northern limits.

Fic. 3. A general view of the Matanzas Bog from the bluff, showing the

succession from the Berula in the foreground, through the shrubs to the trees.
July 24, 19t0.

Doubtless many other interesting points could be brought out
during the spring and fall but the region was investigated only
in midsummer.

The presence of Spaihyema and Berula is especially interesting
because it is an occurrence of northern plants far south of their
normal southern limits of their characteristic associations. They
serve as indices to show the character of the former vegetation of
central Illinois. That one should find these northern plants

oe

211

mixed in with southern ones near their northern limits is signifi-

cant as it demonstrates that vegetation representing different

provinces can exist under the same environmental factors.
UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN

TWO SUBMERGED SPECIES OF UROMYCES
By FRANK D. KERN

About twenty-five years ago Professor F. L. Scribner, of the
U.S. Department of Agriculture, sent samples of several grasses
infested with forms of Ustilaginales and Uredinales to Messrs.
Ellis and Everhart for study. Among these was a rust on the
leaves of Aristida from New Mexico which they were unable to
refer to any published species and which they therefore de-
scribed as a new species, Uromyces Aristidae Ellis & Ev.* There
is throughout the United States east of the Rocky mountains a
rather well-known Uromyces on species of Aristida which has,
since the publication of the name by Ellis and Everhart, naturally
passed as U. Aristidae.

Recently the writer had opportunity to examine the type
specimen of Uromyces Aristidae Ellis & Ey. which is in the Ellis
collection at the New York Botanical Garden and was much
surprised to find that it is not at all like the ordinary form which
has received that name in most mycological collections. Only
uredinia can be found on the type specimen but they are so essen-
tially different from the uredinia of the common Uromyces,
especially in the presence of paraphyses and in the surface mark-
ings of the urediniospores, that there can be no possibility of
their belonging to the same species. Since there are no telia
on the type specimen it is not even certain that it is a Uromyces;
it might as well be a Puccinia so far as any character present
would indicate. Ellis and Everhart doubtless mistook the ure-
diniospores for the teliospores of a Uromyces, an error not in-
frequently made by the earlier mycologists.

Strangely enough among all the specimens of rust on Aristida
not a one, belonging either to Uromyces or Puccinia, has been

* Jour. Myc. 3: 56. 1887.

212

found which has uredinia agreeing with the type specimen of
Uromyces Aristidae Ellis & Ev. There is an unnamed Puccima
from central Mexico which is like it in possessing paraphyses
but which has the characters both of the paraphyses and ure-
diniospores so different that there is scarcely a possibility of
their identity. It is, therefore, impossible to dispose of the
Uromyces Aristidae Ellis & Ev., of which there is known but the
one specimen consisting of uredinia only, in any definite way
without additional material and further study. It is certain,
however, that the name U. Aristidae Ellis & Ev. can no longer,
in the face of the foregoing facts, be applied to the real Uromyces
on Aristida. Through the work of Arthur* this Uromyces-form
has been culturally connected with an Aecidium on various species
of Plantago. According to the practice followed by some mycolo-
gists the specific name of the aecial stage may become the name
of the species provided the telial form has never received a name.
In this instance, however, no such procedure is possible there
being no available aecial name. The American aecia on Plantago
have passed under the name Aecidiwm Plantaginis Ces. but they
are distinct from that form. It is, therefore, necessary to supply
a name for the Aristida-Plantago species which may be described
as follows:

Uromyces seditiosus sp. nov.—O. Pycnia amphigenous, gre-
garious, inconspicuous, honey-yellow becoming brownish, sub-
globose, 80-100 in diameter by 100—-112y high.

I. Aecia amphigenous, gregarious, cupulate or short-cylin-
dric, 0.2-0.3 mm. in diameter; peridium colorless, margin erose,
erect or somewhat recurved; peridial cells rhombic in longitudinal
section, 28-35u long, the outer wall thick, 10-13, transversely
striate, the inner wall thinner, 4-54, verrucose; aeciospores sub-
globose or broadly ellipsoid, 14-18 X 16-22y, the wall colorless,
rather thin, 1.5, finely verrucose.

II. Uredinia epiphyllous, scattered, linear or oblong, cinnamon-
brown, naked; urediniospores globoid, 19—26u in diameter, the
wall cinnamon-brown, moderately thick, 2-2.5u4, minutely ver-
rucose, appearing almost smooth when wet; pores rather indis-
tinct, 4, equatorial.

III. Telia epiphyllous, scattered or sometimes crowded and

* Bot. Gaz. 35: 17-18. 1903.

213

irregularly confluent, oblong, or linear 0.2-0.4 mm. wide by 0.5~1
mm. or more long, early naked, compact, pulvinate, dark choco-
late-brown; teliospores broadly ellipsoid, or. obovoid to nearly
globoid, 15-21 X 23-39, rounded or obtuse at both ends, the
wall chestnut-brown, usually with a slightly paler umbo, about
1.5—2u thick, much thicker at apex, 5-10y; pedicel tinted, rather
stout, once to twice length of spore.

O and I on PLANTAGINACEAE: Plantago aristata Michx., Missouri
(Galloway), Texas (Long); P. eviopoda Torrey, Montana (Kelsey),
Wyoming (Nelson); P. Purshi R. & S., Nebraska (Bates), Texas
(Long); P. Rugelit Dcne., Missouri (Galloway); P. Tweedyi A.
Gray, Montana (Jones), Wyoming (True); P. virginiana L., Illi-
nois (Seymour), Missouri (Galloway), South Carolina (Ravenel).

II and III on PoAcEAr: Aristida basiramea Engelm., Kansas
(Carleton), Nebraska (Bates); A. dichotoma Michx., Arkansas
(Bartholomew), Kansas (Norton @& Thompson); A. oligantha
Michx., Kansas (Bartholomew), Texas (Long); A. purpurascens
Poir., Alabama (Stone), Kentucky (Short), New Jersey (Ellis).

Type collected at Wakeeney, Kansas, on Aristida oligantha,
Sept. 15, 1906, &. Bartholomew (Barth. Fungi Columb. 2390).

The uredinia of the Uromyces Artstidae Ellis & Ev. have para-
physes intermixed with urediniospores, the urediniospores are
ellipsoid, 23-26 by 27-30n, the wall is 2.5—-3u thick, finely and
bluntly echinulate, and has 5-7 scattered pores.

Spartina is one of the most interesting genera of grasses from
the mycologist’s point of view on account of the unusually large
number of species of rust which inhabit it. At least three species
of Puccinia and two species of Uromyces have been described
on it.* The validity of the three species of Puccinia is unques-
tionable but this can not be said of the Uromyces-forms. It is
debatable whether U. acuminatus Arth. and U. Spartinae Farl.
should be regarded as two species or whether they represent races
of a single, somewhat variable, species. The results of cultures
might perhaps be interpreted as grounds for keeping the two
forms separate but morphologically they intergrade in such a
way as to throw doubt on that disposition. Without attempting

* For an account of the species inhabiting Spartina see Bot. Gaz. 34: I-20. 1902.
7 See Mycologia 2: 221-222, 229. 1909.

214

to settle that point the writer wishes now to call attention to a
Uromyces which is undoubtedly distinct from either U. acumt-
natus or U. Spartinae. Its distinctive characters are the brown-
ish or purplish spots which are produced about the sori and the
few equatorial pores of the urediniospores. Neither U. acumi-
natus nor U. Spartinae produces such spots and both have numer-
ous scattered pores. The new form comes from southern Florida
and may be characterized thus:

Uromyces argutus sp. nov.—O and I. Pycnia and aecia un-
known. .

II. Uredinia amphigenous, scattered, on rather large brownish
or purplish spots, linear, I-4 mm. long, rather tardily naked,
slightly pulverulent, cinnamon-brown; urediniospores broadly
ellipsoid, 19-23 X 25-32u, the wall rather thick, 2—3u, light cin-
namon-brown, finely echinulate; pores 3, occasionally 4, ap-
proximately equatorial.

III. Telia amphigenous, scattered, sometimes on discolored
spots like the uredinia, linear, I—2 mm. long, rather tardily
naked, pulvinate, blackish; teliospores ellipsoid or obovoid, 16-
19 X 24-32u, usually narrowed both above and below, the wall
dark chestnut-brown, 1.5—2u thick, much thickened at apex, 7—
10u, smooth; pedicel tinted, about twice length of spore.

Type collected at Miami, Florida, on Spartina glabra Muhl.,
March 25, 1903, #. W. D. Holway.

PURDUE UNIVERSITY,
LAFAYETTE, INDIANA

REVIEWS

Duggar’s Plant Physiology*

Professor Duggar’s ‘“‘Plant Physiology’’ occupies a zone of
tension between pure and applied science, and it is not easy to
do the book entire justice in a review, owing in part to the fact
that itis quite unlike anything else we have, and the reviewer has
continually to adjust his orientation. It seems to the writer
that the book would be less liable to misinterpretation if the
title by which it was announced in advance, “‘The Physiology
of Plant Production,’ had been retained on the title-page. As

* Duggar, Benjamin M. Plant Physiology, With special reference to plant

production. Pp. i-xv-+1-516, frontispiece and figs. 1-144. New York. The
Macmillan Co. tro1r. Price $1.60.

215

a college text-book on plant physiology it would be quite in-
adequate, but as text on the physiology of plant (crop) production
it is a distinct success. The point of view of the entire book
may be inferred from the statement on page 495, where, in
discussing growth movements, the author says: “‘A study of the
phenomena is more important educationally in liberalizing our
views of plant relations than of any direct assistance in special
problems of plant production.”’

At various points throughout the text one queries as to whether
or not the student is expected to have had a college course in
elementary botany. If so, much of the pure physiology of the
book will be of the nature of a review to him, except in so far
as he follows out the admirable suggestions for collateral reading,
given at the close of each chapter. If an elementary course is
not taken for granted, then one may question the possibility of
the reader understanding a discussion of proteoses and peptones,
amides, Leguminosae, degradation products, amino and amido
acids (p. 261), and ‘‘the curve of CO: excretion” (p. 287). In
like manner the quotation on pages 309-310, from Coulter and
Chamberlin, seems much too technical.

In discussing the relation of pruning to growth (p. 236), there
is no reference to the very pertinent topic of the self-pruning of
many trees; and the large amount of experimental work that
has been done, in this country and in Europe, on the effects
of the electric current in soil and air, on crop-production, and
the very considerable literature that exists on the subject would
seem to merit at least a passing reference in a book of this scope.

On page 69 turgor is attributed to hydrostatic pressure, though
on page 67 osmotic pressure is correctly said to vary ‘“‘with the
number of particles in the solute.’”’ Growth is held to involve
differentiation (pp. 307-308), thus taking no account of a funda-
mental distinction quite commonly held elsewhere, and especially
necessary to recognize for many lower plants. In the first table
on page 431 the meaning of the figures and of the column-head-
ings is not obvious; the character yu, used in the table at the bot-
tom of page 423, is nowhere explained in the book; and in the
table on page 405 it is not clear what units of time are referred to.

216

The definition of adsorption, on page 440, restricts it to the re-
duction of toxicity by solid particles.

In Chapter XVI, on “The Temperature Relation,’ the im-
portance of the length of the growing season (the period between
the last killing frost of spring and the first one of autumn) is not
emphasized. All temperatures are given in degrees Centigrade,
and no reference is made to Professor Abbe’s work of 1905.

The statement on page 468 that ‘‘great diversity of opinion
prevails with regard to the magnitude [sic] of the variations by
means of which progress in selection is maintained,’’ tends, in the
light of the preceding paragraph, to perpetuate the error that
the difference between mutation and fluctuation is one of degree;
and the assertion on page 469, that ‘‘Many deny permanence to
this type of selection”’ (of fluctuating variations in sugar-beets)
seems quite too mild, in view of recent work.

On page 474 it is stated that “the extreme supporters of the
mutation principle . . . actually exclude the possibility of any
such phenomenon as transmissible fluctuation,” yet de Vries,
himself, has said* that ‘“‘The answer to the question whether
acquired characters are inherited, is that they are not so in their
entirety, but with a reduction, the amount of which is indicated
by Galton’s law’’; and he later calls attention to the fact that
if there were no inheritance of fluctuating variation, the improve-
ment of horticultural races would not be possible.

The laboratory directions at the end of each chapter are well
adjusted to the text, and especially so to the class of students for
whom they are intended. One wonders, though, how many
hours of credit should be allowed the poor ‘‘Agric.’’ who is re-
quired (p. 378) to ‘‘make a careful count of the number of
blossoms produced”’ by an apple tree! A number of investi-
gators would be glad to learn how to determine ‘“‘the moment of
wilting” of a plant (p. 62); and a knowledge on the part of the
student of the precautions necessary in order to weigh a number
of slightly wilted leaves ‘“‘accurately upon a delicate balance”’
(p. 63) can hardly be taken for granted. On pages 223 and 224

* De Vries, Hugo. The Mutation Theory. Eng. Translation. Vol. II, p. 136.
IOQII.

217

it is implied that starch-accumulation is synonymous with photo-
synthesis. A paragraph on page 433 is headed ‘‘Etiolation,’’
but this term is not referred to or defined in the paragraph nor
elsewhere in the book, nor does it occur in the index.

At numerous places the literary style and the English are such
as to suggest that the text might have been dictated and not
subsequently revised with sufficient care. Thus we find ‘this
element” (p. 195), without any element being previously referred
to in the paragraph; “‘The strong flavor of radishes . . . are also
modified’”’ (p. 426); ‘It is not always possible to distinguish posi-
tively between the two types, or the movement may be the
result of conjoint stimulus”’ (p. 495).

However, the fact that is was so easy to single out the above
points only means that the book is one of conspicuous merit.
Since Johnson’s ‘How Crops Grow”’ and ‘‘How Crops Feed,”
nothing of similar nature has appeared, and Professor Duggar
has rendered distinct service in bringing forward in concrete
form, with a carefully worked out solution, the whole question
of a suitable presentation of plant physiology to agricultural
students. Especially has the author made a very happy choice
in the topics selected and excluded, and the book cannot help
but conduce to clearer thinking, and a more intelligent practice
on the part of the student and reader.

The text has distinct vitality because so much of it comes
direct from the author at first hand, the illustrations are apt,
and the book is sure to meet with the wide and warm welcome
which it justly merits.

C. STUART GAGER

PAA ORGS REV OK Mie DED hOGCHEOGRAPE Ie
SUT VIIAZ (OUR IOI! AUD SIRICANS GAN RUBBING

The long and detailed review of my recent book in TORREYA
covering ten pages of the September, 1911, number of the journal
is a surprising one, because the mark of a true critic is to give
the other man the benefit of a doubt. Some of the points taken
by Taylor in his review are justly made, but many of them are

218

not. With reference to the omissions to which he alludes,
I would call his attention to the text and editor’s footnote on
pages 38 and 39, where the following will be found: “‘The above
historic summary does not claim to be complete. The most
salient facts have been chosen, which illustrate the development
of knowledge of the several phytogeographic regions of North
America. ... The attempt has not been made to furnish
a complete synopsis of the literature dealing with the phyto-
geography of North America.’’ Then he should read the state-
ment in the footnote by Professor Drude: ‘Auf besonderen
Wunsch der Herausgeber hat Prof. Harshberger die urspriinglich
ausfiihlicher gehaltene Liste der floristischen und pflanzengeo-
graphischen Literatur noch beschrankt, wie es auch in den anderen
Banden der V. d. E. gebrauchlich ist.’’ Originally the book was
limited to 480 pages, later the publishers agreed to print 640
pages, while the actual number which they undertook to print
reached 790 pages and 63 pages of the synopsis in German by
Professor Drude, and yet much had to be omitted to keep the
book within a’convenient size. It was, therefore, impossible to
notice the more important recent books and papers, because
many of them appeared while the book was in press. Frequently
it happened that the author would see the book while the paged
proof was in hand, and if a footnote could be added, as for
example, the one on page 669 about Wercklé and Costa Rican
vegetation, it was added, but frequently it was impossible without
entirely rearranging the printed page to make such additions.
The editors and publishers were unusually kind to me about
such changes.

To see such a bulky book through the press required a long
time and the criticism of the reviewer on this score will be found
to be unfortunate when I give the most important dates connected
with its publication. The letter requesting me to write the
volume was dated Berlin, October 4, 1901. The typewritten
manuscript was expressed to Dresden on September 12, 1906,
and the first proof sheet beginning Part I was received by the
author on September 26, 1908. ‘The galley proofs were returned
as follows: Chapter I, Part Il, on November 6, 1908; Chapter I,

we

219

Part III, on December 23, 1908; Chapter I, Part IV, on Septem-
ber 28, 1909, and the last sheet of the text on May 25, 1910. The
last galley proof of the index was mailed to Dresden on February
8, 1911. The corrections, title page, table of contents and pref-
ace were received after the entire book had been printed, and
this statement refutes one of the points of criticism made by
Taylor. I received the first bound copy of the volume on June
OOu Ll:

Taylor mentions the fact that Hibiscus moscheutos occurs at
Spotswood, N. J., in the middle of the bed of Pensauken Sound
(notice the spelling in two places Penausken) is not well taken,
for the plant which I supposed followed the shore line of the
ancient sound might well have spread to the middle of the sound
as the waters gradually retreated. The note on page 197 of his
review is misleading, if the text is read again more carefully.
I do not say on page 372 of the book that Drosera rotundifolia,
Prunus pennsylvanica, Fragaria virginiana are true alpine plants,
but give them in a list of the alpine plants of Mt. Katahdin.

I am glad that Taylor has given his opinion of my volume of
Die Vegetation der Erde, and I hope what he has said will
invite botanists to buy and read a volume which I trust will
take its place as a sound contribution to North American phyto-
geography.

JoHN W. HARSHBERGER
UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA

[That I did not take into consideration the time necessary for
such a large work to go through the press is perfectly correct.
The dates given above by Professor Harshberger fix the time when
the book left his hands, information most welcome,—as there
is no indication of these important dates in either the preface
or title-page of the work.|

IN I

220

SPE WARTS eb ORANT@AL SURV) OF iris:
GALAPAGOS ISEANDS:

Mr. Stewart was the fortunate botanist appointed for this
special expedition to the Galapagos Islands. He gives a brief his-
tory of the Flora of the Islands dating from Darwin and Hooker
and follows with an account of the vascular plants annotated for
the publications where the species were first published, and for
the localities on the various islands of the group where the
numbered specimens were collected. Following this annotated
list he gives a series of tables showing the distribution of the
vascular plants, these tables presenting columns assigned respec-
tively to the different islands in which are marked the specimens,
or records of occurrence by previous authors. The species are
arranged in this list alphabetically, by genera, under each family,
the families are presented in the general sequence of Engler &
Prantl. Following the tables of distribution he presents a dis-
cussion of the botanical regions, distinguishing ecologically the
dry from the transition and these in turn from the moist and
grassy, etc., listing under each the commonest or most noticeable
during the time of the Expedition.

Mr. Stewart then takes up in the order of families those in-
teresting plants, or those genera or even whole families which
present special points, as the number of species represented
in proportion to other families characteristic of this region, or
the citing of those which are conspicuous for the large and
pure stands, or for their distribution over large areas and notes
particularly that the Compositae are strongly represented in the
moist regions, the chief representation of which are to be found
in the extensive forests of Scaesia. Following, he presents a
record of the weather conditions and the variety which these have
presented at various times and the effects of the different periods
of weather so far as indicated by the conditions of vegetation.

The Bibliography of three pages and a full Index by genera and
families and a map of the Galapagos Islands with mountain

* Stewart, A. The Botanical Survey of the Galapagos Islands. Proc. Calif.
Acad. Sci. IV. 1: 7-288. January 20, 1g1t.

Done

221

elevations and ocean depths, and nineteen plates complete the
volume.

This paper is characteristic of the usual good typography and
uniform quality of paper of the publications of the California

Academy of Sciences.
E. L. Morris

NOTES AND NEWS ITEMS

We learn from the Review of Reviews of the appointment of
Professor F. P. Daniels as a travelling fellow on the Kahn Founda-
tion. The itinerary of each fellow is expected to include Europe,
Egypt, Japan, India and other Oriental countries and to take
at least a year. Professor Daniels, now professor of romance
languages in Wabash College, has done considerable botanical
work in the middle west.

The death of Dr. Raymond Haines Pond is recorded as having
occurred by his own hand, at College Station, Texas, on July 25.
Dr. Pond received the degree of Ph.D. from the University of
Michigan in 1902. From 1903 to 1907, he was professor of
botany and pharmacognosy in the College of Pharmacy of North-
western University; in 1908—’o9 he held the position of biologist
of the Metropolitan Sewerage Commission of New York City;
and since 1909 he had been plant pathologist at the Texas Agri-
cultural Experiment Station. A considerable part of the time
between 1905 and 1908 was spent by him in carrying on re-
searches in physiological botany at the New York Botanical
Garden and at the universities of Bonn and Strassburg, and he
had made several contributions to the literature of this depart-

ment of botany. Dr. Pond was for a time a member of the
Torrey Club.

In the recently issued annual report of the New York State
Botanist is recorded the spread of the chestnut disease to Marl-
borough, Ulster Co., which, “‘with one exception is the most
northern station for it in this State.’’ The report summarizes
the work of the past year, and includes among other things a list
of about 80 plants new to the State herbarium, most of which
are fungi. A brief account is also given of the changes going

222

on in the transformation of areas now water surfaced to land,
particularly of the important part played in the process by
swamps and bogs.

A History of Gardening in England, by Hon. Mrs. Evelyn
Cecil (third and enlarged edition. Pp. 393. Illustrated. E. P.
Dutton & Co., New York, 1910) which first appeared in 1896 is,
as its title states, a history of gardening in England. The
chronological bibliography itself, is, with its quaint titles,
fascinatingly suggestive, and there is enjoyment and to spare,
both for the long summer days and the winter fireside, in the
four hundred pages describing monastic gardening and the
gardens of the thirteenth to the sixteenth centuries, the early
garden literature, the kitchen gardens, the dawn of landscape
gardening, and the development of modern gardening.

The January Science contains two articles of interest to
teachers of botany. The first on ‘The Method of Science” was
delivered by Professor Charles S. Minot at the Minneapolis
meeting (A. A. A.S., December), and is of interest to any science
teacher, emphasizing as it does (1) the “concentration of interest

7)

upon novel practical results’? not wholly favorable to science,
(2) the need of encouraging the “pursuit of pure science” which
‘‘will not be compelled,’ and (3) that science differs from every
day life in definiteness and the importance given therefore to the
preservation of evidence. The steps in valid scientific work are
“first, the record of the individual personal knowledge; second,
the conversion of the personal knowledge by verification and
collation into valid impersonal knowledge; third, the systematic

’

coordination and condensation of the conclusions,’ and an in-

teresting amplification of these points follows.

The Clarendon Press has just issued a small volume (Vocabu-
laire Forstier. Francais-Allemand-Anglais by J. Gerschel, Oxford,
I9Q1I. Price 1.75) which well covers its field of activity. About
fifty pages are devoted to definitions of French forestry words,
seventy-eight to German words, and sixty-two to English words.
This difference in the number of words used by the three peoples
furnishes a significant suggestion as to the relative importance
among them of forestry.

223

The recently issued prospectus of the Brooklyn Institute of
Arts and Sciences for 1911-12 includes, under the department
of botany, 16 illustrated lectures, 4 illustrated conferences, 17
field meetings, and also outlines five courses covering various
phases of botanical activity.

The following botanists have been working at the Marine
Biological. Laboratory at Woods Hole during the whole or part
of the past season: C. M. Derick, B. M. Duggar, L. Knudson,
G. R. Lyman, G. T. Moore, W. J. V. Osterhout, and M. B.
Thomas.

At the University of Utah, C. N. Jensen has been appointed
professor of botany and plant pathology for Ig1I—1912.

We learn from the daily press of the appointment of Dr. H. H.
York as assistant professor of botany at Brown University, and
of Dr. Anna Starr’s appointment as instructor in botany at
Mount Holyoke College.

On four successive Fridays, beginning October 13, Wilhelm
Ludwig Johannsen, professor of plant physiology in the Uni-
versity of Copenhagen, will'lecture on the “‘ Modern Principles of
Heredity,” in No. 305 Schermerhorn Hall, Columbia University,
at 4:10 P. M. The subjects will be “The Problem of Personal
Characters,’ .‘‘The Problem of Unit Factors,’ ‘Problems of
Correlation and Sex,’’ and ‘“‘The Problems of New Biotypes.”’
The lectures are open to the public, but the doors will be closed
five minutes after the beginning of each discussion.

According to the New York Evening Post (October 7) the
regents of the University of Wisconsin have appointed E. M.
Gilbert assistant professor of botany, and W. N. Steil, E. T-
Bartholemew, and Alban Stewart instructors, to fill the positions
occupied by W. G. Marquette and A. B. Stout, who have come
to Columbia University with Professor R. A. Harper, the re-
cently appointed Torrey professor of botany at that institution.

From the same source we learn of the appointment of Miss
Helene M. Boas as an assistant in botany at Barnard College.

Professor H. C. Cowles of the University of Chicago was one

224

of a number of American scientists who attended the meeting
of the British Association at Portsmouth.

Dr. and Mrs. N. L. Britton have returned from Europe and
Dr. P. A. Rydberg has returned from a three months’ collecting
trip to the Rocky Mountains. Dr. Arthur Hollick left on Oc-
tober 15 to continue his studies on Alaskan fossil plants at the
United States National Museum.

A conjugating yeast (Schizosaccharomyces) has been reported
by W. C. Coker. It was obtained from grapes left in distilled
water, and has not been noted before in America.

J. G. Lipman of Rutgers College proposes a bacteriological
test for soil acidity. Tubes of bouillon are adjusted to varying
acid reactions—from neutral to three per cent. After adding
measured amounts of the soil to be tested (1 to 10 grams) these
media are inoculated with bacteria (e. g., Bacillus subtilis) and
the amount of acid in the soils estimated by the resulting growth
(heavy, slight, lacking). This method may be varied for am-
monifying bacteria, for nitrogen-fixing forms, etc. Mr. Lipman
expects to publish more definite results of his experiments soon.

The seedling of Quercus virginiana is described in the Plant
World for May by Isaac M. Lewis. The “petiole of the coty-
ledons in this species serves as a ‘sinker’ in much the same
way as is characteristic of certain monocotyledonous plants,
notably Phoenix dactylifera. This habit, correlated with the
habit of transporting the material from the acorn down to a
position of greater safety in the fleshy root, would seem to be a
decided advantage to the plant in establishing itself in the semi-
arid situations in which it is often found.”’

Conjugation between two different species of Spirogyra (S.
crassa and S. communis) is reported in the June Bulletin of the
Torrey Botanical Club by Mr. F. M. Andrews, who is continuing
his investigations hoping for interesting results connected with
these hybrid forms.

The Torrey Botanical Club

Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six
gratuitous copies of the number of Torreya in which their papers

_ appear, will kindly notify the editor when submitting manuscript.

Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned
to the editor, from The New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen
Pee, Lancaster, Pa., who have furnished the ‘Polina rates :

2pp 4pp 8pp 12pp 16pp 20pp
25 copies $>75 $1.05 $1.30 $1.80 $2.20 $2.50
50 copies | 90 1.20 1.70 2.20 2.50 2.85
100 copies 1.15... 1.55 1.95 2.55 2.90 3.20

200 copies 1.70 2.35 2.90 3.75 4.35 4.70
Covers : 25 for 75 cents, additional covers 1 cent each.
Plates for rep:ints, 40 cents each per 100.

The following Committees have been appointed for 1911

: Finance Committee _ Field Committee
J. I. Kane, Chairman E. B. Sourawick, Chaiwmnan
H. M. Ricuarps Wm. MANSFIELD
N. TAYLor
Ma Budget Committee Program Committee
-H. H. Russy, Chairman .” Mrs. E. G. Britton, Chairman
J. H. Barnnart Miss JEAN BROADHURST
\N. L) Britron Tracy E. Hazen
E. S. BurGess © : | F. J. SEAVER
B. O. DopGE E

Puinie DoweELt |
Local Flora Committee
Ne: BeeroN, Chairman

Phanerogams: : _ Cryptogams: ~
E. P. BicxneLn 7) “Mrs. E.G. Brirron
N. L. Britron - PHitre DOWELE

E. S. BurGEss ~ Tracy, E:? Hazen

CG. GesGURTIS ‘M.A. Hows

K. K. Mackenzie ae ee W. A. Murrite
E. L.. Morris

eee to the Council of the New York ae of Sciences, |
_ Witiiam MansFierp

OTHER PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

2 \-BULLETIN & oy

A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established
1870. Vol. 37 published in 1910, contained 630 pages of text
and 36 full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum. For Europe,
14 shillings. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, Bo are,
agents for England,

Of former volumes, only 24-37 can be supplied’: entire ; cer-
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire Mtoe
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets.
_ Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price 2 two dollars
each; Vols. 28-37 three dollars each.

Sinplé copies (30 cents) will be furnished only when ane .
breaking complete volumes.

(2) MEMOIRS
The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at ereaul
intervals. Volumes I-13 are now completed ; Nos. 1 and 2 of
Vol. 14 have been issued. The subscription price is fixed at
$3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers can also be pur- _
chased singly. A list of titles of the individual Papers and of
prices will be furnished on application.

(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri-
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New
York, 1888. Price, $1.00.

Correspondence relating to the above publications should be
addressed to
- MR. BERNARD O. DODGE
Columbia, University

New York City

Vol. 11 : November, IgII No. 11

TORREYA

A Monruty Journat or Boranicat Notes anp News
EDITED FOR

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

Vitis d BY

NORMAN TAYLOR

»
JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873
CONTENTS
The River-bank Vegetation of the Lower Apalachicola, and a New Principle H-

lustrated Thereby’s Ru NE, ELARBER 105. )0) Ie 2 Aida ved Soap spt vdvects vest iene 225
Fossil Flowers and Fruits: T. D. A. COCKERELL.. 9 SFR NIT i Se Or nel ay cee nee 234

~. Reviews: . ;

Scott’s Evolution of Plants: C. STUART GAGER 00.0.0... ..02..ccsceeseeeeeeer tees 236
Proceedings of the Club................... RUG ea c sanad Wich as as Ae Reh eos Pe REED 240
Of Interest to Teachers............. ieee reaheos 8 Nal Farad ra au Penile AS ARS SP RU Rony ae a SUSU a 242
PMC we Themis: set. d ely ast l woot eas aon! adie aa aes RAG AION Dace GR ay ates OH NB 248

PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB

Ar 4x NortH Queen Srreet, LAncAstTzR, Pa.
BY THe New ERA Prinrinc Company

[Entered\at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter. |

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

OFFICERS FOR 1011

President
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D.

Vice-Presidents
EDWARD S. BURGESS, PH.D. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M:D

Secretary and Treasurer

BERNARD. 0. DODGE, Ph.B.
Columbia University, New York City

Editor
PHILIP DOWELL, Pu.D

Associate. Editors
JOHN H. BARNHART, A.M., M.D. TRACY ELLIOT HAZEN, Pu.D.

JEAN BROADHURST, A.M. _. MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D.
ERNEST D. CLARK, Pu.D. HERBERT M. RICHARDS, 5.D.

ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D.,, PH.D. NORMAN TAYLOR

TorreEya is furnished to subscribers in the United States and
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only —
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be
_ furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent
to TREASURER, TORREY BoTANicaL CLus, 41 North Queen St., Lan-
caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City.

Matter for publication should be addressed to

NORMAN TAYLOR
Central Museum,
Eastern Parkway, Brooklyn, N. Y.

NOV 15 1971

TORRKREYA

November, IgII
Vol. 11 No, II

THE RIVER-BANK VEGETATION OF THE LOWER
Nye NCHIEOLA AND A NEW PRINCIPLE
LEVUST RATED THEREBY,

By RoLAaAND M. HARPER

Every river is unique in some respects, and the Apalachicola,
which is formed by the union of the Flint and Chattahoochee
at the southwestern corner of Georgia, and flows in a general
southerly direction to the Gulf, dividing West Florida from
Middle Florida, seems to be more so than many others of similar
size. Only one other river, the Alabama, carries water from the
Piedmont region to the Gulf of Mexico, and the Apalachicola
differs from that in several ways. In the first place, it has no
connection with the Paleozoic region or the Cretaceous “ prairie”’
region, and is therefore presumably less calcareous. Second, it
flows through a very low and flat country* for the last sixty
miles or so of its course, while the Alabama has rolling hills close
to it all the way to its moutht (and even beyond, for there are
bluffs nearly 100 feet high on Mobile Bay).

Botanically also the Apalachicola presents many interesting
features. On its eastern bank between the Georgia line and
Bristol there are several high bluffs, which have been celebrated
among botanists for three quarters of a century on account of
being the home of two gy mnospermous trees not known anywhere

* Described as the ‘‘ Middle Florida Naewoode: in Ann. Rep. Fla. Geol. Surv.
3, 221—222. TOLL.

+ The railroad which crosses the estuarine swamps of the Apalachicola a few miles
from its mouth, where they are five miles wide, goes on trestles all the way, pre-
sumably because the nearest hills from which earth could be obtained on a level
with the cars are over 40 miles away; while the one which is similarly situated with
respect to the Alabama River system crosses 15 miles of swamp, on earth embank-
ments.

[No. 10, Vol. 11, of TORREYA, comprising pp. 205-224, was issued 18 October 191t J

225

LIBRAR
NEW YO)
BOTANIC,

GARDEN

226
else in the world, and a few other rare plants, as well as being the
southern limit of quite a number of shade-loving species which
are more common in the mountains a few hundred miles farther
morn

For nearly a quarter of a century geologists have been attracted
to the same region by the splendid sections of certain Oligocene
and Miocene formations exposed in these bluffs, some of which
are over 150 feet high.t But the flat country between Bristol
and the coast has been almost universally regarded by geologists
as devoid of interest,f apparently because no fossils are found
there. And except in the immediate vicinity of Apalachicola,
at the mouth of the river, almost no botanical work has been done
along the lower Apalachicola, perhaps chiefly because the flat
country is very thinly settled and there are few accommodations
for travelers along that part of the river.

Notwithstanding Drummond’s botanical discoveries near
Apalachicola in 1835,§ Dr. A. W. Chapman’s residence there from
1847 to 1899, and the visits of several other botanists to the
place during that period —all of whom must have traveled on
the river in going or coming, for Apalachicola had no railroad
until 1907 — no one hitherto seems to have thought it worth while
to describe the vegetation observable from a boat on the lower
portions of the river, and thus some significant and more or less
important facts have never been brought to the attention of the
public.

At noon on April 25, 1910, I embarked at Apalachicola on a
commodious river steamboat bound upstream, and by nightfall

* See Gray, A pilgrimage to Torreya, Scientific Papers of Asa Gray 1: 188—
196. 1889) Curtiss, Tenth Census U. S. 9: 521. 1884; Chapman, Bot. Gaz. 10:
253-254. 1885; Cowles, Rep. 8th Int. Geog. Cong. 599. 1905.

~ See Sellards & Gunter, Ann. Rep. Fla. Geol. Sury. 2: 261-279. 1910; and
several earlier papers there referred to. (On page 261, ‘‘middle west Florida”
should read ‘‘western Middle Florida,’”’ and ‘‘from Gibson to Havana’”’ [Florida]
should be ‘‘near Fowlstown, Georgia.’’ On page 266, ‘“‘St. Andrews Bay’’ was
evidently intended for Apalachicola Bay.)

tSee EK. A Smith, Tenth Census U. S. 6: 226, 241. 1884; W. H. Dall, Bull.
U. S. Geol. Surv. 84: 95. 1892; Dall & Stanley-Brown, Bull. Geol. Soc. Am. 5:
150. 1894.

§ Comp. Bot. Mag. 1: 16. 1835; Sargent, Silva N. A. 7: 110. 1895.

had traveled about fifty miles, or some ten miles above the mouth
of the Chipola River.* Notes on the river-bank vegetation were
taken all the way in the usual manner, mostly from the pilot-
house, about 25 feet above the water, which afforded an ample
view in all directions.

. Near the mouth of the river it is bordered by extensive marshes
based on soft mud.} A little farther upstream strips and patches
of trees begin to appear in the marshes, increasing in size and

Fic. 1. Looking down Apalachicola River near Smith’s Bend, about 25 miles

above Apalachicola, showing swamp vegetation extending to water’s edge. A few
specimens of Pinus glabra visible at right.

abundance until within a very few miles the marshes are re-
duced to narrow and more or less interrupted strips of reed-like
vegetation at the water’s edge, which gradually disappear en-
tirely. The banks at the same time become firmer and higher,
but in this lower portion of the river there are very few places
that can be called bluffs, and the trees nearly everywhere grow
right down to the water. From the boat it was difficult to form

* The Apalachicola seems never to have been carefully measured like some of

the other navigable rivers of the South, so that it is impossible to give exact figures.
7 See Ann. Rep. Fla. Geol. Surv. 3: 235. 1011.

any idea of the width of the swamps, there being no hills back
of them.

No abrupt changes in vegetation or environmental conditions
were noticed on this trip, but in order to bring out certain con-
trasts between the vegetation near the mouth of the river and
that farther up I have divided my notes arbitrarily into two parts,
selecting as the dividing point Owl Creek, which forms part of
the boundary between Franklin and Liberty Counties, about
thirty miles from Apalachicola by water.

in the following table the plants seen below Owl Creek and
those seen above it are arranged in parallel columns, as was done
with those of the Cretaceous and Eocene portions of the Warrior
and Tombigbee Rivers last year.* The number prefixed to the
name of each species indicates the number of times it was seen
on that section of the river; those seen only once being omitted.

The country along the lower Apalachicola is so thinly settled
that the effects of civilization on the river-bank vegetation, ex-
cept for the removal of a good deal of Taxodium distichum by
lumbermen, do not need to concern us at present. Almost the
only works of man visible from a boat on this part of the river
are lumber camps and a few apliaries, the latter being located
there to take advantage of the abundance of honey furnished
in spring by the two species of Nyssa listed below.t

The plants noted in the manner above described are as follows:

BELOW OWL CREEK ABOVE OWL CREEK
Trees Trees
29 Taxodium distichum 42 Salix nigra
25 Salix nigra? ft 22 Planera aquatica
18 Sabal Palmetto 22 Betula nigra
18 Nyssa uniflora 21 Liquidambar Styraciflua
17 Nyssa Ogeche 18 Taxodium distichum
8 Magnolia glauca 18 Nyssa Ogeche
8 Planera aquatica 14 Populus deltoides

* Bull. Torrey Club 37: 113-115. 1910.

7 See Sargent, Silva N. A. 14: 101. 1902. Calhoun County, which forms the
western bank of the river along the greater part of the route here described, is the
banner honey county of Florida, producing annually about one-third of the crop
of the whole state.

t Some of the willows seen in the first few miles may be another species which
is widely distributed in Florida and passes at present for S. longipes.

NHNWWWwWWUN A

Pinus Taeda
Pinus glabra
Liquidambar Styraciflua
Acer rubrum

929

14
12
IL

oo

Platanus occidentalis
Acer rubrum?*
Quercus nigra
Populus heterophylla

Quercus lyrata 7 Nyssa uniflora
Populus deltoides 6 Fraxinus caroliniana?
Betula nigra 5 Ulmus americana?
Fraxinus profunda?t 4 Quercus lyrata
4 Magnolia glauca
3 Sabal Palmetto
2 Quercus Michauxii
2 Hicoria aquatica
2 Gleditschia sp.
2 Carpinus caroliniana
2 Acer saccharinum
Shrubs Shrubs and Vines
9 Alnus rugosa 24 Arundinaria macrosperma
2 Sabal glabra 14 Sabal glabra

It Vitis aestivalis?
Iz Wistaria frutescens
8 Ampelopsis arborea

Herbs 5 Brunnichia cirrhosa
22 Tillandsia usneoides 5 Phoradendron flavescens
4 Zizania palustris? 2 Itea virginica
4 Scirpus validus
2 Cladium effusum Herbs
2 Phragmites communis tg Tillandsia usneoides

6 Zizania palustris? f£
3 Senecio lobatus

Before discussing the significant features of this table it will
be in order to explain a few facts which the table does not show.

The two pines mentioned in the first column did not grow im-
mediately on the banks of the river, but a short distance back,
presumably on ground elevated a trifle above the swamps. The
same might be said of a few of the species in the second column,
such as Quercus nigra and Carpinus. Betula nigra and Acer
saccharinum, here as elsewhere, seemed to be confined to the im-
mediate banks of the stream, leaning out over the water. Salix

* See notes on this species in Ann. Rep. Fla. Geol. Surv. 3: 322. I911; also
Bush, Gard. & For. 10: 516. 1897.

7 Or more likely the var. tridens, which seems to enjoy more alluvial habitats
than the typical A. rubrum.

t Without flowers I could not be sure whether this large grass was Zizania or
Zizaniopsis. :

230

nigra, especially in the portions of the river farthest from its
mouth, where the tendency to meandering is greatest, was almost
confined to the inside of bends, where deposition of sediment is
taking place most of the time. Nyssa biflora, which is very com-
mon in the estuarine swamps near the mouth of the river,* was
‘not seen at all on the banks, perhaps because the water there
is a little too swift or too muddy for it.

_ In dividing the notes at only one point in this way there is
nothing to show the reader just where each species was first and
last seen. But of the species in the first column, Nyssa uniflora,
Planera, Quercus lyrata, Populus deltoides, and Betula have not
been observed in the typical estuarine swamps, and were not
seen until after passing through the railroad bridge about four
miles above Apalachicola. Of those in the second column,
Nyssa Ogeche, Populus heterophylla, Magnolia glauca, Sabal
Palmetto, and Zizania are not found in the alluvial swamps above
Bristol,j and perhaps do not grow on the banks of the river
anywhere above the point where darkness put an end to my
observations, which must be about thirty miles below Bristol.

Sabal Palmetto extends sparingly up the river to a little above
the mouth of the Chipola, far enough to overlap Platanus,
Betula, Planera, Populus heterophylla, Arundinaria, Wistana,
and Brunnichia. (There is probably no other place in the
world where it associates with all these alluvial swamp plants,
or even half of them.) Magnolia glauca as a river-swamp tree
extends at least five miles above the mouth of the Chipola, but
apparently not far enough to meet Acer saccharinum, which was
not seen until about sunset. Nyssa Ogeche extends a little
farther up, meeting Acer saccharinum about fifty miles from the
coast, and probably nowhere else.

Planera, Betula, and Populus deltoides were first noticed about
fifteen miles above Apalachicola, and Populus heterophylla,
Platanus, Quercus nigra, Arundinaria, Wistaria, Vitis, Brun-
nichia, and Ampelopsis at about twice that distance.

Salix nigra, Platanus occidentalis, both species of Populus,

* Described in Ann. Rep. Fla. Geol. Surv. 3: 235-237. pl. 19, 2. f. 17. IQII.
} Ibid., 234-235. pl. 190, 7. IOQ1I.

23

Nyssa Ogeche, Acer saccharinum, Arundinaria macrosperma,
Wistaria, and Brunnichia probably extend farther south on this
river than in any other part of their ranges; and several of these
are not known on any other stream in Florida.*

Now for the interpretation of some of the returns shown in
the table. On comparing the two lists it will be seen that herbs
and evergreen trees (particularly Sabal Palmetto and Magnolia
glauca) are more abundant in the lower portions of the river, and
species of woody plants more numerous farther up, all of which
seems to indicate that the vegetation near the mouth of the river
is farther removed from the climax condition than that higher up.
(Such statistics would not carry much weight if based on this one
day’s work alone, but I have observed similar relations on several
other rivers.) Looking at the matter more closely from a floristic
standpoint, Fraxinus profunda, Alnus, Scirpus, Cladiwm, and
Phragmites were not seen at all after passing Owl Creek, and
Taxodium, Sabal Palmetto, Nyssa uniflora, and Magnolia glauca
were noticeably more abundant below there than above. On the
other hand, Platanus, Quercus nigra, Populus heterophylla, Ulmus
americana, Gleditschia, Hicoria aquatica, Quercus Michauxit,
Carpinus, Acer saccharinum, Arundinaria, Vitis, Wustaria,
Ampelopsis, Brunnichia, and Itea were not identified below Owl
Creek, and Salix nigra, Planera, Betula, Liquidambar, Populus
deltoides, Fraxinus caroliniana, Sabal glabra, and Phoradendron
were seen considerably oftener in the second part of the journey
than in the first, although the first was a little longer.

The explanation of all these differences between the vegetation
near the mouth of the river and that a little farther up must be
sought in one or more environmental or historical factors. The
environmental differences between the two portions are of several
kinds, among which may be enumerated the following :—

1. The upper reaches of the river, being farther north, pre-
sumably have a slightly cooler climate. But in such a short
distance climatic differences due to latitude would hardly be

* Salix nigra, Acer saccharinum, both species of Populus, Nyssa uniflora, Quercus
lyrata, Betula, and Planera are not mentioned in the most complete list of Florida
plants extant, namely, that of Prof. A. S. Hitchcock in Trans. Kan. Acad. Sci:
16: 108-157. 1899; I7: 79-105. IQOl.

232

perceptible, and some of the species confined to the second column
(e. g., Arundinaria, Brunnichia) are more ‘‘tropical’”’ than some
of those confined to the first (e. g., Alnus, Scirpus, Phragmites).

2. The proximity of the Gulf of Mexico to the lower portions
of the river might affect the climate there by making the summers
more humid, or the winters milder, or both. Although this might
perhaps be assumed to have something to do with the distribu-
tion of Sabal Palmetto or Platanus, it would not explain the
abundance coastward of Taxodium, Magnolia, and Alnus, for
those are equally at home much farther north and farther inland.
Besides the differences due to this cause, like the first, would be
very slight.

3. The water near the mouth of the river is of course a little
more salty, and more affected by tides, than that farther up.
But none of the plants in the first column are believed to have
any particular fondness for salt, with the possible exception of
Sabal Palmetio (whose habitat preferences are still a puzzle)
and two or three of the herbs; and nearly all of them are common
far inland, where there is no tide.

4. The farther one goes up the river, the higher and firmer
the banks become. It may be that Betula, Quercus Michauxu,
Acer saccharinum, and a few other trees require a solid footing,
but many of the species which are abundant on the soft muck
of the estuarine swamps grow just as wel! or even better on ferra
firma in the interior. |

5. This region, like many other parts of the coastal plain,
is supposed to have been submerged beneath the sea in com-
paratively recent times, geologically speaking, and of course the
mouth of the river emerged last, which would tend to make the
vegetation there more nearly of the pioneer type, if other things
were equal. But we know too little as yet of the effects of geo-
logical history on vegetation, and besides, the region under
consideration is so nearly level that it must have all emerged
from beneath the waves almost simultaneously. If the plants
along this river were not known anywhere else, then it would be
difficult to separate the effects of history from those of some other
factors, especially the one next to be described. But nearly all

233

the species in the first column are common enough at consid-
erably higher altitudes, which have not been submerged for
ages. That some of the species in the second column have
not yet had time or opportunity to spread southward or coast-
ward as far as the mouth of the river is still less likely.

6. All streams, the large muddy rivers especially, are subject
to seasonal variations in volume. In times of flood every river at
every point in its course must either rise (so as to increase the
area of its cross-section), or flow faster, or both. But no flood
can raise the level of the ocean appreciably; so the mouths of
rivers are practically free from seasonal changes of level, and
fluctuate only with the wind and tides. And these influences are
comparatively slight at Apalachicola, which is protected by a
barrier beach a few miles off shore.

The amount of seasonal fluctuation in any river of course in-
creases upstream, to a certain point where the diminishing volume
of water (or in some cases the greater slope of the channel) begins
to offset it. (In the case of the Apalachicola River system the
point of maximum fluctuation is far north of the portion under
consideration, probably near the fall-line.) As the Florida
portion of this river is navigable all the year round, it has not
yet been considered necessary to measure its fluctuations, but
making a rough estimate I should say that at the point where
this excursion terminated the water varies in level about ten
feet during the year.

There are doubtless other environmental factors concerned to
some extent in the problem, but those discussed above seem to
be most significant, and the last one by far the most important. .
All the available evidence seems to point to the conclusion that
most of the swamp plants confined to the more inland portions of
this and similar rivers simply require (or tolerate?) more seasonal
fluctuation of water than do those of the estuarine swamps, and
vice versa. In the last few years I have observed similar corre-
lations between pioneer vegetation and constant water-level
in so many other places, both on the coast and in bogs and non-
alluvial swamps in the interior, that I am inclined to regard this
principle as of universal application, at least in temperate and

234

moderately humid climates (which are the only climates I have
thus far experienced). Just how and why fluctuations of water-
level affect vegetation is a problem which belongs to ecology
rather than to phytogeography, and it would require too much

space to discuss it here.
UNIVERSITY, ALA.

FOSSIL FLOWERS AND FRUITS
By T. D. A. COCKERELL

The Miocene shales at Florissant, Colorado, are remarkably
rich in flowers and fruits, some of which have already been de-
scribed. Many others have remained unpublished, because I
found it extremely difficult to determine their generic relation-
ships with any degree of certainty. Some years ago, I took a
series to Cambridge University in England, where they were
much admired, but eventually returned to me with the remark
that no one there felt able to describe them. I have been very
unwilling to publish species of “‘ Antholithes,”’ “‘ Carpolithes,’’ etc.,
which could not even be referred definitely to particular families;
but it is possible that by ignoring these specimens we may be
missing some important evidence. Tertiary plants are nearly
always referred to living genera, and it is at least certain that
few if any distinct genera of plants have originated since the
Miocene. It is quite a different question, however, whether any
have become extinct since that time, and indeed it is practically
certain that many genera have disappeared during the Tertiary.
We know genera like Sequoia, which formerly were widespread
and abundant, but now are restricted to small areas. The
important genus Ginkgo would have disappeared entirely had it
not been taken into cultivation. It is therefore quite reasonable
to look for extinct genera in the Miocene, and if these really
exist among our fossils, it is probable that the fruits and flowers
will best indicate them. For such reasons as these it may be
worth while to publish descriptions of unclassified flowers and
fruits, which may be introduced as ‘“Antholithes” and “ Car-
polithes,’’ and perhaps correctly classified at some later date.

To propose a new generic name for each of these organisms would
only create confusion, unless the author were so skilled in botani-
cal taxonomy that he could say positively, no such plant as this
exists today. I certainly do not possess such knowledge, but it
may be that the inability of any and all botanists to recognize
certain types will after a time appear to justify new generic
names.
1. Carpolithes macrophyllus n. sp.

Fruit apparently consisting of woody follicles about 2.75 mm.
long, so far as can be seen like those of Lyonothamnus; sepals
four, persistent, about 16 mm. long, 4 broad in middle, elongate-
lanceolate, apparently entire, with a single strong median vein
and an irregular reticulate venation of the camtodrome type.
The sepals are imperfect in various degrees, but enough is visible
to permit a restoration as shown in the drawing.

Fic. 1. Carpolithes macrophyllus. a, Whole fossil, the edges of the calyx-
lobes restored; 0, detail of venation; c, fruit.

Can this be Cunoniaceous? The follicles and persistent sepals
agree, and while the hypanthium is 5-lobed in Lyonothamnus, it
is 4 or 5-lobed in Weimmannia and other genera. I do not know
any genus in which the sepals resemble those of the fossil, how-
ever. In connection with the Cunoniacee, it is to be remarked
that Lyonothamnus, now restricted to the islands off the coast
of California, must have been more widely distributed during
the Tertiary. Its foliage is extraordinarily like that of the
Proteaceous Banksia, and if it has occurred as a fossil it has ,
probably been referred to that genus.

236

Among the described fossils, C. macrophyllus much resembles
Buettneria perplexans Ckll., also from Florissant. B. perplexans
has a five-lobed calyx, the lobes or sepals about 9.5 mm. long.

C. macrophyllus was found at Station 14, Florissant (W. P.
Cockerell). The mollusc Planorbis florissantensis occurs on the
same slab, about 25 mm. from the plant.

REVIEWS
Scott’s Evolution of Plants*

This is one of the most fascinating and, at the same time,
illuminating ‘‘popular’’ books on science that has appeared in
some time; the style has a distinct literary value, and the state-
ments have clearness and lucidity such as only a master can
command. ‘The scope of the book is much more restricted than
the title indicates, for the subject of the evolution of plants is
treated chiefly with reference to the fossil evidence (p. 20).
The questions considered are (p. 21): (1) The evolution of the
true flowering plants or angiosperms (Chapters II and III);
(2) The evolution of the seed-plants generally (Chapter IV);
(3) The evolution of the great groups of the higher cryptogams,
1. €., of those spore-plants which share with the seed-plants the
possession of a vascular system (wood and bast) (Chapters V
to VII).

It is of interest to note, in passing, the order of topics, as given
above, which is a direct reversal of the order of evolutionary
development. In view of the claim, now so frequently and em-
phatically urged, that any method of treatment of the subject
matter of botany that departs from the supposed order of phy-
logeny is undesirable and “‘illogical,’’ it is instructive to note the
entire success of the author’s inverse order of treatment. One
could hardly claim, in seriousness, that the reader loses anything
of either clearness or accuracy, by approaching, even for the first
time, the history of development as here recorded.

Every specialist bemoans the neglect of his own corner by
those who are absorbed in other corners, but it is doubtless

* Scott, Deunkinfield Henry. The Evolution of Plants pp. 1-256. f. 1-25. Henry

Holt and Co., New York, and Williams and Norgate, London. tg91r. (A volume
of The Home University Library of Modern Knowledge.)

ower

237

true that the very general neglect of paleobotany by botanists is
most unfortunate. Lack of perspective always means distortion,
and perspective in evolutionary botany is practically impossible
without regarding the evidence offered only by fossil plants.
The customary omission of any reference to this record in school
text-books is responsible for the very common impression of
students who have had only elementary courses that mosses
‘are descended from liverworts, ferns from mosses, and gymno-
sperms from ferns. Many will realize for the first time, on read-
ing this book, that the derivation of the leafy sporophyte from
the sporogonium of the bryophytes is clearly not the only possible
view, but that ‘‘the theory that the asexual plant of the higher
Cryptogams was derived from a sporogonium is unsupported by
[fossil] evidence.’’ ‘‘The idea of the superior primitiveness and
antiquity of plants of the Bryophyte type remains a pure as-
sumption and receives no support from our knowledge of ancient
vegetation’”’ (p. 224). ‘On this theory, then, the sexual pro-
thallus and the asexual plant are both alike derived from a thallus,
and may once have been perfectly similar to each other; the one
has gone up and the other down”’ (p. 226). The reviewer calls
to mind more than one college text that contains not even a hint
of this fossil evidence and the conclusion to which it leads.

Omissions of like kind, however, are chargeable to the book
under review. In Chapter I, discussing the Darwinian theory,
the mutation theory is absolutely ignored, and one reads ( p. 13)
with nothing short of amazement, that, ‘Natural Selection
appears to be the only theory at present in the field, which can be
said to give at all a satisfactory explanation, by means of natura]
causes, of the origin of adaptations.’”’ Of similar nature is the
regarding of Isoetes as, without question, belonging to the Selag-
inellaceae. Again, in discussing the relation between the colors
of flowers and insect visitation (pp. 41, 96-97), the recent work
of Plateau and others receives no mention. Of course, in a
popular book of restricted compass, one cannot go into a dis-
cussion of all the controverted questions of the specialist, but on
the other hand, it hardly seems fair to the popular reader, to
leave him, in such cases, with the impression that only the ex-
planation or view given is held or tenable.

238

The terminology employed is about as simple and non-tech-
nical as accuracy would permit. For example, we read (p. 191)
of club-mosses ‘‘with spores of one kind,’’ where it would have
been so easy to use the less-desirable technical adjective, homo-
sporous. Especially valuable in a popular scientific work is
the author’s caution in inductive inference (e. g., pp. 224, 228,
230, 237, and 239), emphasizing for the reader the necessity of
suspending judgment in the light of insufficient data. ;

A genealogical tree would have added greatly to the already
clear Conclusion, and two or three (at least) illustrations of
fossil plants as they are found, imbedded in the rock, would have
added much to the interest and value of the text, especially to
the layman who is not already familiar with these in technical
publications.

On page 135, we read that the old Linnean name, Cryptogams,
indicated that the sexual reproduction of these plants was hidden,
‘which is no longer the case”! This last clause implies a sweeping
morphological change which the author probably did not intend.
The last sentence on page 189 reads as follows (italics mine):
“On the other hand, nothing could be more different than the
habit — tall trees on the other hand, and dwarf-water plants with
a flat disc for a stem on the other.’’ On page 7 evolution is
defined as coextensive with organic evolution. Tuillandsia
usneoides (‘old man’s beard,’ or Florida Moss), ascribed on
page 31 to “‘Western South America,” is found from Eastern
Virginia to Florida and Texas, and abundantly throughout
tropical America.

In view of the fact that the book is issued by both an English
and an American publisher, and therefore presumably intended
for American as well as British readers, it is unfortunate that
American geological formations are almost, if not quite, ignored.
There is also no reference in the book to American paleobotanical
contributions.

It is a pity that the publisher’s work falls so far below the
author’s in point of merit. The book is printed on miserable
paper, and either the proof-reading or the proof-correcting was
not carefully done. The jumble of words composing most of

«

23

the fourth and fifth lines from the bottom of page 7 is a kind
of error not uncommon in books from this American publishing
house. Note also carpets for carpels (p. 70), ony for only (p. 71),
rotote for rotate (p. 74), snores for spores (p. 125), formed for
found (p. 130).

However, the reviewer does not wish to leave a final impression
of the book out of harmony with the first sentence of this review.
He feels under personal obligations to the author for this concise
and clear summary of the contributions of paleobotany to plant
evolution, and the volume is sure to meet with a well deserved
and widespread welcome.

C. STUART GAGER.
BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN,
September 22, I9It

A rather rare publication,* scarcely known to most botanists,
contains, among a mass of ethnologic material, considerable of
botanical interest. From page 179 to 204 there is a list of the
vernacular names, used by the Indians for the commoner plants
of their region, together with their Latin equivalents. The list
is arranged according to families in alphabetical sequence, a
purely botanical device quite unknown to the Indians whose sole
ideas of plants seem to be confined to knowledge as to whether they
are good for anything, or not. A short introductory note has
this to say of the Indians’ knowlege of their flora. ‘* By far most
of the species are designated as ‘aze,’ medicine, and are known for
their medicinal properties. It might be said, in truth, that this is
the keynote to the plant lore of the Navaho, since non-medicinal
plants are designated as “‘t’d/ch’iL,” or merely plants. On the
other hand their observations of the medicinal properties have in
reality accounted for the discrimination of the various species of
plants, and while many of their ‘medicines’ are traditional only,
tradition has preserved the name although the object, and often
the significance of the word, is obtained with difficulty.”

The foods and beverages, most of which are of plant origin

* An ethnologic dictionary of the Navaho language. Written and published

by the Franciscan Fathers of the Navajo (sic) Indian Mission, Saint Michaels,
Arizona. Pp. 1-536. [Illust.] 1910. Price $5.00.

240

are listed under their vernacular names (pp. 204-219). Many of
the definitions in these lists contain much of interest to the
ethno-botanist and mention is made here of the publication be-
cause only 200 copies were printed and very few, if any, found
their way into botanical libraries.

Nigie

PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB
May 8, I911

The meeting of May 8, 1911, was held at the American Museum
of Natural History at 8:15 P. M., President Rusby presiding.
Forty-five persons were present.

The minutes of the meeting of April 26 were read and ap-
proved. Dr. E. B. Southwick, chairman of the Field Committee,
reported that the program of the field excursions had been com-
pleted and that the first two excursions in April had been attended
by twelve persons, collecting 23 species of plants, 5 of which
were violets.

Dr. N. L. Britton spoke of the advisability of changing the
time of the regular Tuesday meeting to some other evening in
order to avoid conflicting with other meetings held at the Mu-
seum on Tuesday evening.

The scientific program consisted of a lecture on “Violets” by
Professor Ezra Brainerd. Numerous lantern slides were shown
to illustrate the principles of Mendel’s Law, and the crossing
of species of violets, with the resulting hybrids. This lecture
will be published in the Bulletin of the Club.

Meeting adjourned.
B. O. DopceE,

Secretary
May 31, I911

The meeting of May 31, 1911, was held at the museum building
of the New York Botanical Garden at 3:30 P.M. Vice President
Barnhart presided. Ten persons were present.

The minutes of the meeting of May 8 were read and their
approval deferred until the next meeting on request of the

24]

secretary. The names of the following persons who had qualified
as sustaining members of the Club were then read by the
secretary: Dr. J. H. Barnhart, Hon. Addison Brown, James B.
Ford, John Kane and Gustave Ramsperger. Miss Caroline C.
Haynes and Mr. H. A. Cassebeer, Jr., have accepted the invita-
tion to become sustaining members.

On motion of Dr. Britton the secretary was instructed to
ascertain what action was taken by the Club in fixing the day
of the Wednesday meeting and to report at the next meeting
the method by which the day of a regular meeting may be
changed.

The scientific program consisted of a paper on ‘‘ Rubber-pro-
ducing Plants” by Mr. B. T. Butler. The following abstract
was furnished by the speaker:

“The rubber-producing plants of the world are confined largely
to the following families: Euphorbiaceae, Apocynaceae, and
Moraceae. The Asclepiadaceae, although very milky plants,
has few species that yield caoutchouc. The Compositae has
one genus, Parthenium, that yields the Guayule rubber of
Mexico.

“The Euphorbiaceae is the most important family from a
commerical standpoint as it includes the genus Hevea which
produces the highest grade rubber—Para. Hevea brasiliensis
Muell. is the best known of this genus. Pure Para rubber brings
the highest market price. This species is largely cultivated in
all tropical countries, supplanting the well-known Ficus elastica
in the Far East.

“The genus Sapium is a near realtive of the Hevea and produces
the White Rubber of the northern South American countries.
Sapium aucuparium Jacq. does not “bleed” freely and the
caoutchouc dries or coagulates naturally beneath the bark. This
can be extracted by mechanical means.

“The family Moraceae includes the Ramboug, Ficus elastica
Roxb., which produces a low grade rubber. The Castilla of
Central America and Mexico, which yields a fine product is much
cultivated.

“The Apocynaceae contains the lianes or tropical climbers.

242

The Rubber Tree of South Africa, Funtumia elastica Stapf., is.
the best known rubber tree of this family. Alstonia scholaris
R. Br. of South Asia, Dyera castulata Hook. of the same region,
Dyera Lowi Hook. of Borneo (the latter two producing the
resinous product called Jelutong), Mascarenhasia sp. of Mada-
gascar, and several species of Plumiera from Mexico are also
trees that produce more or less rubber.

‘Another family of scientific interest is the Celastraceae.
Many members of this family possess special caoutchouc cells.
in the stems, leaves, and fruit. These plants do not “‘bleed”’
on cutting, but the threads of caoutchouc are found scattered
throughout the plant tissues of recent growths and may be
separated by mechanical means.

‘‘Several tropical genera of Loranthaceae furnish rubber known
as Mistletoe Rubber. They are of no commercial importance.”

Dr. Marshall A. Howe exhibited a very beautiful and instruc-
tive series of dried specimens of marine algae from Monterey
Bay, California, owned by Mr. H. B. Snyder of New York City.
Comments upon the rare forms were made and some comparisons
were instituted between these luxuriant well-prepared specimens
and those that commonly find their way into herbaria.

Dr. W. A. Murrill then exhibited a recently collected specimen
of Arcturus borealis.

Meeting adjourned to October 10, 1911.

B. O. DonGE,
Secretary

OF INDERES iO) REACHERS:
GENERAL SCIENCE COURSES

Among other views on general biology W. L. Eikenberry’s.
article (School Science and Mathematics, September, 1910) men-
tions two facts that are not always recognized in framing such
general courses. The first is related to the three part courses.
now popular as a first year course.

‘The present tendency toward the use of ‘immediately useful’
or economic materials has stimulated the attempt to organize

* Conducted by Miss Jean Broadhurst, Teachers College, Columbia University.

243

the old materials of general biology about human hygiene in
order to give some sort of continuity to the whole. Just what
real connection the teachers may in practice succeed in giving
to such a course it is not the province of this paper to present;
but upon the face of the printed courses and texts it would appear
that the result has been to add to the old dual course a third
element already familiar in the schools as human physiology.
That there is actually more connection between the parts than
appears on the surface is doubtless true, but such connection is
dependent upon the personal equation of the teacher and exists
rather in spite of the formal organization of the materials than
in consequence of it. With respect to the texts, it is interesting
to note that the three parts may be so wholly independent that
they are issued without change, separately bound, for use in
those schools in which only one of the sciences is taught. The
old authors with their natural history have in many respects
come closer to a solution than we with our biology.”

The second shows that the unification of such courses has its
difficulties and disadvantages. After showing that botany and
zoology are divergent rather than parallel sciences, the selection
of man as the unifying object is discussed, ‘‘The increasing in-
terest in the economic phases of the sciences has stimulated the
suggestion that the grouping of materials might be made about
man’s interest and activity, relating everything to man’s use
and regarding everything from the point of view of its utilization
by him. This certainly has the advantage over former courses
that a coherent classification is possible, and that the course can
be organized as a unit. It is open to doubt, however, whether
such a self-centered arrangement of the pupil’s environment is
desirable either scientifically or pedagogically.”’

Mr. Eikenberry thinks that there ‘‘is the further disability
that when a science is organized with reference to man’s more or
less random utilization of its materials, such great gaps are left
in its structure that it becomes merely a collection of unrelated
fragments; it ceases to be a science. The most heterogeneous
things are often brought together by man for his purpose as when
a building is constructed of burnt clay, limestone, hair, pine

244

wood, sheet iron, and a multitude of equally diverse materials.
If these things be studied from the viewpoint just mentioned
any knowledge of those characteristics which are not intimately
connected with their availability as structural materials is merely
a collection of fugitive items without relation or connection.
The mind may become stored with ‘a thousand wonders of land
and sea’ but if these facts be unrelated and unconnected its
condition is after all somewhat comparable to that of a dictionary
which an acquaintance of mine described as ‘mighty interesting
reading but powerful disconnected.’

“Unrelated facts are of course unexplained and such a mass of
highly interesting information is known only in an empirical
way as much of it was known long before the birth of the sciences.
If a science is to be taught the gaps must be filled up in such
manner that the knowledge will be, if not continuous, at least
orderly. This does not necessitate the omission of the materials
selected from everyday life and related to human needs but it
does require a careful selection among these and the addition to
the ‘practical’ materials thus selected of those more practical
materials which are fundamental to an understanding of the field
and from which most of the practical scientific knowledge has
arisen.”

The conservation policies as established under the Roosevelt
administration have been strengthened by two recent decisions
of the Supreme Court. Both cases dealt originally with grazing
on national reservations. Because of the arguments brought
forward, the decisions do more than protect the forest reservations
in these cases; they close the State’s rights refuge to the enemies
of conservation; and the second does away with the squabble over
delegating legislative power by Congress, affirming that there
are certain powers that Congress can either exercise or delegate,
and that when it does delegate these powers it does not change
their character from administrative to legislative by making the
violation punishable.

Seven addresses on botanical teaching were made at the Min-
neapolis meeting in December (A. A. A. S.; Science, April 28).

245

Professor Charles E. Bessey discussed the preparation of botanical
teachers; Professor O. Caldwell, the product of our botanical
teaching; Professor F. E. Clements, methods of botanical teach-
ing; discussion by Professor John M. Coulter and Frederick C.
Newcombe followed. Professor Bessey regretted the passing
of the old type of field botany, and that nothing in the present
courses really takes its place; he also notes the heavier require-
ments of botanists for the college degrees in botany, when com-
pared with the demands in other sciences and suggests that we
are ‘“‘putting too high a value on what we are putting into our
students, and neglecting the man himself.’ Professor Caldwell’
(these abstracts are not complete in any sense) felt that we ‘‘ need
more students who early in life have begun to think botany and
to think in the scientific method.’ Professor Clements noted
the ‘failure of botany to provide a definite avenue to a position
such as is offered by courses in law, medicine, engineering,”’ etc.;
he also regretted the specialized tendency that permeates nearly
all elementary botanical teaching, feeling that even the micro-
scope is ‘‘far too special an instrument for the beginner.”’

The English government has voted $250,000 for agricultural
research, including plant and animal physiology, pathology, and
breeding, and agricultural zodlogy, and fruit breeding. This
appropriation is accompanied by a yearly sum of $15,000 for
special investigation. The scheme includes grants to various
educational institutions (a separate subject to be treated by each
institution receiving aid) for investigation and scientific advice
to farmers.

Professor Forrest Shreve has experimented with the giant
cactus (Carnegiea gigantea) working out the influence of low tem-
peratures on its distribution. The paper includes curves showing
the daily rise of internal temperature in the giant cactus on a cold
day.

The chief factors limiting the northward range of sub-tropical
species are: ‘‘the greatest number of consecutive hours during
which the temperature falls below freezing; the total number of

246

hours of frost in a single winter; the absolute minimum reached
and the length of the winter, reckoned from the first frost of
autumn to the last one of spring.’ The first and third are
considered the most important; and Professor Shreve states
that the “occurrence of a single day without mid-day thawing,
coupled with a cloudiness that would prevent the internal tem-
perature of the cactus from going above that of the air, would
spell the destruction of Carnegiea and the parallel evidence of
the climatological records and of the experiments which have been
described appears to explain the limitation of its northward
distribution.”

A Cornell pamphlet by T. L. Lyon and J. A. Bizzell on a here-
tofore unnoted benefit from the growth of legumes states that
the fact that “‘a legume may benefit a non-legume growing with
it, by causing the non-legume to contain a larger quantity of
nitrogen or protein, seems never to have been ascertained.”

Alfalfa, red clover, peas, timothy, and oats were the principal
plants used in the experiments described . Timothy grown with
either alfalfa or clover showed a large increase per ton (50 pounds
grown with alfalfa, 160 with clover) in protein content; oats
with peas showed a gain also. These legume-bearing soils also
contained more nitrates afler the crops had been removed. Al-
falfa formed nitrates much more rapidly than clover — the rate
being, of course, an important factor in relation to the removal
of nitrates by roots and by drainage. Alfalfa soils (five years’
growth) contained more nitrates than similar timothy soils.
Lime, it was demonstrated, improved the protein content of
alfalfa and of non-legumes.

The United States Bureau of Education has issued a Bibliog-
taphy of Science Teaching (No. 446) compiled by a committee
of the American Federation of Teachers of the Mathematical
and Natural Sciences. The citations have been carefully
verified, and it makes a valuable contribution to science teaching.

Pennsylvania has begun a systematic campaign against the

chestnut blight. Up to 1911 the Department of Agriculture
estimates the country’s loss at $25,000,000. In Pennsylvania
there are large areas not yet invaded by the chestnut disease,
and $275,000 have been appropriated for studying and combating
the disease.

An anti-frost candle has been added to the protective devices
(smudges, oil heaters, firepots, etc.) for fruit trees. The candles
contain a slow burning substance and can be suspended near the
fruit, distributing heat at the level most needed.

The state board of education of Utah has recently ruled that
every high school which receives support from the maintenance
fund provided for high schools must teach agriculture. Utah
is probably as good a state as any in which to enforce the teaching
of agriculture; not only because of the proportion of farm land,
but because of the peculiar conditions attending western farming.
Nevertheless, such legislation is hardly the best thing for any
new subject. This is particularly true of agriculture which to
be well taught demands a good biological foundation and some
practical experience. Compulsory adoption of a new subject
forces poorly prepared teachers into the work, and is a disad-
vantage which wise advocates — even the most enthusiastic —
would try to avoid.

It is to be hoped that the Utah provisions are in the form of an
increased appropriation for such schools as include agriculture
in the curriculum, and not an enactment making it compulsory
upon pain of losing the entire state appropriation.

In repeating some of Overton’s plasymolysis experiments with
living cells Professor W. T. V. Osterhout (Science, August 11)
finds that the ‘‘usual methods of determining osmotic pressure
by plasmolyzing in salts of Na and K is very erroneous. Salts
of Ca give more nearly the true osmotic pressure.”

Solutions of calcium chloride and sodium chloride — each too
weak to cause plasmolysis — caused very prompt and strong plas-
molysis which mixed together; this indicates that “it is unsafe

248

to use the common method of adding a toxic to a non-toxic
substance and judging the penetration of the former by the
plasmolytic action of the mixture.’”’ Among other of Osterhout’s
conclusions is the proteid (and not lipoid) nature of the cell
membrane.

W. H. Blanchard, who has described more than forty species
and forms of Rubus during the last few years, writes in the Sep-
tember BULLETIN thus: “‘I venture to say and say with confi-
dence, that eight species include the great bulk of our blackberries,
perhaps ninety per cent. of them.”

NEWS ItEMsS

Dr. Bradley M. Davis, formerly of Cambridge, Mass., has
been appointed assistant professor of botany at the University
of Pennsylvania.

We learn from the Evening Sun (Oct. 19) of the resignation of
Dr. M. T. Cook as plant pathologist for the State of Delaware
and Delaware College, to accept a similar position with the
State of New Jersey and Rutgers College.

Dr. N. L. Britton was the host at a dinner given on October
23, 1911, in honor of Professors W. L. Johannsen, R. H. Harper,
W. G. Marquette and Mr. A. B. Stout. The staffs of the
Columbia University, Barnard College, College of the City of
New York, Normal College, New York Botanical Garden and
Brooklyn Botanic Garden were present.

Dr. W. H. Brown (Hopkins ’10) has gone to Manila as botanist
to the Philippine Bureau of Science.

At the New York Botanical Garden Mr. A. B. Stout has been
appointed director of the laboratories to succeed Mr. F. J.
Seaver who has been appointed a curator. Dr. W. A. Murrill
has gone to the Pacific coast to collect fleshy fungi.

Mr. C. A. Schwarze has been appointed an assistant in botany
at Columbia University.

The Torrey Botanical Club

Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six
gratuitous copies of the number of TorrEyA in which their papers
appear, will kindly notify the editor when submitting manuscript.

Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned
to the editor, from The New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen
Street, Lancaster, Pa., who have furnished the following rates :

2pp App 8pp 12pp 16pp 20pp
25 copies $ .75 $1.05 $1.30 $1.80 $2.20 $2.50
50 copies -90 1.20 1.70 2.20 2.50 2.85
100 copies 1.15 1.55 1.95 2.55 2.90 3.20

200 copies 1.70 2.35 2.90 3.75 4.35 4.70
Covers: 25 for 75 cents, additional covers 1 cent each.
. Plates for reprints, 40 cents each per 100.

The following Committees have been appointed for 1911

Finance Committee Field Committee
J. I. Kane, Chairman E. B. Soutuwick, Chazrman
H. M. RicHARDs Wm. MANSFIELD
N. TAYLOR
Budget Committee Program Committee
H. H. Russy, Chairman Mrs. E.G. Britton, Chairman
J. H. BaRrnHarT Miss JEAN BROADHURST
N. L. Britton Tracy E. HAzEn
E. S. BurGEss F. J. SEAVER
B. O. DopGE

— Puoitre DOWELL
Local Flora Committee

N. L. Britron, Chairman

Phanerogams: | Cryptogams:

E. P: BICKNELL Mrs. E. G. Britton
N. L. Britron ~~ PHitiep DOWELL

E. S. BurGEss Tracy E. Hazen
CC; Curris M. A: Howe

K, K. MAckeEnZIE W. A. MurriLyi

E. L. Morris

Delegate to the Council-of the New York Academy of Sciences,
WILLIAM MANSFIELD

é

OTHER PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

(1) BULLETIN
A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established

1870." Vol. 37 published in’ 1910, contained 630 pages of text

and 36 full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum. For Europe,
14 shillings. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, ee are,
agents for England. |

Of former volumes, only 24-37 can “be supplied entire; cer-
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire otk
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion, of sets.
Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published- price of two dollars
cue Vols. 28-37 three dollars each. ou

“Single copies (30 cents) will be i tehed only when not
brediing complete volumes,

(2) MEMOIRS
Tie Memoirs, established 1889, are published at ‘erea ule

intervals... Volumes 1-13 are’ now completed ; Nos. 1 and 2 of

Vol. 14 have been issued. The subscription price is fixed at
$3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers can also be pur-
chased singly. A list of titles of the individual papers and of
prices will be furnished on application. é

(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri-

- dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New

York, 1888. Price, $1.00.

Correspondence relating to the above publications should ie
addressed to
MR. BERNARD O. DODGE
Columbia University _

New York City ©

—«—

Vol. 11 December, IgII No. 12

TORREYA

A Monrury Journat or BoranicaL Nores anp News
EDITED FOR

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

BY

NORMAN TAYLOR

JOHN TORREY, 17906-1873

CONTENTS
Plants Collected on the Peary Arctic Expedition: P. A. RYDBERG ........,......4..... 249
_New Combinations from the Genus Euphorbia: J. C. ARTHUR....:...066...0.cse0c00ee 259
Another Respiration Experiment :. JEAN BROADHURST ...........0.0002 0 soesesesteneceseeess 261
Notes on Rutaceae—VI. Species of pEehekay PS WELSON A csi yee oues 262
- Shorter Notes :.
New Names in Ilex: T. D. A. COCKERELL ASR ie tlrcailes cmaechov doce sws Lake rate Mage 264
Reviews:
Alexander’s Outline Key of Michigan Sunflowers: ERNsT BEssEY.. .......... +s 204
(News) Items. 2.5, cede cieeneccntowes Gra eealas Wd Hd soe Wee anus Wadoaedoc Dinner hiowbeetapes es Shaw ncaaasus 265
MNO ey cs ee eR Ao Noe Dee cag Nene ST Detain iy acenestasn Cet 267

PUBLISHED FOR THE CLuB

AT 4t NortH QuEeEN STREET, LANCASTER, Pa.
By THe New Era Prinrinc. Company

{Entered at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-claes matter. |

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

OFFICERS FOR 1og11

President
HENRY HH.’ RUSBY, M.D. ~-

Vice-Presidents
EDWARD S. BURGESS, Po.D. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D.

Secretary and Treasurer

‘BERNARD O. DODGE, Ph.B.
Columbia University, New York City

Editor
PHILIP DOWELL, PH.D

Associate Editors

JOHN H. BARNHART, A.M., M.D. TRACY ELLIOT HAZEN, PH.D.

JEAN BROADHURST, A.M. MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D.:
ERNEST D. CLARK, Pu. D. HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D.
ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D. NORMAN TAYLOR :

TorREyA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof... Postal or.
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any
other local checks that may be sent. — Subscriptions are received only
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be.
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent
to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL CLuB, 41 North Queen St., Lan- -
caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City. Sh ak

. Matter for publication should be addressed to

NORMAN TAYLOR

Central Museum,

Eastern Parkway, Brooklyn, N. Y.

JAN 17 1979

TORREYA

December, IgII
Vol. 11 No, 12

LIST OF PLANTS COLLECTED ON THE PEARY ARCTIC
EXPEDITION OF 1905-06 AND 1908-09 WITH A
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE FLORA
OF NORTHERN GREENLAND AND
ELLESMERE LAND

By P. A. RYDBERG

I. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE FLORA*

By the courtesy of the American Museum of Natural History,
New York City, two small collections of arctic plants were turned
over to the New York Botanical Garden. These collections
were made on two of the Peary arctic expeditions in search of
the North Pole. The first and smaller was made on the expedi-
tion of 1905-06 by Dr. L. J. Wolf; the later and larger in 1908-09
by Dr. J. W. Goodsell. The two collections number together
60 species of flowering plants and ferns. Dr. Goodsell’s col-
lection contained 95 numbers, but as he collected at five different
places many of the species were represented by more than one
number. Except of a few common species the duplicates were
not many. Some of the most striking or most characteristic
of the plants were exhibited at the American Museum of Natural
History at the Peary Exposition last year. The principal set

* Most of this article was given as a paper before the Torrey Botanical Club
last year. Although the writer has never visited the arctic regions, more than half
of the species discussed are familiar to him from either the Scandinavian mountains
or the alpine regions of the Rockies. The general description and the statistics
are furthermore abstracted from two excellent works, not generally accessible,
viz., Meddelelser om Groenland, found only in a few libraries in this country and
printed in Danish, and the still rarer The Vascular Plants in the Flora of Ellesmere
Land, by H. G. Simmons. As descriptions of the arctic regions are very rare,
especially in English, it seemed advisable to print this paper in connection with

the list.
{No. 11, Vol. 11,of ToRREYA, comprising pp. 225-248,)was issued 10 November 1911.]

249

250

is preserved at the New York Botanical Garden, and smaller
sets were distributed to Dr. Goodsell, the United States National
Museum, the Philadelphia Academy, and{the Field Museum,
Chicago. As said before, Dr. Goodsell’s collection was made at
five different stations. Of these three are in Greenland, viz: (1)
in the vicinity of North Star Bay (latitude 76° 32’), August 3-6,
1908; (2) in the vicinity of Cape Saumarey (latitude 77° 51’),
August 8, 1908; (3) in the vicinity of Etah (latitude 78° 20’),
August 6-18, 1908. One station was in the vicinity of Cape
Sheridan, Grant Land (latitude 82° 30’), June 15 to July 17, 1909,
and the last in a ravine near Battle Harbor, Labrador. All the
specimens collected by Dr. Wolf were gathered on the north
shore of Grant Land.

It would not be out of the way to say something about the
country from which these plants came. Greenland is an island
about 23° long and over 50° wide. Of course, at that latitude
the degrees of longitude are very narrow. The land is very high
on the eastern side. Most of the interior is completely unknown,
but many mountains towering over 10,000 feet are known to
exist and Petermann’s Mountain is estimated at I1,000 feet.
The mountains on the west side are evidently lower, the highest
known about 5,400 feet. The whole interior is covered with ice
or snow. The country evidently slopes somewhat from east to
west as the glacier seems to bring more ice down on this side.
So far as I know only three expeditions have been made across
the country, one in the extreme north by Peary and two in
southern Greenland. None have been undertaken in the central
portion, which is much higher. A cross country ride in this
portion would be a much more strenuous undertaking than
Peary’s trip to the pole or even Shackleton’s travels in search
of the South Pole.

The eastern coast, especially the part directly opposite Iceland,
is practically unknown.* No vessel has been able even to get
near the coast in the last two centuries. There are traditions
telling of two settlements made hundreds of years ago from Ice-

* A few expeditions to this part have been undertaken recently, but the reports,
if any, have not reached our libraries.

ae

251

land, and Hans Egede, the first missionary among the Greenland
Eskimos, has indicated on his map two churches on the
east coast. If there existed any settlement here at Egede’s
time or not, we do not know. Egede never visited this part of
Greenland. He, as well as his son Paul, spent most of his life
to an old age among the western Eskimos. One expedition
was made some years ago by the Danes and Norwegians along
the eastern coast to the part where these old colonies were sup-
posed to have been, but no traces of them were found. At
present all the Danish colonies are on the western coast. -The
most northern one with regular communications, Upernavik,
is situated near the 73° parallel, although there is a trading post
at Tasinsak about one degree further north. The most northern
Eskimo settlement is at Etah near 78° latitude.

The permanent inland ice reaches nearly to the coast and it
is only a small strip of the mainland and the islands which become
uncovered in the short summer, and it is only where glaciation
or erosion has ground the rocks into gravel, sand, or dust, that
there is any vegetation at all.

Ellesmere Land is an island situated west of North Greenland,
and separated from it by Smith Sound, Kennedy Channel, and
Robeson Channel. Kane Basin and Hall Basin are wider parts
between the three channels. Ellesmere Land is situated between
latitudes 76° and 83°. As several deep bays cut into this island
both on the east and the west side, different portions of the same
have received different names. The southeastern portion, the
one first discovered, received the name Ellesmere Land, the
middle portion Grinnell Land, and the northern portion Grant
Land. The southern coast has been known as North Lincoln
and the southwest end King Oscar Land. As Ellesmere Land
was the first name applied to any portion of it by Europeans,
it has been adopted for the whole island by the Canadian govern-
ment. The oldest name is probably ‘“‘Umingma nuna,’”’ the
land of the muskoxen, as the Eskimos call it.

Ellesmere Land is not so high as Greenland, the highest
point only a couple of thousand feet. There is no continuous
inland ice as in Greenland, although smaller ice fields, snow-

252

covered mountains, and glaciers are found. The flora would
probably be much richer if the soil were not so poor and the
water supply so limited. In the northern part there is a large
fresh-water lake, Lake Hazen.

In the accounts of the flora of Greenland and Ellesmere
Land we seldom find any references to the altitude at which the
plants grow. Simmons, in his flora of the latter, accounts for
this. The occurrence of higher vegetation depends wholly
upon soil and moisture. He says: “‘even at heigths of a thousand
feet or more, there would be a flourishing vegetation, if only the
other conditions were favorable. In few places have I seen
such tall grasses as in the plateau of the peninsula between
Goose Fjord and Walrus Fjord, at a height of more than 1,000
feet, and often, when after climbing a steep slope of some hundred
or a thousand feet, which was very bare except for mosses and
lichens, one arrived at a ledge or plateau, one would find a vege-
tation, which was not any poorer than that near the sea.”’

West of Ellesmere Land there is another large island, Heiberg
Land, perhaps half as large. The flora of this is probably the
same as that of Ellesmere Land. This island is practically
unknown and no collection of botanical specimens has been
made there.

The Labrador coast is very rocky and barren. The inland
highland is practically unknown. All botanical collections
made in Labrador have been made on the coast, but as Labrador
belongs to the subarctic instead of the arctic regions I shall not
characterize its flora here. I may only mention that Dr. Goodsell
collected here an undescribed plant, of the parsnip family.
This was submitted to Dr. J. N. Rose of the United States
National Museum, who has furnished a description of it. It
belongs to the genus Conioselinum.

Greenland has only one plant that forms a tree, Betula odorata
tortuosa, of which one specimen has been found with a trunk
10 inches in diameter and 12 feet high. It is found as a small
tree only at latitude 61° and south thereof, at about the same
latitude as Upsala in Sweden, where there are forests of oaks,
basswood, and choke cherry. The pine and spruce forests

253

extend to nearly the farthest point north on the Scandinavian
peninsula, 7. e., almost to latitude 72°. This is mentioned to
show the difference in temperature and climate between northern
Europe and the same latitude on this side of the Atlantic. The
gulf-stream ends north of Norway and the polar current skirts
the east coast of Greenland.

The northern Swedish-Norwegian barley has been tried on
Greenland but has failed to ripen even in the most southern part.
At all the Danish colonies they have tried to grow gardens to
some extent. In the Upernavik district they have failed alto-
gether. At Umanak, near latitude 71°, they can grow green
cabbage and radishes and a little lettuce, which does not form
heads however. At Ritenbank, near latitude 70°, turnips and
dwarf parsley are added. When the country settlers around
Godthaab, latitude 64°, go to town, that is the trading post,
they bring with them small bouquets of parsley as special gifts
to their friends. In the most southern part peas have been
grown large enough for the table although they do not ripen.
Here there have also been some successful attempts to grow
potatoes. But this part of Greenland is outside of the polar
circle.

When the vegetable fare is so meager in the Danish colonies
what would it be at Etah north of latitude 78°? Of course,
none of our vegetables can be grown, and the native plants fit
for food are very few. The only berries reported so far north are
the crowberry, Empetrum nigrum, scarcely used as a food by
white people, and a small blueberry, Vaccinium wuliginosum
microphyllum. The alpine blackberry, Matrania alpina, stops
at latitude 70°, the common bearberry, Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi
at 66° 40’, the so-called mountain cranberry, Vaccinium Viiis-
1daea at 76°, the small cranberry, Oxycoccus Oxycoccus micro-
phyllus, at 64° 30’, the blueberry, Vaccinium ulizginosum, at
64°, the cloudberry or baked-apple-berry, Rubus Chamaemorus,
at 64° 15’, the dwarf red dewberry, R. saxatilis, at 63° 30’.
The only plants that can be used for food in the neighborhood
of Etah and on Ellesmere Land are Rhodiola rosea, a species of
stonecrop, of which the thick red root is eaten, mountain sorrel,

254

Oxyria digynia, of which rootstock and leaves are used, and two
species of scurvy-grass, Cochlearia groenlandica and C. fenestrata,
of which the foliage is used. The flower spikes of a lousewort,
Pedicularts lanata, are also eaten. Among the food plants of more
southern parts of Greenland may be counted Archangelica
officinalis and Chamaenerium latifolium, the latter a relative of
our fireweed.

As said before, there are no trees in northern Greenland nor
in Ellesmere Land. The woody flora consists of a few low bushes
and undershrubs. Betula flabellifolia extends north to latitude

2°, the other dwarf birches are confined to southern Greenland.
Two willows, Salix groenlandica and S. anglorum, are found in
the whole of Greenland and in Ellesmere Land; the latter also
throughout arctic America. One sterile specimen collected by
Dr. Wolf on Grant Land seems to be SS. arctica, not known from
this region before. S. herbacea extends in Greenland north to
76° and S. glauca ovatifolia to 72°. The other Greenland willows
are confined to the southern portion. None of them are found
in Ellesmere Land.

The other undershrubs are the crowberry, Diapensia lap-
ponica, and members of the heath and huckleberry families, all
mentioned above except Cassiope tetragona. A few degrees
south of Etah a few move are added, as for instance, Phyllodoce
caerulea, Andromeda polifolia, Cassiope hypnoides, Chamaecistus
procumbens, Rhododendron lapponicum, and Ledum decumbens.
In Ellesmere Land the woody vegetation consists of the three
willows mentioned above, Diapensia lapponica, Vaccinium
uliginosum microphyllum, Cassiope tetragona, and Empetrum
nigrum.

Nearly all of the plants of northern Greenland and Ellesmere
Land are perennials. The majority are densely tufted or matted
plants, some of them making large carpets. Among these can be
counted many of the saxifrages and crucifers. Others have root-
stocks, often thick and fleshy, as Rhodiola rosea, Oxyria digyna,
several species of Pedicularis and Taraxacum; sometimes these
are more slender, as the species of Ranunculus, the sedges, and the
grasses.

255

Lange, in his Conspectus Florae Groenlandicae, enumerates
about 400 species of flowering plants, but of course the larger
number of these are confined to the southern portion. Simmons,
in his Vascular Plants of Ellesmere Land, enumerates 107 phane-
rograms. Of these about a dozen are not found in Greenland.
There are, however, perhaps a score of species found in northern
Greenland not found in Ellesmere Land, and a few have been
added since Simmons’s publication, so that the North American
flora north of latitude 72° may be estimated to about 160 species.
Of these about three fifths are circumpolar plants, 7. e., plants
common to arctic America, Spitzbergen, and Siberia. Of the
remaining two fifths, at least half are plants common to arctic
America, and the rest divided between truly endemic plants of
this region and such as are of European origin, 7. e., common to
Greenland and Iceland or Spitzbergen.

The families represented in the flora of Ellesmere Land and that
of Greenland north of the Danish colonies (1. e., north of latitude
72°) are as follows:

(GRIAMIDNIE ANS Se Ue vious as ah eel nea 20 19 IROSA GHAI My yuch ster san.n rey rase ate 5 7
(CVPBRAGBAB 00566 bs6a0145 a aoe I5 19 EMP ETRACIAE aeatenele syne cee ier I I
AAWINGAICIAUE craia sueuan eo Sia celncreaaliece eh vn(0) ONAGRACEAE Resa een mina cnn I I
IMITOICANNANEVNCIOINID,, 5g 50ncub0un0s © ii PYROLACEAT hy cei Aelia eee I I
SATE CA CRAB ia iia ciacclicase chacwtonceane BO IGRICA CE ARR lac celine ane eee I 7
BEM UIEACH ABI. Works cla eicheirsenincle @) it WACCINTACGE A Ese hoes a ene I 2
ROBYGONACEAER 4 (ee ounor DB B IDTAPENSTIAGCEAE Ena eee ene es I I
JX RANG /ANONGIDIND. sc o¢0g000u000 © i IPRIMUMACE ARH Siena sect rciene I fo)
PNTESTINING EAE ios vonslies ctv sane cel 5) TEE IR OLEMONTAGEAE Erne aee (6) I
CARYOPHYLLACEAE........... RB fl RPEUMBAGINACPAES aes een if 2
TRUAIRTUINICUILANCIBINIDE 4 G56 a056000¢ 6 8 IB ORAIGINAGE Ai ent nee fo) I
JPADANADIRUNGIBIND 5 bo bo oc dan o ood Tee SCROPHULARIACEAE.......... 4 6
(CRUGIRERAMH : ai feisas ascii 13 17 CAMPANULACEAE............. 4 I
(CRASSWIENGDNDs Go co5500000008 © i COMPOSITABW Ps shel ee Anes
SVYORIMRLNONCINI 5 4550004006006 UA 12} GICGHORTACEAE Matic sca 3 2

II 0 I5I

Of these there are 44 species reported for northern Greenland
and not for Ellesmere Land, and 12 for the latter that are not
found in the former. In the two together there are hence 163
species reported. The Eskimo settlements of Etah and vicinity,
visited by the Peary expeditions, are situated between latitudes
76° and 78°, and no plants were collected farther south than 76°

256

30’ except those collected in Labrador. If 76° north latitude
would be taken as the southern boundary instead of 72°, I think
that the flora of the region would not comprise 100 species in
all, as most of the additional Greenland species mentioned above
have been recorded only a little north of 72°, and a few of the
Ellesmere Land species are limited to the extreme southern
portion of that island.

The grasses are all low and not very abundant. Of course,
none of them could be used for hay, though they constitute an im-
portant part of the summer food for muskoxen and hares. The
principal food for the former consists, however, of lichens and
mosses. The grasses can be classified into two kinds: (1) The
bunch grasses with very short rootstocks and sending up
numerous branches from inside the lower sheaths. (2) Those
with long stoloniferous rootstocks, forming sods like the Ken-
tucky bluegrass. The former are growing in the gravel beds
and among rocks, the latter in richer and moister soil around
brooks and springs and below melting snowdrifts.

The sedge family is represented by two species of cotton grass,
Eriophorum, one species each of Kobresia and Elyna, the latter
genera closely related to the true sedges, Carex. The rest of the
family consists of species of the latter genus. Most of them
grow in the wetter places and have rootstocks.

The Juncaceae, the rushes, are represented by one species of
Juncus in Ellesmere Land and two in northern Greenland, two
species of Juncoides or Luzula in the former and four in the latter.

No other family of the monocotyledons is represented in
Ellesmere Land, except Melanthaceae by one species, Tofieldia
palustris, in northern Greenland.

The willow family has three representatives in Ellesmere Land
and six in northern Greenland. All are low undershrubs. So
also is the only representative of the birch family in northern
Greenland, viz., Betula flabellifolia.

The representatives of the buckwheat family are Oxyria
digyna, as stated before, one of the food plants, and Polygonum
viviparum, a common alpine-arctic species. The third represen-
tative in northern Greenland is an introduced weed, one of the
sorrels, Rumex Acetosella.

257

Montia fontana, a spring plant, 1. e., growing in springs, repre-
sents the purslane family in northern Greenland.

The chickweed family has seven representatives in Ellesmere
Land and eleven in northern Greenland. Except the two species
of Cerastium, they are very modest looking plants with small
flowers and all forming small mats.

The pink family consists of the moss pink, Silene acaulis,
common also on the higher mountains of this country and
Europe, and three species of Lychnis or Wahlbergella.

The crowfoot family is represented by species of Ranunculus,
all growing in wet places, especially under melting snow drifts;
some of these are rather showy.

The most showy plant of the region is the arctic poppy,
Papaver radicatum. It is rather strange that this genus, be-
longing principally to warmer countries, should have furnished
the plant that above all gives color to the arctic flora. The
common poppies of the gardens, the opium plant of India, the
wild poppies of central Europe and California, are all leafy-
stemmed annuals, but there is a small group of poppies of the
arctic and alpine regions, which are perennials with short cespitose
rootstocks, crowned by a cluster of finely dissected leaves and
naked flower stalks. The stemmed poppies of warmer regions
have mostly red, purple, pink, or rarely white flowers. The
alpine-arctic poppies range from orange through yellow to white.
Papaver radicatum is common through arctic Europe and America,
in the Scandinavian mountains, on Iceland, and in our Rocky
Mountains as far south as Colorado. Two closely related species
are found in the Alps, another in the Pyrenees, another in the
Caucasus, another in the Canadian Rockies and Montana, and
two more in Alaska and eastern Siberia. If I do not remember
incorrectly, the group is also represented in the Altai Mountains
and the Himalayas.

The mustard family is represented by several species of Draba,
two species of Cardamine, two of Arabis, two of Cochlearia, and
one species each of the genera Lesquerella, Eutrema, Braya, and
Hesperis. The species of Cochlearia are interesting, not only
from the fact that they are used for food and as a remedy against

258

scurvy, but more so from the fact that they are, so far as I know,
the only annuals of the region.

The only representatives of the stonecrop family is Rhodiola
rosea, the root of which is eaten. It is not found in Ellesmere
Land.

All the representatives of the saxifrage family belong to the
genus Saxifraga, in the broader sense, except Chrysosplenium
tetrandrum, collected at one station in southern Ellesmere Land.

The rose family is represented by one species of Dryas in
Ellesmere Land and two in Greenland. The other members of
the family belong to the genus Potentilla, all low and tufted
species.

The crowberry, Empetrum nigrum, is the only representative
of its family. The evening primrose family is represented by
Chamaenertum latifolium, a close relative to our fireweed, and
the wintergreen family by Pyrola grandiflora. The heath family
is represented in Ellesmere Land by a single species, Cassiope
tetragona, but in northern Greenland by six more species of the
genera Phyllodoce, Andromeda, Cassiope, Chamaecistus, Rhodo-
dendron, and Ledum.

The huckleberry family has one representative in Ellesmere
Land, Vaccinium uliginosum microphyllum, and an additional
one in northern Greenland, V. Vitis-idaea pumilum.

Diapensiaceae is represented by Diapensia lapponica in both
countries, Primulaceae by Androsace septentrionalis in Ellesmere
Land, and Polemoniaceae by Polemonium humile in northern
Greenland.

The Plumbago family is represented by one species of Statice
in Ellesmere Land and two in Greenland. The only representa-
tive of the borage family is Puewmaria maritima in North Green-
land.

All the representatives of the figwort family belong to the
genus Pedicularis in the broad sense.

The harebell family is represented by Campanula uniflora
alone. |

The sunflower family is represented in Ellesmere Land by
two species of Hrigeron, one of Antennaria, and one of Arnica.

we

259

The additional species in North Greenland are one species of
Erigeron, two of Gnaphalium, and one of Artemisia.

All four members of the chicory family belong to the genus
Taraxacum of which the dandelion is a member. Of these one
has not been found outside of Ellesmere Land and North Green-
land, two more are found only there and in arctic America, while
the fourth (not found in Ellesmere Land, nor America) is common
to Greenland, arctic Europe, and Asia. All four of the arctic
dandelions are now represented in the herbarium of the New York
Botanical Garden. A few years ago we had only one. Two
more were collected by Dr. Wolf and the last one by Dr. Goodsell.

NEw YorK BOTANICAL GARDEN

(To be continued)

NEW COMBINATIONS FROM THE GENUS
EUPHORBIA

By J. C. ARTHUR

The rusts inhabiting the several species of the genus Euphoriia,
as ordinarily understood, have been variously treated by my-
cologists. In the recent monograph of the genus Uromyces by
Sydow, the North American forms having aecia, uredinia and
telia are segregated under four species, following the authority
of Tranzschel, who in turn based his studies largely upon the
published results of cultures made by the writer. In the treat-
ment of this group of rusts in a forthcoming number of the
North American Flora, the writer proposes to consider the four
species recognized by Sydow as representing “physiological
species,’ or races, belonging to a single species of rust. As
these races conform fairly well to the genera into which the
genus Euphorbia has been segregated, the writer further proposes
to use the names of the segregates, rather than list all the hosts,
about thirty-five, under the genus Euphorbia. A few of these
species have not yet been transferred to the segregated genera,
and rather than make the transfer of phanerogamic names in a
work devoted to fungi, the present method is taken to place the

260

names on record where phanerogamic botanists may readily
find them. é

All the changes have the approval of Dr. Charles F. Mills-
paugh, who has passed upon all my material. His departure
some time since upon a trip around the world made it impossible
for him to publish the names, or even prepare the article. I am,
therefore, assuming the responsibility, and propose the following
changes:

Adenopetalum gramineum (Jacq.) Arth. Euphorbia graminea
Jace. Selece AN. 5c 17OR,

Chamaesyce arizonica (Engelm.) Arth. Euphorbia arizonica
Engelm. in Torrey, Bot. Mex. Bound. 186. 1858.

Chamaesyce hirsuta (Torrey) Arth. Euphorbia hypericifolia
hirsuta Torrey, Comp. 331. 1826. EE. hirsuta Wiegand, Bot.
Gaz. 24: 50. 1897.

Chamaesyce lasiocarpa (Klotz.) Arth. Euphorbia lasiocarpa
Klotz. Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. Suppl..19: 414. 1843.

Chamaesyce pilosula (Enge!m.) Arth. Euphorbia pilosula En-
ealhon.§ Iexoigs, tin IDC, IProchr, 572 ao, UGS.

Chamaesyce Preslii (Guss.) Arth. Euphorbia Presliu Guss. FI.
S) Gy, PreGhers6S SEOs 1807/2

Chamaesyce potosina (Fernald) Arth. Euphorbia potosina Fer-
nald, Proc. Am. Acad. 36: 495. 1901.

Poinsettia strigosa (Hook. & Arn.) Arth. Euphorbia strigosa
Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech. Voy. 310. 1837.

Zygophyllidium biforme (S. Wats.) Arth. Euphorbia biformis
So \Wenis, IPRoe, Avon, ANeral, ase uss ie.

As the three species, C. Preslu, C. hypericifolia and C. nutans,
are usually grouped in current literature under one name, and
differential descriptions are not available, Dr. Millspaugh at
my request has supplied the following key.

Inflorescence glomerate.
Leaves obtusely serrate, long-pilose at base; seeds black or blackish.
C. Preslit.
Leaves sharply serrate, not long-pilose at base; seeds red or reddish.
C. hypericifolia.
Inflorescence solitary. C. nutans.

The first two species occur throughout the United States
and Canada, the last species does not occur in the United
States or Canada, but is found in the West Indies and Mexico.

PURDUE UNIVERSITY,
LAFAYETTE, INDIANA

‘ANOTHER RESPIRATION EXPERIMENT
By JEAN BROADHURST

For two years we have been using the following device for
showing that green plants give out COs. Many methods have
already been described; this is added only because it isso easily
put up and because the contrast with the control is most marked.
An air-tight joint made with water is more certain than when
made with vaseline, etc.; it is also less ‘‘ mussy.”’

A dish, A, is partly filled with water. In it are placed a glass
vessel for lime (or barium) water, B, supported on any solid

support, C, to raise it above the water in A. A leaf (geranium)
may he placed over B with the petiole extending into the water

Fic. 1.—A, a dish or pan containing water for making an air-tight joint around £.
B, glass containing lime-water.
C, support.
D, a geranium leaf.
E, a glass dish enclosing D and B.

in A. (The petiole is, of course, not necessary, but students
seem to feel that the conditions are more normal when the petiole
has access to water in this way.) Over all is inverted a crystal-
lizing dish, , which should be but slightly wider in diameter than

262

B, making very little air enclosed in the space under #. An
inverted vessel rarely sits firmly when inverted over water and
a bent tube may be used to draw out some of the air under E.
This will make EL more steady, and will also make the water
rise in E and lessen the air space. If too much air is drawn out,
and the water around B rises too high, it will be difficult to remove
E at the end of the experiment without the risk of causing an
overflow into B and breaking the heavy film that forms on the
surface of the lime water.

The control is exactly the same, except the leaf is omitted.
The air space under F is so small that in the control but a partial,
delicate film is formed on the lime water, contrasting strongly
with the heavy one formed in 12 to 24 hours by one green leaf.

TEACHERS COLLEGE

NOTES ON RUTACEAE — VI. SPECIES OF SPATHELIA*
By PERcyY WILSON

The species of Spathelia L. are confined, in so far as known, to
the West Indies, with a very doubtful species reported from
Mexico.

Of the five recognized species of Spathelia, S. simplex and
S. glabrescens are endemic in the island of Jamaica, while S.
cubensis is known only from the province of Oriente, Cuba, and
S. Britton from the province of Pinar del Rio. SS. vernicosa,
originally described from specimens collected in eastern Cuba,
is also found on Cat Island, Bahamas.

They are slender unarmed trees one to twenty-four meters
tall, with simple unbranched trunks conspicuously marked with
leaf-scars, and bearing pinnate leaves, and large panicles with
showy purplish or scarlet flowers at the summit. The ovary is
usually 3-celled, and the fruit normally 3-winged.

It is apparent from observations made by several students of
West Indian plants, that wherever species of Spathelia are found
there are always present, in a dead or dying condition, a few speci-

* Notes on Rutaceae—V was published Bull. Torrey Club 38: 295-207. 6 Jl
IQIl.

Fic. 1.

Fic. 1.—In each figure a = sepals (or calyx), X 2, b = petals, X 2,
mens, X 2, d = leaflets, X 14.

1. Spathelia glabrescens Planch.

2. Spathelia Brittonti P. Wilson.

3. Spathelia cubensis P. Wilson.

4. Spathelia simplex L.

5. Spathelia vernicosa Planch.

The figures have been made from drawings by Miss M. E. Eaton.

c = sta-

264

mens bearing old fruiting inflorescences, and in no instance do
they appear to have been destroyed by disease or fire. Other
observers who have had the opportunity to study them during
their entire stage of reproduction, assert that the plants show
signs of decay with the maturing of their fruits and soon after-
ward die. It would undoubtedly afford an interesting subject
for investigation to ascertain the age the various species of
Spathelia reach before producing their flowers and fruits. Defi-
nite information upon this subject appears to be lacking.

Descriptions of each of the foregoing species will be found in
North American Flora 25: 206-208. I9I1.

NEw YorRK BOTANICAL GARDEN.

SHORTER NOTES

New NAMEs IN ILEx

Ilex kingiana n. n.; Jlex insignis Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. J, 599
(1872); not J. insignis Heer, Fl. Foss. Alask. 37, pl. x (1869).
Ilex microphyllina n. n.; [lex microphylla Newby. Proc. U. 5S.
Nat. Mus. 5: 510 (1883); not I. microphylla Hook. Ic. Pl. or

Syme, 1D. (C. Ieitecl, 23 14,

Salix fastwoodiae in the new edition of Heller’s Catalogue,
p. 89, is of course a misprint for S. Eastwoodiae, as its position in
the list shows. It is S. californica Bebb. (not Lesq.).

Tt. D. Ay CockerREre

REVIEWS

Atexander’s Outiine K y of Michigan Suntlowers*

The utter impossibility of fitting the sunflowers of south-
eastern Michigan into the specific limits of sunflowers as given
in the manuals, has led Mr. Alexander, of Detroit, to undertake
the study of these plants. As the result of six years of study, he
has worked out a system of classification of the perennial sun-
flowers, based upon the underground parts of the plants. He
recognizes two main groups which he calls the STOREATAE, in
which the roots and root-stocks are tangled together into a.close

* Alexander, S. Outline Key of the Groups of the Genus Helianthus in Michigan.
Report Mich. Acad. Science 13: 191-198. f. 1-5. IQII.

mat; and the SPARSAE, in which there is a shorter or longer
underground root-stock (which he calls the “‘earth-branch”’).
In the first group, new plants arise from buds on this matted
crown; the plants, therefore, all remain in a close cluster. In
the other group, the new plants are scattered at some distance
from the old plants. The SToREATAE are again subdivided into
those in which the roots become very fleshy and usually more
or less spindle-shaped toward the end of the season. The
contents of these roots are used up by the following year’s
growth. The other division consists of those with fine fibrous
roots. Further subdivisions of these are based upon the fact
that the leaves are three-nerved in some, and pinnate-nerved
inothers. Still further subdivisions are based upon the hairiness.
The group SpaARSAE is divided into sections in which the under-
ground stems are terminated by tubers (H. tuberosus being an
example), and those not so enlarged. The latter are again
divided into those with petiolate leaves and those with practically
sessile leaf-blades. Further subdivisions are based upon the
presence or absence of wings upon the petioles, and on the nerva-
tion of the leaf-blades.

The author finds that by subdividing the plants in this way,
he can distinguish a large number of species which have appar-
ently never been described. It is to be hoped that botanists
elsewhere, where the perennial sunflowers are abundant, will
try out Mr. Alexander’s key as to its workability in other local-
ities.

East LANSING, MICHIGAN Ernst A. BESSEY

NEWS ITEMS

A hurricane accompanied by rain and snow on the night of
November 11, at Lafayette, Ind., did much injury to the botani-
cal department of the Purdue Experiment Station. The windows
of the offices and laboratories were blown in, but the herbarium
room escaped unharmed. About half of the glass in the con-
servatories was broken, and as the storm was followed by severe
cold, practically all the plants perished. The collection included
many species gathered from all parts of the country for culture
hosts in the study of rusts.

266

Dr. D. T. MacDougal, director of the department of Botanical
Research of the Carnegie Institution, has gone to Egypt to
prosecute studies on the desert vegetation of that region. Dr.
W. A. Cannon recently returned from a preliminary survey of
the deserts in northeastern Africa, under the auspices of the same
institution.

At the American Association for the Advancement of Science
meeting at Washington, D.C., during Christmas week, Dr. C. E.
Bessey, of the University of Nebraska, will act as president.

We quote from the New York Evening Post (December 2)

the following, in regard to Columbia University: 3

‘‘A greenhouse and botanical laboratory is now in course of
construction in East Field, the half block between Amsterdam
and Morningside Avenues, which was recently acquired by the
university, and on which the President’s house is being erected.
The greenhouse stands in the middle of the block, just back of
the President’s house. It is to be used by professors and ad-
vance students in the Department of Botany.

‘““In the conservatory, whch will be twenty-four by eighty
feet, plants for use in all botanical work, both graduate and
undergraduate, will be grown. Moreover, it will contain a
laboratory and a dark room, equipped with all the modern
appurtenances. . . . Advanced classes in plant physiology and
experimental botany will work in the conservatory, as will the
groups in experimental plant pathology.”’

From the New York Evening Sun (December 11) we learn that
Sir Joseph Hooker has died. Joseph Dalton Hooker was a re-
tired surgeon of the Royal Navy and late director of the Royal
Gardens at Kew. Hewas born at Halesworth, Suffolk, June 30,
1817. He was educated at the High School and the University
of Glasgow. He was surgeon and naturalist on his Majesty’s
ship Erebus in the Antarctic expedition under Sir James Ross
in 1839-43. He visited as a naturalist the Himalaya Mountains,
Syria and Palestine, Morocco and the Greater Atlas. He was
in the Rocky Mountains and California in 1877. Sir Joseph was
president of the Royal Society, 1872-77.

e

INDEX TO VOLUME XI

New names and the names of new genera and species are printed in
boldface type

Acacia, 79, 81, 82

Acalypha, gracilens, 188; ostryaefolia,
188

Aceraceae, 189

Acer carolinianum, 189; nigrum, 189;
pennsylvanicum, 189; rubrum, 229;

saccharinum, 208, 209, 229-232;
spicatum, 1890

Achimenes, I14

Achras bahamensis, 129; Zapotilla

parvifolia, 129

Actinella, 79

Additions to the Flora of the Caro-
linas—II, 9

Additions to the Tree Flora of the
United States, 11

Adenopetalum gramineum, 260

Aecidium, 212; Plantaginis, 212

Afzelia cassioides, 96

Agaricus sanguinareus, 26

Agave, 78,.79, 96; virginica, 96

Agrimonia Brittoniana, 171; parvi-
flora, 171; pumila, 171

Agrostis alba, 207

Ahnfeldtia concinna, 179; gigartin-

oides, 179

Alabama Polytechnic Institute, 202

Aletris, 1; japonica, 4, 5

Alexander’s outline Key of Michi-
gan Sunflowers (review), 264

Algae, I51

Alligator apple, 12

Allionia, 113

Alnus, 231, 232; rugosa, 229

Alsinaceae, 255

Alstonia scholaris, 242

Altamaha Grit, Ledge of, on West
Side of Rock Hill, Florida, 97

Altingiaceae, 35

Alvaradoa amorphoides, 11

Amanita cothurnata, 154; muscaria,
153, 154; phalloides, 153, 154;
strobiliformis, 154; verna, 57

Amelanchier sanguinea, 171; rotundi-
folia, 171

American Chemical Society,
of, 202

American Fern Journal, 155

American Association for the Advance-
ment of Science, 266

Journal

American Fern Society, 50

American Men of Science, 22

American Museum of Natural His-
tory, Torrey Meetings at, 21, 45,
68, I2I, 153. 240

American Naturalists, Society of, 139

Amorpha fruticosa, 173

Ampelopsis, 230, 231; arborea, 229

Amphorella, 177

Amsonia tabernaemontana, 210

Anacardiaceae, 189

Andreaea, 120

Andrews, F. M., 224

Andromeda, 258; polifolia, 254

Andropogon scoparius, 128

Androsace septentrionalis, 258

Anemia, I19; adiantifolia, 119; aurita,
II9g; cicutaria, 119; coriacea, 119;
cuneata, II9; nipeénsis, 119; obovata,
II9Q; pastinacaria, 119; phyllitidis,
II9; speciosa, 119; Underwoodiana,
I19; Wrightii, 119

Anona, 195; glabra, 12; palustris, 12;
squamosa, I2

Another Respiration Experiment, 261

Anthaenantia villosa, 96

Antennaria, 258

Anthemis nobilis, 151

Antholithes, 234

Anthurus borealis, 242

Apalachicola, The River-bank Vegeta-
tion of the Lower, 225

Apgar’s Ornamental Shrubs of the
United States (review), 42

Apios tuberosa, 208

Apocynaceae, 241

Apocynum hypericifolium, 128; hyper-
icifolium arenarium, 128

Arabis, 257; hirsuta, 33; patens, 34

Araucaria, 195

Arbutus, 9

Archangelica officinalis, 254

Arctostaphylos, 81, 111; Uva-ursi, 253

Aristida, 211; basiramea, 213; dicho-
toma, 213; oligantha, 213; purpuras-
cens, 213; stricta, 95, 124

Aristolochia macrophylla, 106

Arnica, 258

Aronia arbutifolia, 9,
purea, I71; nigra, 171

I71; atropur-

267

268

Artemisia, 78, 259; tridentata, 197

Artocarpus, 195

Arthur, J. C., New Combinations from
the Genus Euphorbia, 259

Arum italicum, 87; maculatum, 87

Aruncus allegheniensis, 170

Arundinaria, 230-232; macrosperma,
220, 231

Asclepiadaceae, 241, 177

Asclepias incarnata, 208, 209

Ascophyllum, 178

Aspidium thelypteris, 207

Aster sp., 95

Astragallus canadensis.
anus, 173

Aviunnia, 132

Avrainvillea levis, 134, 136; longicaulis,
135; Mazei, 135, 136; sordida, 134,
135

Azalea viscosa, 9

173; carolini-

Bach’s Oxidases, 55

Bacillus subtilis, 224

Baileya, 79

Balsas Mountains, Guerrero, 113

Balsas River, 78

Bancroft, W. D., A Universal Law, 202

Banksia, 235

Baptesia villosa, ro

Barnhart, J. H., 69, 241

Bartholomew, E. T., personal, 223

Bartlett, H. H., 74

Batodendron arboreum, 95

Bay-leaved Caper Tree, 12

Benedict, R. C., Hough’s Leaf Key to
the Trees (review), 17; Notes on
Cuban Ferns, 118

Berberis, 150; vulgaris, 150

Berry, E. W., A Method of Making
Leaf Prints, 62

Berula erecta, 206, 207, 208

Bessey, E. A., Alexander’s Outline Key
of Michigan Sunflowers (review), 264

Bessey, C. E., personal, 22, 266

Best Methods of teaching Botany to
School Students, The, 161

Betula, 230-232; nigra, 206, 208, 209,
228, 229; flabellifolia, 254, 256; odo-
rata tortuosa, 252

Betulaceae, 255

Bicknell, E. P., 69

Bidens comosa, 207; vulgata, 207

Bifurearia, 178

Bigelovia nudata, 93

Bigelowia, 92, 93

Billings, E., personal, 132

Biological laboratory, 76; laboratory at
Woods Hole, 99; teaching, 99

Biological Survey of the Panama Canal
Zone, 72

Biology, 99; for College Entrance, 137

Biometrika, 20

Boas, H., personal, 223

Boehmeria cylindrica, 207, 208

Bog in Central Illinois, A, 205

Boletus cyanescens, 28; luridus, 26;
scaber, 59; spp., 88

Bolley, H. L., 140

Bombax, 195

Boraginaceae, 255

Boodleopsis, 134

Botanical Garden, New York (see New
York, etc.)

Botanical Gazette, 73

Botanical Name of Wild Sapodilla, The,
128

Botanical Society of America, 22

Boraginaceae, 109

Bradburya virginiana, 173

Bradley Bibliography of Wood Plants,
164

Brainerd, E., 240; personal, 75

Brassica japonica, 34

Braya, 257

Britton, Mrs. H. L., death of, 100

Britton, E. G., 69; Fern Collecting in
Cuba, 155; Reviews of Recent Moss
Literature, 119; personal, 75, 98, 224

Britton, N. L., 69, 121, 240; An Un-
described Opuntia from Jamaica, 130;
A Second Species of Hernandia in
Jamaica, 174; Flora of Pinar del Rio,
Cuba, 44; Opuntia Tracyi sp. nov.,
152; Rediscovery of Tillandsia Swart-
zii Baker, 31; The Botanical Name of
the Wild Sapodilla, 128; persénal, 75,
98, 180, 224, 248

Broadhurst, J.,69; Another Respiration
Experiment, 261; Hunter’s Essentials
of Biology and Sharp’s Laboratory
Manual in Biology (review), 155;
Of Interest to Teachers, 46, 70, 137,
156, 242; The Best Methods of
Teaching Botany to School Students,
161; personal, 180

Brongniartia, 82

Brooklyn Institute, Museum, 180; of
Arts and Science, 76

Brooklyn Botanic Garden,-98, 144

Brooklyn Central Museum, 124, 149, 180

Brown, A., 241

Brown, W. H., personal, 248

Bruckman, L., 118

Brunnichia, 230-232;

Bryocles, 2

Buettneria perplexans, 236

Bulletin of the Botanical Society of
France, 120

Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club,
45, 202, 224, 248

cirrhosa, 229

269

Bureau of Plant Industry, 124

Bursera, 82

Burgess, E. S., 69

Butler, B. T., 241

Butler, O., 68

Byrsonima Karwinskiana, 115; lucida,
12

Cactaceae, 82

Caesalpinaceae, 172

California Vine Disease, 68

Callicarpa americana, 95

Callistemon, 176

Callitrichaceae, 188

Callitriche Austinii, 188

Calvin, C., Collections of, 75

Campbell, D. H., Notes on
Californian Green Algae, 17

Campanula uniflora, 258

Campanulaceae, 255

Campulosus aromaticus, 95

Candolle, A. de, bust of, 164

Capparis cynophallophora, 12

Cannon, W. A., personal, 266

Capsella, 139

Cardamine, 257; pratensis, 33;
purea, 34; rotundifolia, 34

Carhart, M., 70

Carduus, 45

Carex, 256; lurida, 207; texensis, II

Carnegiea gigantea, 245

Carolinas, Additions to the Flora of the,
—IlI,9

Carpinus, 231; caroliniana, 229

Carpolithes, 234; macrophyllus,
236

Caryophyllaceae, 255

Cassebeer, H. A., Jr., 241

Cassia Chamaecrista, 172; marylandica,
172; nicticans, 172

Cassiope, 258; hypnoides, 254;
gona, 254, 258

Castilla, 241

Casuarina, 195

Catalase, 25, 58, 104

Catalyzers, 24

Cat-tail Seeds, Germination of, 181

Cattell, J. M., personal, 22

Cattleya, 121

Caulophyllum thalictroides, 150

Cecil, Mrs. E., 222

Celastraceae, 189, 242

Celastrus scandens, 165

Cellulares, 151

Celtis occidentalis, 209

Cephalanthus, 206, 208,
dentalis, 208, 209

Cerastium, 257

Ceratiola, 65

Cereus, 171

Cercis canadensis, 172

Some

pur-

235,

treta-

209; occi-

Chamberlain, C. J., personal, 143
Chamaecistus, 258; procumbens, 254
Chamaenerium latifolium, 254, 258

Chamaesyce arizonica, 260; hirsuta,
260; lasiocarpa, 260; hypericifolia,
260; nutans, 260; pilosula, 260;

Preslii, 260; potosina, 260
Chamberlain, L. T., personal, 132
Chamomile, 151
Chaptalia tomentosa, 96
Cheilanthes Alabamensis, 94
Chelone glabra, 208
Chestnut blight, 247
China, A new Kind of Corn from, 203
Chondrophora, 93, 96; nudata, 93, 96,

97; virgata, 93, 95-97
Chondrophora virgata in West Florida,

92
Chromogens, 86-89
Chrysobalanus oblongifolius, 95; pello-

carpus, II
Chrysocoma nudata, 92, 93; virgata, 92,

93 :

Chrysopsis pinifolia, 93
Chrysosplenium americanum, 35; te-

trandrum, 258
Cicea disticha, 11
Cichoriaceae, 255
Cicuta bulbifera, 207; maculata, 208
Cimicifuga racemosa, 150
Cinna arundinacea, 205, 207
Cladium, 231; effusum, 229
Cladocephalus luteofuscus, 137;

parius, 137
Cladonia sp., 96
Cladrastis, 168, 169; tinctoria, 167
Clark, E. D., 69; The Nature and Func-

tion of the Plant Oxidases, 23, 55, 84,

IOI
Clematis, 82
Clerodendron, 114
Clintonia borealis, 198
Clitocybe illudens, 154
Clitoria Mariana, 174
Clogging of the Drain Tile by Roots,

The, 51
Cochlearia, 257; fenestrata, 254; groen-

landica, 254 :
Cockerell, T. D. A., Fossil Flowers and

Fruits, 234; New Names in Ilex, 264
Codiaceae of the Siboga Expedition, in-

cluding a Monograph of the Flabel-

larieae and Udoteae, The (review),

133
Coker, W. C., 224; Additions to the

Flora of the Carolinas—II, 9; per-

sonal, 75 4
Colacodasya verrucaeformis, 179
Cole, C. A., personal, 75
Collins, F. S., 17

sco-

270

Collins, F. J., personal, 180

Color photography, 139

Colorado Laboratory at Tolland, The
University of, 75

Colubrina Colubrina, 13

Columbia University, Johannsen lec-
tures at, 180, 223; greenhouse and
botanical laboratory, 266

Comarum palustre, 170

Compositae, 109, I51, 255

Conioselinum, 252

Conocephalum conicum, 73

Convol ulaceae, 109

Cook, M. T., personal, 248

Coptis trifolia, 150

Corema Conradi, 188

Coreopsis, 79, 82

Corn, A new Kind from China, 203

Cornus amomum, 208, 209

Cosmos, 82

Coulter, J. M., 70

Coville, F. V., 203

Covillea, 78

Cowles, H. C., personal, 143, 223

Crataegus, 41, 83, 171; American, 83

Crassulaceae, 35, 255

Crocker, W., personal, 143

Crossosoma, 196

Croton capitatus, 188

Crotonopsis, 96; linearis, 188; spinosa,
95

Cruciferae, 33, 255

Cryptogams, 238

Cultivation and Preservation of Trees,
100

Guntis, CAC 60

Cuscuta, 114

Cyathophora, 33

Cymaduse, 178

Cyperaceae, 255

Cypress, Mexican, 81

Cypripedium, 122

Cytisus scoparius, 173

Dalbergia, 195

Dalibarda repens, 170

Daniels, F. P., personal, 221

Darling, C. A., personal, 68, 118

Dasiphora fruticosa, 170

Davis, B., personal, 248

Day-lily, 1; Japanese or lance-leaved, 4;
wavy-margined, 5

Decodon, 208; verticillatus, 207

Dendrobium, 122

Dentaria anomala, 34;
heterophylla, 34;
maxima, 34

Desmidae, I51

Diapensia lapponica, 254, 258

Diapensiaceae, 255

diphylla, 34;
incisifolia, 34;

Diatomaceae, I51

Diospyros virginiana, 209

Dipsacaceae, 90

Divaricatae, 130

Dodd, Mead & Co., 186

Dodge, B. O., 69, 132; Proceedings of
the Club, 118, 121, 132, 153, 154, 240,
242

Dowell, P., 50, 69; personal, 180

Draba, 257; caroliniana, 34

Droseraceae, 34

Drosera filiformis, 34; rotundifolia, 198

Dryas, 258

Drupaceae, 172

Drymocallis agrimonioides, 170

Dudley, W. R., personal, 164

Duggar’s Plant Physiology (review), 214

Dyera castulata, 242; Lowii, 242

Echinocacti, 113

Ecology, 76

Eel-grass, Fertilization of, 184

Egg Fruit, 13

Eggleston, W. W., personal, 118

Ehrenberg, F., death of, 118

Eleocharis flaccida, 130; ochreata, 130

Elfvingia megaloma, 120

Elliottia, 93

Elyna, 256

Empetraceae, 188, 255

Empetrum nigrum, 253, 254, 258

Enzyme, 24

Epigaea repens, 9

Ericaceae, 255

Erigeron, 258, 259

Eriocaulon, 131; Parkeri, 131

Eriophorum, 256

Erodium cicutarium, 186

Erythrophyllum, 180; delesserioides, 179

Esther Herrman Fund, 118

Ethnologic Dictionary of the Navaho
Language (review), 239

Eucalyptus, 176

Eugenia, 195

Euonymus americanus, 189

Eupatorium perioliatum, 150, 207, 208;
Sp., 207

Euphorbiaceae, 188, 241

Euphorbia 259; arizonica, 260; bi-
formis, 260; commutata, 188; corol-
lata, 188; Darlingtonii, 188; dentata,

188; graminea, 260; glytosperma,
188; hirsuta, 260; humistrata, 188;
hypericifolia hirsuta, 260; Ipecac-

uanhae, 188; lucida, 188; lasiocarpa,
260; marginata, 188; philosula, 260;
potosina, 260; Preslii, 260; strigosa,
260

Eutrema, 257

Euphorbiodendron fulvum, 82

2

Evening Post, 144
Evening Sun, 248
Experiment Station Record, 200

Farlow, W. G., personal, 22

Fegatella conica, 73

Ferments, organized, 24; unorganized, 24

Fern Collecting in Cuba, 155

Fern Venation, 155

Fertilization of the Eel-grass, 184

Ficus, 117; elastica, 241

Field Committee of Torrey Botanical
Club (see Field Meetings, etc.)

Field Meetings, 122; for July and
August, 152

Field, L. W., 99

Fimbristylis laxa, 96; puberula, 96

Flabellaria, 133; luteofusca, 137

Floerkea proserpinacoides, 188

Flora of Pinar del Rio, Cuba, 44

Florida, Chondrophora virgata in West,
92; A New Plum from the Lake Re-
gion of, 64

Flowers and Fruits, Fossil, 234

Ford, J. B., 241

Fortune’s Day Lily, 7

Fossil Flowers and Fruits, 234

Fothergilla carolina, 9

Fragaria americana, 170;
I70; virginiana, 198, 219

Franklinia, 93

Fraxinus americana,
liniana, 220, 231;
profunda, 229, 231

Fucus, 178; Harveyanus, 178

Funkias or Day-lilies, The, 1

Funkia, 1, 2; alba, 3; albomarginata, 5;
albomarginata tardiflora, 5; coerulea,
7; Fortunei, 7; grandiflora, 3, 4;
lancifolia, 4; ovata, 7, 8; ovata albo-
marginata, 8; Sieboldiana, 5, 6;
Sieboldii, 6; sinensis, 6; subcordata,
3,4

Funtumia elastica, 242

canadensis,

208, 209; caro-
nigra, 208, 2009;

Gages C2 4S) (oo; Duggars, Plant
Physiology (review), 214; Scott’s
Evolution of Plants (review), 236

Galactia volubilis, 174

Galinsoga caracasana, 131;
hispida, 131

Galium trifidum, 207

Garambulla, 84

Gardner, V. R., personal, 75

Gates, R. R., personal, 99

Gates, E.C., A Bog in Central Illinois,
205; A Nomenclatorial Problem with
a Description of a New Form,
Petalostemum purpureum, f. arena-
rium, 125

parviflora

~

Gaylussacia dumosa, 95

Genipa clusiifolia, 12

Genus Sphaerosoma, The (review), 177

Geraniaceae, 186

Geranium Bicknellii, 186; Columbi-
anum, 186; pusillum, 186; Pyrenai-
cum, 186; Robertianum, 186; sibiri-
cum, 186

Gerardia filifolia, 96; purpurea,
racemulosa, 15, 16

Germination of Cat-tail Seeds, 181

Gilbert, E. M., personal, 223

Ginkgo, 234

Gleason, H. A., personal, 143

Gleditschia sp., 229

Gleditsia triacanthos, 209

Gnaphalium, 259

Goodale, A. S., personal, 144

Gracilaria, 177; confervoides, 177

Gracilariophila, 177; oryzoides, 177

Graham, Miss, 73

Gramineae, 86, 255

Gray, A., 98

Gray Herbarium, 98, 164

Grewia, 195

Grossulariaceae, 36

Grossularia cynosbati, 36; hirtella, 36

Grindelia, 79

Guaiac tincture, 105

Gymnolomia, 79

16;

Haberer, 191

Hakea, 176

Hamamelidaceae, 35

Hamamelis virginiana, 35

Hamelia patens, 14

Harper, R. A., personal, 144, 163, 248

Harper, R. M., A New Plum from the
Lake Region of Florida, 64; Chondro-
phora virgata in West Florida, 92;
The Plant Life of Maryland (review),
36; The River-bank Vegetation of the
Lower Apalachicola, and a new Prin-

ciple Illustrated thereby, 225; per-
sonal, 99
Harris, J. A., 20; Seed Weight in
Staphylea and Cladrastis, 165
Harshberger, J. W., personal, 163;
Taylor's Review of the Phyto-

geographic Survey of North America:
a Reply, 217

Harshberger’s Phytogeographic Survey
of North America (review), 190

Harvard Union, meeting at, 99

Hauya, 114

Hawaii Agricultural Experiment Sta-
tion, 141

Haynes, C. C., 241; gift to Torrey Club,
132

Hazen, T. E., 69

272

Hedra, 57

Helianthemum canadense, 10

Helianthus, 82, 264; tuberosus, 265

Hemerocallis, 1, 8; coerulea, 7; japon-
ica, 4, 5, 8; lancifolia, 5; plantaginea,
3

Hepatica Hepatica, 150

Herbarium Suggestions, 145

Hernandia, A Second Species of, in
Jamaica, 174

Hernandia catalpifolia, 174; Sonora, 174

Hesperis, 257

Hesperophycus, 178

Heuchera pubescens, 35; Curtisii, 35

Hevea, 241; brasiliensis, 241

Hibiscus moscheutos, 196, 219;
sinensis, II

Hicoria aquatica, 220, 231

History of Gardening in England, 222

Hollick, A., A Rare and Little-known
Publication, 150; personal, 22, 224

Stangeria or Stangera and Stangerites
or Strangerites, 174

oltzahe 74

Hooker, Joseph, death of, 266

Hooper, F. W., personal, 76

Hopkins, L. S., 50

Hosta, I, 2

Hough’s Leaf Key to the Trees (review),
17

How Ferns Grow, 155.

Howe, M. A., 69, 242; A Little-known
Mangrove from Panama, 132; A
Visit to the Panama Canal Zone, 45;
Proceedings of the Club, 44; Some
Recent University of California Publi-
cations (reviews), 176; The Codiaceae
of the Siboga Expedition, including
a Monograph of the Flabellarieae and
Udoteae (review), 133

Howe, R. H., Jr., 99

Hoyt, W. D., 44, 45

Hunter’s Essentials of Biology and
Sharpe’s Laboratory Manual in Biol-
ogy (review), 155

Hydrangeaceae, 35

Hydrangea arborescens, 35

Hydrastis canadensis, 150

Hygrophorus spp., 88

Rosa-

Ilex bronxensis, 189; coriacea, 9;
glabra, 9, 189; insignis, 264; king-
jana, 264; Krugiana, 11; micro-
phylla, 264; microphyllina, 264;
monticola, 189; New names in, 264;
opaca, 180; verticillata, 189

Illicoides mucronata, 189

Illinois, A Bog in Central, 205

Impatiens biflora, 207; fulva, 210

Indian Remedies, 151

Indigofera anil, 58

Inga, 195

Inocybe infide, 154

Intelligence of the Flowers, 186
Iowa, University of, 75

Iris versicolor, 207, 208
Isoetes, 237

Itea, 231; virginica, 35, 229
Iteaceae, 35

Jacobinia sp., 88

Jamaica, A Second Species of Hernandia
in, 174; An undescribed Opuntia
from, 130

Jatropha, 116

Jensen, C. N., personal, 223

Johannsen, W., Lectures of, 180, 223;
personal, 248

Johnson, D. S., 73

Johnson, D. W., personal, 144

Jones, L. R., personal, 50, 76

Journal of Botany, 120

Juglans nigra, 209

Juncaceae, 255

Juncoides, 256

Juncus, 256

Kaufman, P., 121

Kalmia cuneata, 9

Kane, J., 69, 241

Kellerman, K. F., personal, 124

Kennedy, M. E., personal, 22

Kern, F. D., Two Submerged Species of
Uromyces, 211

Kobresia, 256

Knox, A., personal, 132

Kraemer, H., 45

Labiatae, 109

Laccase, 25, 26, 27

Laciniaria gracilis, 95

Lactarius spp., 57; vellereus, 55

Land, W. J. G., 73; personal, 143

Lane, F. E., 99

Laportea canadensis, 210

Larix, 37

Lathyrus maritimus, 173; niger, 88;
palustris, 173; venosus, 173

Lava Beds along Cuernavaca R. R., 80

Layia, 79

Leaves, Autumn Color of, 91

Ledum, 258; decumbens, 254

Leersia oryzoides, 205

Lepidium apetalum, 34; graminifolium,
34; medium, 34

Lepiota americana, 57

Lespedeza angustifolia, 173; Brittonii,
simulata, 173

Lesquerella, 257

Leuvenia, 177

Levison, J. J., personal, 100

Lewis, I., Quercus virginiana, 224

Libertia, 2

Lichens, 96

Liliales, 108 ,

Limnanthaceae, 188

Limon Mountain, Guerro, 116

Linaceae, 187

Linociera, 114; macrocarpa, 118

Linum floridanum, 187; grandiflorum,
187; humile, 187; medium, 187;
striatum, 187; sulcatum, 187

Linville, H. R., 99

Lipman, J. G., 224

Lippia lanceolata, 208

Liquidambar, 231; Styraciflua, 35, 228,
220

List of Plants Collected on the Peary
Arctic Expedition of
1908-09 with a general Description
of the Flora of Northern Greenland
and Ellesmere Land, 249

Lloyd, F. E., 141

Local Flora, Notes—VIII.,
I70;—X., 186; section, 144

Locust-berry, 12

Lomaria coriacea, 175; eriopus, 175

Lucas, F. A., personal, 143

Lucien Marcus Underwood Fund,

Lucuma nervosa, 13

Lunaria annua, 34

Luzula, 256

Lycopodium pithyoides, 49

Lychnis, 257

Lyonothamnus, 235

Baa ilexes

132

Macbride, C. & T. H., Collections of,

75

MacDougal, D. T., 139; personal, 266

Mackenzie, K. K., 69

Macoun, J. M., personal, 50

Macrocystis, 179; pyrifera, 179

Maeterlinck, M., 186

Magnolia, 232; glauca, 228-231;
giniana, 150

Mahoe, 13

Mairania alpina, 253

Malpighia, 113

Malus angustifolia, 171; coronaria, 171;
Malus, 171

Mangifera indica, 11

Mangrove from Panama, A little known,
132

Mansfield, W., presonal, 118

Marchantia, 73

Marquette, W. G., personal, 223, 248

Maryland, The Plant Life of (review),
36

Mascarenhasia, 242

Mayaca fluviatilis, ro

vir-

1905-06 and -

Measure of the Hours, 186

Medicago sativa, 28

Medical Botany of the United States,
150

Meibomia glabella, 172; laevigata, 173;
obtusa, 173; ochroleuca, 172; sessili-
folia, 172; stricta, 173

Melaleuca, 176

Melanthaceae, 255

Melampodium, 79

Melapoenna geniculata, 66

Mentha arvensis canadensis, 208

Mesadenia diversifolia, 93

Method of Making Leaf Prints, A, 62

Mexico, Some Floral Features of, 77, 110

Micranthes micranthidifolia, 35; penn-
sylvanica, 35

Millspaugh, C. F., personal, 75

Mimulus glabratus jamesii, 207

Mimusops, 128; bahamensis, 129; ba-
lata, 129; depressa, 129; dissecta,
129; emarginata, 129; floridana, 129;
parvifolia, 129; Sieberi, 129

Minot, C., 222

Mirrick, N., 50

Mitella nuda, 35

Montia fontana, 257

Monotropa uniflora, 88

Moraceae, 241

Morris, E. L., personal, 143;
tion of Cat-tail Seeds, 181; Herba-
rium Suggestions, 145; Stewart’s
Botanical Survey of the Galapagos
Islands (review), 220

Morus mollis, 118

Muhlengerbia expansa, 96

Mulberry dwarf, ror

Murbach, L., personal, 22

Murrill, W. A., 69, 120, 242; Poisonous
Mushrooms, 153; personal, 248

Mushrooms, Poisonous, 153

Mychodea episcopalis, 179

Mycologia, 153

Myrica caroliniensis, 9; cerifera, 9

Myriophyllum heterophyllum, 10

Myrtilocactus, 83

Germina-

Naples Table Association, 21, 124

Nash, G. V., Apgar’s Ornamental
Shrubs of the United States (review),
42; Orchids, Wild and Cultivated,
121; The Funkias or Day-lilies, 1;
Winter Decorative Shrubs, 49

Native Trees of Northeastern United
States, The, 21

Nature and Function of the Plant
Oxidases, 23, 55. 84, IOI

Nature Study Review, 74

New Combinations from the Genus
Euphorbia, 259

274

New Jersey, A New Gerardia from, 15

New Names in Ilex, 264

New Plum from-the Lake Region of
Florida, A, 64

News Items, 21, 50, 75, 98, 123, 265

New York Academy of Sciences, 99

New York Botanical Garden, 22, 50, 75,
99; Journal of, 44, 46, 49, 132, 141;
lectures, 123, 180; Torrey Meetings
at, 44, 118, 131, 154, 240

New York Evening Post, 124, 223, 266

Niobe, I, 2; coerulea, 2, 3, 7, 8; cordi-
folia, 3; Fortunei, 3, 7, 8; japonica,
3, 4, 6, 8; japonica tardiflora, 8;
plantaginea 2, 3, 8; Sieboldiana, 3,
6-8; undulata, 3, 5, 8; undulata
variegata, 6, 8

Nomenclatorial Problem with a Descrip-
tion of a New Form, Petalostemum
purpureum f. arenarium, A, 125

Nomenclature, Two Questions of, 174

Notes and News Items, 200, 221

Notes on Cuban Ferns, 118 ~

Notes on some Californian Green Algae,
17 :

Notes on Rutaceae—VI.
Spathelia, 262

Nyctaginaceae, 82

Nyssa biflora, 230; Ogeche, 228, 230,
231; uniflora, 228-231

Species of

Oaxaca Canyon, The Great, 112

Odontoglossum, 122

Oenothera, 139; Drummondii, 11

Of Interest to Teachers, 46, 70, 137,
156, 242

Old man’s beard, 238

Olsson-Seffer, P., death of, 123

Onagra biennis, 99

Onagraceae, 255

Oncidium, 122

Onoclea sensibilis, 210

On the Selective Elimination occurring
during the Development. of the
Fruits of Staphylea (review), 20

Opuntia, 78, 114; flat-jointed, 83;
jamaicensis, 130; Mexican, 83; Pes-
corvi, 152; Rafinesquii, 198; Tracyi,
152

Orchidales, 108

Orchids, Wild and Cultivated, 121

Oregon Agricultural College, 75

Oscillatoria, 51

Osterhoutia, 177; natans, 177

Ottawa Evening Journal,. 50

Outlook, 48

Oxalidaceae, 186 -

Oxalis, 82; Acetosella, 186;
186, rufa, 186; stricta, 186

Oxidases, Study of the Effect of Acidity

Bushii,

upon, 106; Nature and Function of
the Plant, 23, 55, 84, 101
Oxycoccus Oxycoccus microphyllus, 253
Oxygenase, 25, 85, 104
Oxypolis rigidus, 207
Oxyria digyna, 254, 256
Ozothallia, 178

Pachycereus, 117

Padus virginiana, 172

Palmer, I. O., 99

Palmer, L. M., personal, 98

Panama, A Little-known Mangrove
from, 132; A Visit to the Canal Zone,
45

Panicum, 41, 96; dichotomum, 95;
neuranthum, 9, 124

Panus stipticus, 154

Papaver orientale, 29; radicatum, 257;
somniferum, 150

Papaveraceae, 255

Papilionaceae, 172

Parish, S. B., 118

Paritium tiliaceum, 13

Parker, G. H., 99

Parnassiaceae, 35

Parnassia caroliana, 35

Parthenium, 241

Passiflora, 82

Patterson, A. J., 74

Pectis, 79

Pedicularis, 254, 258; lanata, 254

Pedilanthus, 116

Pelliciera Rhizophorae, 132

Peltandra virginica, 207, 208

Pelvetia, 178; canaliculata, 178; fas-
tigiata, 178; fastigiata limitata, 178

Pelvetiopsis, 178

Penicillus, 136; capitatus, 136

Pennell, F. W., A new Gerardia from
New Jersey, 15; Some Records from
the Potomac District, 130

Pennington, L. H., 202

Pensauken, 196

Pentandria Digynia, 151

Pentstemon australis, 10; dissectus, 93

People’s Medica! Journal and Home
Doctor, The, 150

Peroxidase, 25, 55, 85, 104

Peroxydiastase, 85

Petalostemum purpureum, 127;
pureum f. arenarium, 126, 127

Phenolase, 26

Philonotis, 120; americana, 120; fallax,
120; gracillima, 120; sphaerocarpa,
120; tenella, 120

Philothion, 85

Philotria, 47

Phoenix dactylifera, 224

Phoradendron, 81, 231; flavescens, 229

pur-

Phragmites, 231, 232; communis, 229

Phyllodoce, 258; coerulea, 254

Phyllanthus carolinensis, 188

Phyllospadix, 197

Phyto-haematins, 90

Phytopathology, 76

Pieris nitida, 9

Pilea pumila, 207, 208

Pimpinella anisum, 151

Pinchot, G., 70

Pinney, M. E., personal, 124

Pinus glabra, 227, 229; palustris, 95;
Taeda, 36, 229

Piper, C. V., 74

Pithophora, 17; oedogonia, 17

Pittosporum, 176

Planera, 230, 231; aquatica, 228

Planorbis florissantensis, 236

Plantago aristata, 213; eriopoda, 213;
major, 4; Purshii, 213; MRugelii,
213; Tweedyi, 213; virginiana, 213

Plant Life of Maryland, The (review),
36

Plant Oxidases, The Nature
Function of, 23, 55, 84, 101

Plants, dwarf-water, 238

Flant World, 141, 224

Platanaceae, 36

Platanus, 230-232;
209, 229, 230

Platystachys, 33

Plum from the Lake Region of Flor-
ida, A new, 64

Plumbaginaceae, 255

Plumiera, I14, 242

Pneumaria maritima, 258

Poa sp., 207

Podophyllum peltatum, 150

Podostemonaceae, 34

Podostemon certophyllum, 34

Poinsettia strigosa, 260

Polemonium humile, 258

Polemoniaceae, 255

Polygalaceae, 187

Polygonum viviparum, 256

Polygala brevifolia, 187; Curtissil,
187; incarnata, 187; Lewtonii, 65;
latifolia, 187; lutea, 187; Mariana,
187; paucifolia, 187; Senega, 187;
viridescens, 187

Polygonaceae, 255

Polyneura californica, 180

Polytrichum gracile anomalum, 120

Pomaceae, 171

Pond, R. H., 45; death of, 221

(yoyo, IP, Aen) Sele)

Popular Science Monthly, 140

Populus deltoides, 228-231;
phylla, 229-231

Porteranthus trifoliatus, 170

and

occidentalis, 36,

hetero-

Portulaceae, 255

Potamogeton diversifolius, 10;
ophyllus, 10; Vaseyi, 198

Potentilla, 258; pumila, 170; simplex,
170

Potomac District, Some Records from
the, 130

Primulaceae, 255

Pringle, C. G., personal, 144

Proceedings of the Club, 21, 44, 68,
TIS, U3, USs 240

Prosopid, 82

Prosopsis, 78, 79, 81

Prunus, 67; alleghanienis, 172; ameri-
cana, 172; angustifolia, 66, 67, 172;
Chicasa, 67; cuneata, 172; geniculata,
67; Gravesi, 172; maritima, 172;
pennsylvanica, 172, 198, 219; pumila,
172; virginiana, 172

Ptelea trifoliata, 187

Pteris aquilina, 95

Puccinia, 211

Purdue Experiment Station, 265

Pyrolaceae, 255

Pyrola grandiflora, 258

Pyrus communis, 171

Pyxidanthera barbulata, 9

heter-

Quercus Chapmani, 63, 64; digitata, 19;
geminata, 95; lyrata, 229, 230;
Michauxii, 229, 231, 232; myrtifolia,
63, 64; nigra, 229-231; platanoides,
209; Rolfsii, 11; virginiana, 224

Ramaley, F., 139

Ramsperger, G., 241

Ranales, 108

Rankin, E. S., 52

Ranunculaceae, 255

Ranunculus, 254, 257; abortivus, 208,
210; acris, 150; pennsylvanicus, 207

Rare and Little-known Publication, A,
150

Rediscovery of
Baker, 31

Report of New York State Botanist, 221

Reviews of Recent Moss Literature, 119

Review of Reviews, 221

Reviews, 17, 36, 133, 155, 176, 190, 214,
236, 264

Rhipidodesmis, 134

Rhipilia, 134; longicaulis, 135; tomen-
tosa, 133

Rhipiliopsis, 134

Rhizophora, 132

Rhododendron, 258; lapponicum, 254

Rhodiola rosea, 35, 253, 254, 258

Rhus, 27, 113; aromatica, 189; hirta,
189; leucantha, 11; spp., 28, 29;
succedana, 88; vernicifera, 27

Tillandsia Swartzii

276

Ribes americanum, 36; cynosbati, 36;
floridum, 36; glandulosum, 36; hu-
ronense, 36; lacustre, 36; prostratum,
36; rubrum, 36; triste, 36

Richards, H. M., 69

River-bank Vegetation of the Lower
Apalachicola, and a New Principle
Illustrated Thereby, 225

Robinson, C. B., personal, 124

Roots, The Clogging of Drain Tile by,
51

Roripa americana, 34; hispida, 34

Rosa blanda, 171; canina, 171;
lina, 208, 209; humilis, 171

Rosaceae, 170, 255

Rose, J. P., 45

Rowlee, W. W., personal, 22

Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, 75

Rubber, Guayule, 241; mistletoe, 242;
Para, 241; producing plants, 241

Rubiaceae, 82, 109

Rubus, 41, 179, 248; betulifolius, 10;
Chamaemorus, 253; Enslenii, 11;
procumbens, II; saxatilis, 253

Ruellia, 113; Purple flowered, 82

Rugg, H. G., 50

Ruhlandiella hesperia, 178

Rumex Acetosella, 256; Britannica, 207

IRwSoyy, Isls IGl, BA, O@), sit, seair,, 1/7liee
Some Floral Features of Mexico, 77,
110, 121; Two New Species of Edible
Fruits, 118

Russula emetica,
sp., 29

Rutaceae, 187

Rydberg, P. A., List of Plants Collected
on the Peary Arctic Expedition of
1905-06 and 1908-09 with a General
Description of the Flora of Northern
Greenland and Ellesmere Land, 249;
Thistle Hybrids from the Rocky
Mountains, 45; personal, 224

caro-

I54; nigricans, 20;

Sabal, 195; glabra, 229, 231; Palmetto,
228-232

Sagittaria brevirostra, 207;
255

Salix, 207, 208; anglorum, 254; arctica,
254; californica, 264; discolor, 200;
longifolia, 208, 209; longipes, 228;
nigra, 228, 230, 231; Eastwoodiae,
264; eastwoodiae, 264; glauca ovali-
folia, 254; groenlandica, 254; her-
bacea, 254

Sambucus, 207

Sanguinaria canadensis, 150

Sanguisorba canadensis, 170

Sapium, 241; aucuparium, 241

Sapodilla, The Botanical Name of the
Wild, 128

Salicaceae,

Sapota Achras, 12

Sargasso Sea, 43

Sargent, C. S., personal, 144

Sarraceniaceae, 34

Sarracenia purpurea, 34

Sassafras, 198

Sauerstofferreger, 26

Saururus, 208; cernuus, 207, 208

Saussurea, I; sausseria, I

Saxifragaceae, 35, 255

Saxifraga, 258; micranthidifolia, 35
pennsylvanica, 35

Scaesia, 220

Schenckia blumenaviana, 90

Schizosaccharomyces, 224

Schoney, L., 45

School Biology, Relation of to Civics, 99

School, Science and Mathematics, 138,
156, 242

Schwarze, C. A., personal, 248

Science, 43, 49, 70, 74, 80, 139, 140, 142,
143, 202, 222, 247

Science Course, General, 242

Science Teaching, Bibliography of, 246

Scientific Spirit, The, 70

Scirpus, 231, 232; validus, 229

Scott’s Evolution of Plants (review), 236

Scrophulariaceae, 255

Scutellaria lateriflora, 207

Seaver, F. J., 69; Stevens’ Diseases of
Economic Plants (review), I9; per-
sonal, 248

Second Species of Hernandia in Jamaica,
A, 174

Sedum ternatum, 35

Seed Weight in Staphylea and Cladras-
tis, 165

Selaginella, 65

Selaginellaceae, 237

.Sempervivum tectorum, 35

Senecio lobatus, 229

Sequoia, 234

Serenoa serrulata, 11, 95

Shafer, J. A., personal, 22

Shaw, W. R., 17

Shear, C. L., personal, 76

Sherff, E. E., Tragopogon pratensis
porrifolius, 14

Sherwood, W. L., personal, 132

Shoemaker, F. H., 143

Shorter Notes, 15, 130, 152, 174, 264

Shreve, F., 245

Sibbaldiopsis tridentata, 170

Siebold’s Day-lily, 6

Silene acaulis, 257

Sisyrinchium, 41

Sloanea emarginata, 129

Slossen, M., 155

Small, J. K., Additions to the Tree Flora
of the United States, 11; personal, 75

277

Solanaceae, 109

Solanum, 84; verbascifolium, 12

Solidago tenuifolia, 92

Some Floral Features of Mexico, 77, 110

Some Recent University of California
Publications (review), 176

Some Records from the Potomac Dis-
trict, 130

Sorbus americana, 171

Southwick, E. B., 69, 122, 152

Sparganium eurycarpum, 210

Spartina glabra, 214

Spathelia, 262, 264; Brittonii, 262, 263;
cubensis, 262, 263; glabrescens, 262,
263; simplex, 262, 263; species of,
262; vernicosa, 262, 263

Spathyema foetida, 209

Sphaerosoma, 177, 178

Sphagnum, 9

Spiraea alba Du, 170; corymbosa, 170;
salicifolia, 170; tomentosa, 170

Spirillus, 198

Spirogyra communis, 224; crassa, 224

Spondylomorum, 17; quaternarium, 17

Stangeria or Stangera, and Stangerites
or Strangerites? Two Questions of
Nomenclature, 174

Stangeria, 175; eriopus, 175; paracdoxa,
175

Staphylea, 167, 168; trifolia, 166, 167

Starr, A., personal, 223

Statice, 258

Steil, W. N., personal, 223

Steironema ciliatum, 207, 208, 210

Stellaria, III

Sterculia, 195

Stetson, S., see Proceedings of the Club,
45

Stevens’ Diseases of Economic Plants
(review), 19

Stevenson, J. J., 43

Stevia, 82
Stewart, A., personal, 223
Stewart's Botanical Survey of the

Galapagos Islands (review), 220

Stokey, A. G., Lycopodium (?) pithy-
oides, 49

Stone, G. E., The Clogging of Drain
Tile by Roots, 51

Stopes, M., personal, 75, 99

Stout, A. B., personal, 223, 248

Sturgis, S. W., 99

Stylosanthes biflora, 173

Studies in Ornamental Trees and Shrubs
(review), 176

Suriana maritima, I1

Sustaining Members of Torrey Botan-
ical Club, 241

Symplocos tinctoria, 95

Syngenesia Superflua, I51

Tamano kandsaki, 4

Taraxacum, 254, 259

Taxodium, 36

Taxus minor, 36

Taylor, N., 69, 219; An Ethnologic
Dictionary of the Navaho Language
(review), 239; Fertilization of the
Eel-grass, The, 184, Harshberger’s
Phytogeographic Survey of North
America (review), 190; Local Flora
Notes—VIII, 33; Local Flora Notes
—IX, 170; Local Flora Notes—xX,
186; On the Selective Elimination
Occurring During the Development
of Fruits of Staphylea (review), 20;
The Native Trees of Northeastern
United States, 21; personal, 50, 76,
118

Taylor’s Review of the Phytogeographic
Survey of North America: a Reply,
217

Taxodium, 231, 232; distichum, 228

Teachers, Of Interest to, 46, 70, 137, 156,
242

Tecoma radicans, 210

Terebinthus, 82

Tetrazygia bicolor, 12

Thistle Hybrids from the Rocky Moun-
tains, 45

Thomaea, 82

Tiarella cordifolia, 35

Tilia americana, 209

Tillaea aquatica, 35

Tillandsia paniculata, 31; Swartzii, 32;
usneoides, 229, 238; utriculata, 33

Tillandsia Swartzii Baker, Rediscovery
of, 31

Tofieldia palustris, 256

Torrey Botanical Club, Bulletin of, 45,
202, 224, 248; Committees, 21, 68, 69,
123; Election of Officers, 69; Field
Meetings, 122, 152; Proceedings of
the, 21, 445 68, 118, 131, 153; 240;
Sustaining Members of, 241

ToRREYA, 124, 203; Contributors to, 76;
Editor of, 50, 76

Tower, S. F., 99

Tradescantia, 47, 114

Tragopogon porrifolius, 14, 15; praten-
sis, 14, 15; pratensis X porri‘olius, 14

Tree Flora of the United States, Addi-
tions to the, IT

Tribulus, 82, 113, 116; terrestris, 187

Tribune, 123

Trifolium carolinianum, 173

Trilisa odoratissima, 96

Tule, 81

Two Submerged Species of Uromyces,
211

Typha angustifolia, 182, 183

278

Tyrosinase, 25, 26, 28

Udotea conglutinata, 136; cyathiformis,
136; Desfontainii, 133; sordida, 134—-
136

Ulmaria Ulmaria, 58

Ulmus americana, 209, 229, 231; race-
mosa, 209

Umbelliferae, 151

Underwood Fund (see Lucian Marcus
Underwood Fund)

Undescribed Opuntia from Jamaica, An,
130

University of California, Some Recent
Publications of, 176

Uromyces, 259; acuminatus, 213, 214;
argutus, 214; Aristidae, 211, 212;
seditiosus, 212; spartinae, 213

Uromyces, Two Submerged Species of,
211

Utricularia biflora, 10; fibrosa, Io

Vaccinium australe, 9; nitidum, 95;
uliginosum microphyllum, 253, 354,
258; Vitis-idaea, 253; Vitis-idaea
pumilum, 258

Vallisneria, 185

Variations in Nuclear Extrusion among
the Fucaceae (review), 178

Vasculares, I51

Verbena hastata, 208

Veronica scutellata, 131, 207

Viburnum lantana, 88

Vicia americana, 173; caroliniana, 173

Victoria Regia, 87

Viola, 41

Violets, 240

Virginia Fungi, 132

Visit to the Panama Canal Zone, A, 45

Vitis, 230, 231; aestivalis, 229; blanco,
83, 114

Vocabulaire Forestier, 222

Wahlbergella, 257

Waldsteinia fragarioides, 171

Washington Academy of
Journal of the, 201

Weevil, alfalfa, 100

Weinmannia, 235

Whetzel, H. H., personal, 76

White, G. R., 164

Wild Coffee, 13

Williams, C. V., 143

Wilson, P., Notes on Rutaceae—VI.
Species of Spathelia, 262; Proceedings
of the Club, 68; personal, 22

Winter Decorative Shrubs, 49

Wire grass, 9

Wistaria, 230, 231; frutescens, 229

Wolcott, R. H., 143

Sciences,

Xolisma foliosiflora, 9

York, H. H., personal, 223
Yucca, 78

Zacharias, E., personal, 124
Zamia, 121, 175

Zanthoxylum americanum, 187
Zenobia pulverulenta, 9
Zizania, 230; palustris, 229
Zizaniopsis, 229
Zygophyllaceae, 187
Zygophyllidium biforme, 260

ve

6 5%

&

ros

G. sure

The T orrey Botanical Club

Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six
eratuitous copies of the number of Torreya in which their papers
appear, will kindly notify the editor when submitting manuscript.
’ . Reprints-should be ordered, when galley proof is returned
to the editor, from The New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen

Street, Lancaster, Pa., who have furnished the following rates :

; 2pp App 8pp 12pp 16pp 20pp
25 copies $..75 $1.05 $1.30 $1.80 $2.20 $2.50
50 copies 90 1.20 1.70 2.20 2.50 2.85
100 copies 1.15) 1.55 1.95 2.59 2.90 2.20

200 copies 1.70 2.35 2.90 3.75 4.35 4.70
“ Covers: 25 for 75 cents, additional covers 1 cent each.
Plates for rep:ints, 40 cents each per 100.

The following Committees have been appointed for 1911

Finance Committee Field Committee
“J. 1. Kang, Chairman E..B. Sournwick, Chairuian
~H. M. Ricuarps Wm. MANSFIELD
ORE aS Baas N. Taytor
| Budget Committee Program Committee
am heal ole Ruspy, Chairman Mrs. E.. G: Britton, Chairiiai
BO H. BARNHART | Miss JEAN BROADHURST
N. L. Britton | Tracy E. HAzEn
E. S. Burcess Bore) CHa Graver
B. O. Dopce Ske |

Pumie DoweELt
Local Flora Committee

N. L. Britron, Chairman

Phanerogams: : | ~Cryptogams:.

£2, P: BICKNELE s Mrs. E. G. Britton.
N. L. Brirron ae Puitip DowELe
E. S. BurGEss Pracv E. “Hazen
Ce ME TIRATS for yet OVE AS EPROM.

K. K. Mackenzie C W,.A. Murriiy

EF. .L... Morris * Be

Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences,
WILLIAM MANSFIELD —

OTHER PUBLICATIONS |
OF THE ©

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

(x) BULLETIN

A monthly journal devoted to general botany, cotablished a
1870. Vol. 37 published in 1910, contained 630 pages of text —
and 36 full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum. For Europe,
14 shillings. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho’ Square, London, are,
agents for England. : :

Of former volumes, only 24—37 can be supplied entire ; cer-
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire aiotle:
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets.
Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two eae
each; Vols, 28—37 three dollars each.

er copies (30 cents) will be’ furnished only when not
_ breaking complete volumes.

(2) MEMOIRS

The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregular ae ;

intervals. Volumes I-13 are now completed ; Nos. 1 and 2 of
Vol. 14 have been issued. The subscription price is fixed at
$3.00 per volume'in advance. The numbers can also be pur-_
chased singly. A list of titles of the individual Bee and of
prices will be furnished on application. .

(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri- :
dophyta reported as growing within one Ln miles of New
York, 1888. Price, $1.00.

Correspondence éelating to the above publications should be
addressed to eee!
MR. BERNARD O, DODGE
Columbia University

New York City

Bal Way ih
eae

ue f

- ea

5185 00310 cin